<.  -<^ 


Mv 


vp. 


?^. 


f» 


k^  >> 


«:•;» 


//.^'«* 


•'    «  I 


/" 


:|i^ 

Iv 


fir^ 


'**.  ■^^■-1^ 


:  jr 


¥-^** 


^  it- 


^r^ 


..>.-^  < 


^■4»- 


.t/^ 


*-l 


..  ^^ 


yKv 


HARVARD     UNIVERSITY. 


LIBRARY 


OF   THE 


MUSEUM   OF  COMPARATIVE  ZOOLOGY. 


'  H^ 


4A. 


^30,  i^o>^  -JibciAxJtyloj^o^^ 


V 


MAS     6 


TRANSACTIONS 


OF 


THE   ACADEMY  OF  SCIENCE 
OF  ST.  LOUIS. 


VOL.  XIV. 

JANUARY  1904  TO  DECEMBER  1904. 


PUBLISHED  UNDER  DIRECTION  OF  THE  COUNCIL. 


'   ST.  LOUIS: 
NIXON-JONES  PRINTING  CO. 


^ 


CONTENT  S. 

PAGE. 

Table  of  Contents iii 

List  of  Members.     Revised  to  December  31,  1904 v 

1.  Patrons. 

2.  Honorary  Members. 

3.  Active  Members. 

Constitution xv 

By-Laws. xix 

Abstract  of  History xxiv 

Record.     January  1  to  Dec.  31,  1904 xxix 

Papers  Published.     January  1  to  December  31,  1904: 

1.  Mary  J.  Klem.  —  A  Revision   of    the  Palaeozoic  Pal- 

aeechinoidea,  with  a  Synopsis  of  all  known  species.  — 
Platesl.-VL— Issued  May  5,  1904 1 

2.  Frank  Collins  Baker,  — The  Molluscan  Fauna  of  the 

Dells  of  Wisconsin. — Issued  May  11,  1904 99 

3.  Frank  Collins  Baker.  —  Notes    on   Planorbis    Trun- 

catus  Miles.  —Issued  May  11,  1904 107 

4.  Francis  E.  Nipher.  —  Primitive  Conditions  in  the  Solar 

Nebula.  —  Issued  May  18,  1904 Ill 

5.  Thos.  L.  Casey. — Notes  on  the   Pleurotomidae   with 

description  of  some  new  genera  and  species.  —  Issued 
May  19,  1904 123 

6.  B.  F.  Bush.  —  The  Genus  Othake  Raf. — Issued  June 

8,  1904 171 

7.  B.  F.  Bush.  —  The    Texas     Tradescantias.  —  Issued 

December  30,  1904 181 

8.  Title-Page,  prefatory  matter  and  index  of  Vol.  XIV.  — 

Record,  January  1  to  December  31,  1904. — Issued 

February  18,  1905. 

List  of  Authors 195 

General  Index igp 

Index  to  Genera I97 


CORRECTIONS. 

P.  7,  line  35.  —  For  fiind,  read  find. 

P.  115,  line  11  from  bottom.  —  For  (56)  read  (55). 

P.  120,  line  4  from  bottom.  —For  1.502X10^0  read  1.502 XI 0^. 

P.  125,  line  23.  —  For  by,  read  be. 

P.  160.  Equation  (41)  and  preceding  equation  for  Cp  read  Cp. 

(See  Vol.  XIII.) 
P.  165,  line  29.  —  For  a,  read  or. 


MEMBERS. 


1.    PATRONS. 


Eliot,  Henry  W 1212  Mo.  Trust  bldg. 

Harrison,  Edwin 509  Security  bldg. 

McMillan,  Mrs.  Eliza 25  Portland  pi. 

McMillan,  William  Northrop 507  Lincoln  Trust  bldg. 

2.    HONORARY    MEMBERS. 

Arrhenius,  Prof.  Svante University  of  Stockholm,  Sweden. 

Bahlsen,  Prof.  Dr.  Leopold Berlin,  Germany. 

Boltzmann,  Prof.  Ludwig University  of  Vienna,  Austria. 

Chavero,  Senor  Alfredo National  Museum,  Mexico. 

Escherich,  Prof.  Theodore University  of  Vienna,  Austria. 

Kitasato,  Prof.  Shibasaburo University  of  Tokio,  Japan. 

Lewald,  Geh.  Oberreg.  Rath  Theo- 

dor Berlin,  Germany. 

Limburg,  Stirum,  Graf BerUn,  Germany. 

Moissan,  Prof.  Henri Sorbonne,  Paris,  France. 

Ortb,  Geh.  Rath  Dr.  Johann University  of  Berlin,  Germany. 

Oswald,  Prof.  Wilhelm University  of  Leipzig,  Germany. 

Ramsay,  Sir  "William Royal  Institute,  London,  England. 

Rutherford,  Prof.  Ernest McGill      University,       Montreal, 

Canada. 

Van'tHoff,  Prof.  J.  W University  of  Berlin,  Germany. 

Waldeyer,  Geh.  Rath    Prof.  Dr. 

Wilhelm University  of  Berlin,  Germany. 

Wassermann,  Prof.  Dr.  A University  of  Berlin,  Germany. 

Wittmack,  Geh.  Reg.  Rath  Prof. 

Dr.  L University  of  Berlin,  Germany. 

3.    ACTIVE   MEMBERS. 

Adkins,  James Park  and  Vandeventer  avs. 

AUeman,  Gellert* Swarthmore  College, 

Swarthmore,  Pa. 

*  Non-resident. 


vi  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Allen,  Terry  W 5061  Lindell  av. 

Alt,  Adolf 3036  Locust  st. 

Altheimer,   Benjamin 4349  Westminster  pi. 

Andrews,  "William  Edward* Taylorville,  111. 

Bain,  Robert  Edward  Mather 900  Locust  st. 

Bailey,  Liberty  Hyde* Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

Baker,  Carl  Fuller* Etacion  Central  Agronomica, 

Santiago  de  las  Vegas,  Cuba. 

Barck,  Carl 2715  Locust  st. 

Bartlett,  George  M 215  Finest. 

Baumgarten,  Gustav 4900  Berlin  av. 

Becktold,  William  B 212  Fine  st. 

Bernays,  A.  C 3623  Laclede  av. 

Bernays,  Walter Office  of  City  Chemist. 

Bixby,    William  Keeney 13  Fortland  pi. 

Boeckeler,  William  L...... 4441  Laclede  av. 

Bolton,  Benjamin  Meade 4201  Maryland  av. 

Boyle,  Wilbur  F Laclede  bldg. 

Brannon,  Melvin  A.* University,  N.  Dak. 

Brennan,  Martin  S 1414  O'Fallon  st. 

Brimmer,  George  G 6900  Michigan  av. 

Brookings,  Robert  S 5125  Lindell  av. 

Brown,  Daniel  S 2212  DeKalb  st. 

Brown,   Willi 3526  Fine  st. 

Budgett,  Sidney  Fayne 1806  Locust  st. 

Burs,  William 1756  Missouri  av. 

Burnett,  E,  C University  Club. 

Busch,  Adolphus  1  Busch  pi. 

Busch,  Aug.  A Busch  pi. 

Bush,  Benjamin  Franklin*  Courtney,  Mo. 

Calvert,  Sidney* State  University,  Columbia,  Mo. 

Carpenter,  George  O Russell  and  Compton  avs. 

Carter,  Howard* Webster  Groves,  Mo. 

Carver,  George  Washington* Tuskegee,  Ala. 

Chaplin,  Winfield  S 3636  West  Fine  boul. 

Chappell,  W.  G 3810  Westminster  pi. 

Chase,  E.  C Oriel  bldg. 

Chouteau,  Fierre 912  Security  bldg. 

Comstock,  T.  Griswold 3401  Washington  av. 

Conklin,  Harry  R.* Joplin,  Mo. 


Members.  vii 

Cramer,  Gustav 7o  G.  Cramer  Dr}'  Plate  Co. 

Crandall,  George  C 4287  Olive  st. 

Crunden,  Frederick  Morgan Public  Library. 

Curtis,  William  S St.  Louis  Law  School. 

Cushman,  AUerton  S.* Bryn  Mawr,  Pa. 

Dame,  James  E 2353  Albion  pi. 

Dameron,  Edward  Caswell* Clarksville,  Mo. 

Davis,  N.  H 56  Vandeventer  pi. 

Davis,  John  D 421  Olive  st. 

De  Menil,  Alexander  N De  Menil  bldg.,  7th  and  Pine  sts. 

Diehm,  Ferdinand 1834  Kennett  pi. 

Dodd,  Samuel  M .415  Locust  st. 

Douglas,  Archer  W Vo  Simmons  Hardware  Co. 

Drake,  George  S 64  Vandeventer  pi. 

Drosten,  F.  W 2011  Park  av. 

Duggar,  B.  M.* 809  Virginia  av.,  Columbia,  Mo. 

Eimbeck,  August  F.* New  Haven,  Mo. 

Eliot,  Edward  C 5468  Maple  av. 

Engler,  Edmund  Arthur* 11  Boynton  st.,  Worcester,  Mass. 

Erker,  Adolph  P 608  Olive  st. 

Espenschied,  Charles 3500  Washington  av. 

Euston,  Alexander 3730  Lindell  boul. 

Evers,  Edward 1861  N.  Market  st. 

Ewing,  Arthur  E 5944  West  Cabanne  pi. 

Eycleshymer,  A.  E 3850  Washington  av. 

Favor,  Ernest  Howard* Box  842,  Columbia,  Mo. 

Fernald,  Robert  Heywood Washington  University. 

Fischel,  Washington  E 3841  Washington  av. 

Forbes,  Stephen  A.* Urbana,  111. 

Fordyce,  John  R.* 2223  Louisiana  St., 

Little  Rock,  Ark. 

Francis,  David  R 4421  Maryland  av. 

French,  George  Hazen* Carbondale,  111. 

Frerichs,  Frederick  W 4608  S.  Broadwa}'. 

Frick,  John  Henry* .....Warrenton,  Mo. 

Fruth,  Otto  J 3066  Hawthorne  boul. 

Fry,  Frank  R 3133  Pine  st. 

Funkhouser,  Robert  Monroe 4334  Olive  st. 


viii  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Gazzam,  James  Breading 514  Security  bldg. 

Geeks,  Frank 3453  Magnolia  av. 

Gerling,  H.  J 4320  Cook  av. 

Glasgow,  Frank  A 3894  Washington  boul. 

Glasgow,  William  C 2847  Washington  av. 

Goldstein,  Max  A 3858  Westminster  pi. 

Goodman,  Charles  H 3329  Washington  av. 

Graf,  A.  V 1325  S.  7th  st. 

Graves,  William  W 3900  Olive  st. 

Graves,  WillisNelson , 2813  Lafayette  av. 

Green,  John .2670  Washington  av. 

Gregory,  ElishaHall 3525  Lucas  av. 

Gregory,  ElishaH.,  Jr.* Medical  Dept,  Univ.  of  Pa., 

Philadelphia. 

Grindon,  Joseph 3894  Washington  av. 

Gundelach,  Chas.  H 3900  Westminster  pi. 

Gundelach,  W.  J 3703  Finney  av. 

Gurney,  James Tower  Grove  and  Magnolia  avs. 

Guy,  William  Evans 26  Laclede  bldg. 

Haarstick,  Henry  C 103  Chamber  of  Commerce. 

Hambach,  Gustavt 1319  Lami  st. 

Hardaway,  W.  A 2920  Locust  st. 

Harris,  James  Arthur Mo.  Botanical  Garden. 

Hartmann,  Rudolph 2020  Victor  st. 

Held,  George  A International  Bank. 

Herzog,  William 3644  Botanical  av. 

Hirschberg,  Francis  D 3818  Lindell  boul. 

Hitchcock,  Albert  Spear* U.  S.  Dept.  Agriculture, 

Washington,  D.  C. 

Hitchcock,  George  C 709  Wainwright  bldg, 

Homan,  George 323  Odd  Fellows'  bldg. 

Hough,  Warwick Circuit  Court,  Room  1. 

Hughes,  Charles  Hamilton 3860  West  Pine  boul. 

Hume,  H.  Harold* Dept.  of  Agriculture, 

Raleigh,  N.  C. 

Hunicke,  Henry  August 3532  Victor  st. 

Hurter,  Julius 2346  S.  10th  st. 

Huston,  Hy.  A 134  Laclede  bldg. 


t  Elected  a  life-member  January  3,  1882. 


Members.  ix 

Irish,  Henry  C Mo.  Botanical  Garden. 

Ives,  Haisey  Cooley  Museum  of  Fine  Arts. 

Jones,  Breckinrid2;c 4010  Lindell  boul. 

Kail,  Richard 1370  Goodfellow  av. 

Keiser,  Edward  H Washington  University. 

Kinealy,  John  H 619  Granite  bldg. 

King,  Goodman 78  Vandeventer  pi. 

Kirchner,  Walter  C.  G 1211  N.  Grand  av. 

Klem,  Mary  J 1808|  Lafayette  av. 

Koch,  Waldemar  H.  A.* State  University,    Columbia,  Mo. 

Lackland,  Rufus  J 1623  Locust  st. 

Langsdorf,  Alexander  S Washington  University. 

Lange,  Th 2709  Gamble  st. 

Leavitt,  Sherman Washington  University. 

Lefevre,  George* State  University,  Columbia,  Mo. 

Leighton,  George  Bridge 803  Garrison  av, 

Letterman,  George  W.* Allenton,  Mo. 

Lichter,  John  J 1740  Simpson  av. 

Lloyd,  Hiram Odd  Fellows'  bldg. 

Loeb,  Hanau  Wolf 3559  Olive  st. 

Ludwig,  Charles  V.  F 1509  Chouteau  av. 

Luedeking,  Robert 1837  Lafayette  av. 

Lumelius,  J.  George 1225  St.  Ange  av. 

Lyon,  Hartwell  Nelles 3918  Russell  av. 

Mack,  Charles  Jacob 113  N.  Broadway. 

Mallinckrodt,  Edward 26  Vandtventer  pi. 

Mallinckrodt,  Edward,  Jr 26  Vandeventer  pi. 

Markham,  George  Dickson 4961  Berlin  av. 

Marx,  Christian  William* University  of  Cincinnati, 

Cincinnati,  O. 

Mason,  Silas  C* Berea,  Ky. 

Matthews,  Leonard 300  N.  4th  st. 

McBride,  W.  J 5093  Washington  av. 

McGee,  W  J World's  Fair. 

Meier,  Theodore  G 5220  Washington  boul. 

Merrell,  Albert 38H  Washington  boul. 

Michel,  Eugene  H 2721  S.  King's  Highway. 

Miller,  Charles  F 1751  Missouri  av. 


X  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Monell,  Joseph  T.* Flat  River,  Mo. 

Monroe,  Lee  Ernest* Eureka,  Mo. 

Moore,  Robert 61  Vandeventer  pi. 

Mudd,  Harvey  G 2604  Locust  st. 

Mueller,  Ambrose* Webster  Groves,  Mo. 

Nagel,  Charles 3969  Washington  boul. 

Nasse,Aug 209  N.  2d  st. 

Nautze,  Gustav 2868  S.  18th  st. 

Nelson,  Aven* Laramie,  Wyom. 

Niedringhaus,  George  W 8745  Lindell  boul. 

Nipher,  Francis  E Washington  University. 

Norton,  J.  B.  S.* College  Park,  Md. 

Oglevee,  Christopher  Stoner* Lincoln,  III. 

Olshausen,  Ernest  P 1115  Rutger  st. 

Olshausen,  George  R.* Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  N.  Y. 

O'Reilly,  Andrew  J 1507  Papin  st. 

O'Reilly,  Robert  J 3411  Pine  st. 

Outten,  W.  B Missouri  Pacific  Hospital. 

Overstolz,  Herman 106  N.  Broadway. 

Palmer,  Ernest  Jesse* .321  S.  Allen  st.,  Webb  City,  Mo. 

Pammel,  Louis  Hermann* Ames,  la. 

Pantaleoni,  Guido 415  Locust  st. 

Parker,  George  Ward* 45  Broadway,  New  York  City. 

Parsons,  Charles 2804  Pine  st. 

Pauls,  Gustavus St.  Louis  Altenheim. 

Pettus,  W.  H.  H 4373  Westminster  pi. 

Pfeiffer,  Egmont 2007^  Penn  st. 

Pike,  Sherman  B 415  Locust  st. 

Pitzman,  Julius 1900  S.  Compton  av. 

Poats,  Thomas  Grayson* Clemson  College,  S.  C. 

Post,  Martin  Hayward 5371  Waterman  av. 

Preetorius,  Emil Vo  Westliche  Post. 

Prynne,  Charles  Martyn Lincoln  Trust  bldg. 

Pulsifer,  William  H.* The  Highlands,  Washington, 

D.  C. 

Quaintance,  A.  L.* U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture, 

Washington,  D.  C. 


Members.  xi 

Randall,  John  E.* Cleveland  Lamp  Factory,    Cleve- 
land, O. 

Raphael,  Abraham 5164  Raymond  av. 

Ravold,  Amaud 2806  Morgan  st. 

Reed,  Howard  S.* 1002  Lowery  St.,  Columbia,  Mo. 

Reverehon,  Julien* R.  F.  D.  8,  Dallas,  Texas. 

Rice,  Chas.  M 3733  Pine  st. 

Richter,  Phil.  George 2424  S.  18th  st. 

Rieloff,  F.   C 3837  W.  Pine  boul. 

Rilliet,  Chas.  E 3018  N.  Newstcad  av. 

Robert,  Edward  Scott 1105  Missouri  Trust  bldg. 

Robertson,  Charles* Carlinville,  111. 

Roever,  William  Henry* Cambridge,  Mass. 

Rolfs,  Peter  H.* Tropical  Laboratory,  Miami,  Fla. 

Rosenwald,  Lucian* 412  Delaware  st.,  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

Ruf,  Frank  A 5863  Cabanne  av. 

Ryan,  Frank  K 2725  Lawton  av. 

Sander,  Enno 2807  Lawton  av. 

Sargent,  Charles  Sprague* Jamaica  Plain,  Mass. 

Schmitz,  R 6th  and  St.  Charles  sts. 

Schneck,  Jacob* Mt.  Carmel,  III, 

Von  Schrenk,  Hermann Mo.  Botanical  Garden. 

Schroers,  John 1730  Missouri  av. 

Schrowang,  Otto Gay  bldg. 

Schwab,  Sidnej'  1 2602  Locust  st. 

Schwarz,  Frank 1520  Lafayette  av. 

Schwarz,  Henry 440  N.  Newstead  av. 

Schweitzer,  Paul* Columbia,  Mo. 

Scott,  Henry  C 64  Vandeventer  pi. 

See,  Thomas  Jefferson  Jackson*..Naval  Observatory, 

Mare  Island,  Cal. 

Selby,  Augustine  Dawson* Wooster,  O. 

Senseney,  E.  M 2829  Washington  av. 

Sheldon,  Walter  L 4065  Delmar  av. 

Shepley,  John  F 60  Vandeventer  pi. 

Shoemaker,  William  Alfred 4386  Westminster  pi. 

Siebert,  A 1647  S.  Jefferson  av. 

Simmons,  E.  C 9Lli  and  Spruce  sts. 

Simmons,  Wallace  D 9lh  and  Spruce  sts. 

Sluder,  Greenfield 2647  Washington  av. 

Smith,  Arthur  George* 422  N.  Dubuque  st.,  Iowa  City,  la. 


xii  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Smith,  D.  S.  H 3646  Washington  boul. 

Smith,  Irwin  Z 87  Vandeventer  pi. 

Smith,  Jared  G.* Honolulu,  Hawaiian  Islands. 

Soldan,  F.  Louis 3634  Flad  av. 

Spiegelhalter,  Joseph 2166  Lafayette  av. 

Starkloff,  H.  M 3623  Cleveland  av. 

Starr,  John  E.* 258  Broadway,  New  York  City. 

Staudinger,  B 3556  Lindell  boul. 

Stedman,  John  Moore* State  University,  Columbia,  Mo. 

Stevens,  Charles  D 1749  S.  Grand  av. 

Stevens,  Wyandotte  James 4043  Juniata  st. 

Stocker,  George  J 2833  S.  King's  Highway. 

Summa,  Hugo 2249  St.  Louis  av. 

Taussig,  Albert  E 2647  Washington  av. 

Taussig,  William 3447  Lafayette  av. 

Teichmann,  William  C Mallinckrodt  Chemical  Works. 

Terry,  Robert  James 1806  Locust  st. 

Thacher,  Arthur 4304  Washington  boul. 

Thomas,  John  R 4128  Washington  av. 

Thurman,  John  S 3933  Olive  st. 

Timmerman,  Arthur  H 2017  Locust  st. 

Tittmann,  Harold  H 28  Westmoreland  pi. 

Trelease,  William Mo.  Botanical  Garden. 

Tyler,  Elza  Edward* State  University,  Columbia,  Mo. 

Tyrrell,  Warren  Ayers , 620  Chestnut  st. 

Updegraff,  Milton* 12  Goldsborough  Row, 

Annapolis,  Md. 

Valle,  Jules  F 3303  Washington  av. 

Van  Ornum,  John  Lane Washington  University. 

Vickroy,  Wilhelm  Rees 2901  Rauschenbach  av. 

Walter,  Jacob 1931  S.  Compton  av. 

Warren,  William  Homer 1806  Locust  st. 

Watts,  Millard  F 4362  Morgan  st. 

Weller,  Stuart* University  of  Chicago, 

Chicago,  111. 
Westgate,  John  Minton* Dept.  of  Agriculture, 

Washington,  D.  C. 
Wheeler,  H.  A 3124  Locust  st. 


Members.  xiii 

Whelpley,  Henry  Milton 2842  Albion  pi. 

Wbitaker,  Edwards 300  N.  4th  st. 

Whitten,  John  Charles* Columbia,  Mo. 

Widmann,  Otto 5105  Morgan  st. 

Wilson,  Edward  Allen 3745  W.  Pine  st. 

Winkelmeyer,  Christopher 3540  Lawton  av. 

"Wislizenus,  Frederick  A 808  Wainwright  bldg. 

Witt,  Thomas  D 6th  and  Olive  sts. 

Wolff,  Herbert  W 3514  Shenandoah  st. 

Woodward,  Calvin  Milton Washington  University. 

Wright,  Geo.  M 4457  Westminster  pi. 

Zahorsky,  John 1460  S.  Grand  av. 

Zawodny,  Joseph* Schloss  Lobes,  Mscheno  bei 

Melnik,  Bohemia,  Austria. 
Zollmann,  Geo.  H 833  N.  3d  st. 


CONSTITUTION. 


ARTICLE    I.      NAME. 


Section  1.  This  Association  shall  be  called  "The  Acad- 
emy OF  Science  of  St.  Louis." 


article  it.    object. 

Section  1.  It  shall  have  for  its  object  the  promotion  of 
science. 

Sec.  2.  As  means  to  this  end  the  Academy  shall  hold 
meetings  for  the  consideration  and  discussion  of  scientific 
subjects ;  shall  take  measures  to  procure  original  papers  upon 
such  subjects;  and  shall,  as  often  as  may  be  practicable, 
publish  its  transactions.  It  shall  also  establish  and  maintain 
a  cabinet  of  objects  illustrative  of  the  several  departments  of 
science,  and  a  library  of  works  relating  to  the  same.  It 
shall  also  place  itself  in  communication  with  other  scientific 
institutions. 

article    III.      MEMBERS. 

Section  1.  The  Academy  shall  consist  of  Active  Members, 
Corresponding  Members,  Honorary  Members,  and  Patrons. 

Sec.  2.  Active  Members  shall  be  persons  interested  in 
science,  and  they  alone  shall  conduct  the  affairs  of  the 
Academy.  ^ 

Sec.  3.  Persons  not  living  in  the  City  or  County  of  St. 
Louis  who  may  be  disposed  to  further  the  object  of  the 
Academy  by  original  researches,  contributions  of  specimens, 
or  otherwise,  may  be  elected  Corresponding  Members. 

Sec.  4.  Persons  not  living  in  the  City  or  County  of  St. 
Louis  may  be  elected  Honorary  Members  by  virtue  of  their 
attainments  in  science. 


xvi  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

Sec.  5.  Any  person  conveying  to  the  Academy  the  sum  of 
one  thousand  doUars  ($1,000),  or  its  equivalent,  may  be 
elected  a  Patron. 

Sec.  6.  Persons  may  be  admitted  to  any  of  the  preceding 
classes  of  membership,  or  dismissed  therefrom,  in  accordance 
with  the  regulations  prescribed  by  the  By-Laws. 

ARTICLE    IV.       OFFICERS. 

Section  1.  The  officers  of  the  Academy  shall  be  chosen 
from  the  active  members,  and  they  shall  consist  of  a 

President, 

1st  Vice-President, 

2d  Vice-President, 

Recording  Secretary, 

Corresponding  Secretary, 

Treasurer, 

Librarian, 

Three  Curators, 

Two  Directors. 

Said  officers  shall  be  elected  at  the  time  and  in  the  man- 
ner prescribed  by  the  By-Laws,  and  shall  hold  their  offices 
for  one  year,  or  until  their  successors  are  elected. 

Sec.  2.  The  duties  of  these  officers  shall  be  such  as  are 
customary  and  as  prescribed   by  the  By-Laws. 

article  v.     council. 

Section  1.  The  President,  the  two  Vice-Presidents,  the 
Recording  Secretary,  the  Treasurer,  the  Librarian,  and  the 
two  Directors  shall  constitute  the  Council  of  the  Academy. 

Sec.  2.  The  duties  of  the  Council  shall  be  to  consider 
all  plans  conducive  to  the  welfare  of  the  Academy ;  to  audit 
all  bills  and  order  payment  of  such  as  they  may  approve ; 
to  consider  all  applications  for  membership ;  and  to  adminis- 
ter the  business  of  the  Academy,  subject  to  the  Constitution 


Constitution.  xvii 

and    By-Laws  and  to  such  instructions  as  may  be  given  by 
the  Academy. 

ARTICLE    VI.       MEETINGS. 

Section  1.  The  meetings  of  the  Academy  shall  be  held  at 
such  times  and  places  as  the  By-Laws  may  direct. 

ARTICLE    VII.       AMENDMENTS. 

Section  1.  Amendments  to  this  Constitution  shall  be  sub- 
mitted in  writing  at  a  regular  meeting.  They  shall  be  open 
to  discussion  until  at  least  the  second  meeting  thereafter. 
They  may  then  be  adopted  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of  a  letter- 
ballot,  conducted  in  the  manner  prescribed  by  the  Council. 

ARTICLE    VIII.       SECTIONS. 

Section  1.  To  encourage  and  promote  special  investiga- 
tions in  any  branch  of  science,  members  of  the  Academy 
may  form  Sections  which  shall  be  constituted  as  herein 
provided. 

Sec.  2.  For  the  formation  of  a  Section  written  application 
shall  be  made  to  the  Academy,  at  a  regular  meeting,  by  not 
less  than  six  active  members. 

On  the  approval  of  this  application  by  the  affirmative  vote 
of  two-thirds  of  the  members  present  at  the  next  regular 
meeting,  the  Section  shall  be  established  and  the  names  of 
the  petitioners  shall  be  recorded  on  its  minutes  as  its 
founders. 

Sec.  3.  Sections  may  increase  the  number  of  their  mem- 
bers by  election,  but  only  members  of  the  Academy  shall  be 
elected  members  of  any  of  the  Sections. 

Sec.  4.  The  officers  of  each  Section  shall  be  a  Chairman 
and  a  Secretary,  who  shall  be  elected  by  its  members  at  the 
first  meeting  of  the  Section,  and  subsequently  at  the  first 
meeting  in  January  of  each  year. 

Sec.  5.  The  collections  and  books  of  each  Section  are  the 
common  property  of  the  Academy.     Donations  of  books  and 


xviii  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

specimens  made  to  or  for  any  Section  shall  be  received  as 
donations  to  the  Academy  for  the  use  of  the  Section. 

Sec.  6.  A  report  of  the  proceedings  of  each  Section  shall 
be  submitted  to  the  Academy  at  least  once  every  month. 
Papers  read  before  any  Section  with  a  view  to  publication  by 
the  Academy  shall  take  the  same  course  as  papers  read  before 
the  Academy. 

Sec.  7.  On  all  points  not  herein  provided  for,  each  Section 
shall  be  governed  by  the  Constitution,  By-Laws,  and  instruc- 
tions of  the  Academy. 


BY-LAWS. 


I.    REGULAR    MEETINGS. 


The  regular  meetings  of  the  Academy  shall  be  held  on  the 
first  and  third  Monday  evenings  of  every  month,  unless 
otherwise  ordered  by  the  Council. 


II.    SPECIAL    MEETINGS. 


Special  meetings  may  be  called  by  the  President  at  his  dis- 
cretion, and  shall  be  called  by  him  on  the  written  request  of 
three  or  more  members. 


III.    NOTICE    OF    MEETINGS. 


The  Recording  Secretary  shall  send  a  notice  of  each   meet- 
ing to  every  active  member  at   least  two  days  before  such 


meeting. 


IV.    QUORUM. 


Seven  members  shall  constitute  a  quorum,  but  four  mem- 
bers shall  constitute  a  legal  meeting  for  reading  of  papers. 


V,    ORDER    OF    BUSINESS. 

The  order  of  proceeding,  at  the  regular  meetings   of   the 
Academy,  shall  be  as  follows:  — 

1.  Minutes  of  last  meeting. 

2.  Report  of  the  Council. 

3.  Reports  of  Committees. 

4.  Report  of  the  Corresponding  Secretary. 

5.  Donations  to  the  Museum  and  Library, 
t).  Written  Communications. 

7.  Oral  Communications. 

8.  Deferred  Business. 

9.  New  Business. 

10.  Elections. 

11.  Proposals  for  Membership. 

12.  Adjournment. 


XX  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


VI.    CORRESPONDING    SECRETARY. 

It  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  Corresponding  Secretary  to 
conduct  the  correspondence  and  report  to  the  Academy. 

VII,  TREASURER. 

The  Treasurer  shall  collect  all  moneys  due  the  Academy ; 
be  custodian  of  all  its  funds,  and  pay  such  bills  against  the 
Academy  as  the  Council  shall  approve.  The  Treasurer  shall 
deposit  the  moneys  and  invest  the  funds  of  the  Academy  in 
its  name  and  by  and  with  the  advice  of  the  Council.  Besides 
his  annual  report  to  the  Academy,  the  Treasurer  shall  make 
such  further  reports  and  statements  concerning  the  financial 
affairs  of  the  Academy  as  the  Council  may  from  time  to  time 
require.  Before  entering  upon  his  duties,  the  Treasurer  shall 
give  bond  in  such  sum  as  may  be  required  by  the  Council. 

VIII.  LIBRARIAN. 

The  Librarian  shall  take  charge  of  all  books  belonging  to 
or  deposited  with  the  Academy,  and  shall  be  responsible  for 
the  same ;  he  shall  keep  a  catalogue  thereof,  in  which  the 
names  of  contributors  shall  be  inscribed ;  he  shall  superintend 
the  distribution  of  all  the  publications  of  the  Academy. 

IX.    COUNCIL. 

The  Council  shall  act  as  a  publication  committee;  shall 
prepare  a  program  for  each  meeting,  and  may  make  rules 
and  regulations  for  their  own  guidance,  not  inconsistent  with 
the  Constitution  and  By-Laws. 

X.    ELECTION    OF    OFFICERS. 

A  nominating  committee  of  three  active  members  who  are 
not  officers  of  the  Academy  shall  be  elected  at  the  first  regu- 
lar meeting  in   December.     This  committee  shall    nominate 


By-Laws.  xxi 

candidates  for  all  the  offices  for  the  ensuing  year,  and  report 
the  nominations  at  the  following  meeting,  when  other  nom- 
inations  may  be  made  by  any  active  member.  The  Recording 
Secretary  shall  mail  to  every  active  member  a  list  of  the  nom- 
inees for  office,  at  least  ten  days  preceding  the  annual  meet- 
ing. The  polls  shall  be  closed  at  6  p.  m.  on  the  day  of  the 
annual  meeting,  after  which  the  nominating  committee  shall 
count  the  ballots  and  announce  the  results  to  the  Academy. 
A  plurality  of  the  votes  cast  shall  suffice  to  elect. 

XJ.    VACANCIES. 

A  vacancy  in  any  office  shall  be  filled  by  election  conducted 
in  the  same  manner  as  the  annual  election. 

XII.    ELECTION     or    MEMBERS. 

A  candidate  for  admission  to  the  Academy  shall  be  pro- 
posed by  not  less  than  two  members  at  any  regular  meeting. 
The  proposal  must  then  be  referred  to  the  Council,  and  if 
upon  examination  they  shall  find  the  candidate  to  be  eligible 
and  worthy  of  membership,  they  shall  order  the  question  as  to 
his  admission  to  be  submitted  to  the  Academy  by  ballot.  If 
there  be  five  votes  in  the  negative,  the  candidate  shall  be  re- 
jected, and  shall  not  be  again  voted  upon  for  twelve  months 
after  such  rejection.  But  if  the  number  of  negative  votes 
be  less  than  five,  the  candidate  shall  be  elected,  but  shall  not 
be  considered  a  member  until  he  shall  have  paid  the  initiation 
fee  and  the  annual  dues  for  the  current  year.  Any  failure  to 
pay  the  initiation  fee  and  annual  dues  within  thirty  days  after 
the  candidate  has  been  notified  of  his  election,  shall  work  a 
forfeiture  of  all  rights  under  said  election,  if  the  Council 
shall  so  determine.  No  entry  shall  be  made  on  the  record  of 
the  rejection  of  any  candidate. 

XIII.    RESIGNATION    OF     MEMBERS. 

Any  member  whose  dues  have  been  fully  paid,  may  with- 
draw from  the  Academy  by  a  written  resignation.     Non-pay- 


xxii  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

ment  of  dues  for  one  year  or  longer  may  be  treated  as  equiv- 
alent to  resignation ;  but  before  any  member  is  dropped  from 
the  rolls  for  delinquency,  he  shall  be  entitled  to  not  less  than 
four  weeks'  notice. 


XIV.    EXPULSION    OF    MEMBERS. 

Upon  the  written  request  of  five  members,  that,  for  cause 
stated,  any  member  be  expelled,  the  Council  shall  consider 
the  matter,  and  if  they  deem  it  best,  shall  advise  the  member 
that  his  resignation  will  be  accepted.  He  shall,  however, 
have  the  right  to  demand  and  shall  be  given  a  copy  of  the 
charges  against  him,  and  shall  have  a  reasonable  time  to  pre- 
sent a  written  defense.  The  Council  may  then  pass  finally 
upon  the  matter,  and  if  resignation  has  not  been  tendered,  or 
a  satisfactory  defense  made,  may  by  an  afiirmative  vote  of 
four  of  their  number  expel  the  member,  in  which  case  they 
shall  notify  him  and  the  Academy  of  their  action,  and  his 
name  shall  be  at  once  dropped  from  the  list  of  members. 

XV.    INITIATION    FEE    AND    DUES. 

Resident  active  members  shall  pay  an  initiation  fee  of  five 
dollars,  and  annual  dues  of  six  dollars,  payable  at  the  begin- 
nino-  of  each  year.  Non-resident  active  members  shall  pay 
an  initiation  fee  of  five  dollars  and  annual  dues  of  one-half 
the  dues  for  resident  active  members,  payable  at  the  begin- 
ning of  each  vear. 

XVI.  HONORARY  MEMBERS  AND  PATRONS. 

Honorary  members  and  Patrons  shall  be  recommended  by 
the  Council,  and  elected  by  the  unanimous  vote  of  the  mem- 
bers present  at  any  regular  meeting. 

XVII.    PUBLICATIONS. 

Patrons  and  all  active  members  not  in  arrears  shall  be 
entitled  to  one  copy  of  all  the  publications  of  the  Academy 


By-Laws.  xxiii 

issued  subsequent  to  their  election.  Authors  of  papers 
shall  he  entitled  to  twenty  extra  copies  of  their  individual 
papers. 

XVII.    SALE    OF    REAL    ESTATE. 

The  property  conveyed  to  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St. 
Louis  on  the  eighteenth  day  of  March,  1903,  by  Edgar  R. 
Hoadley  and  Lavinia  L.  Hoadley,  as  a  gift  from  Mrs.  Eliza 
McMillan  and  William  N.  McMillan,  shall  not  be  mortgaged 
or  voluntarily  incumbered  by  the  Academy  of  Science ;  and 
the  said  property  shall  not  be  sold,  except  with  the  consent 
of  two-thirds  of  the  members  of  the  Academy  of  Science, 
obtained  by  letter  ballot,  in  such  manner  as  may  be  pre- 
scribed by  the  Council,  and,  when  sold,  the  proceeds  of  the 
sale  or  so  much  thereof  as  may  be  necessary,  shall  be  used  to 
provide  a  suitable  location  and  building  for  the  use  of  The 
Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis. 

XIX.    AUTHORITY. 

On  all  points  of  order  and  procedure,  not  provided  for  in 
the  Constitution  and  By-Laws,  Robert's  Rules  of  Order  shall 
be  the  authority . 

XX.    AMENDMENTS. 

These  By-Laws  may  be  amended  by  a  two-thirds  vote  of 
all  the  members  present  at  any  regular  meeting,  provided 
notice  of  the  proposed  amendment  shall  have  been  mailed  to 
every  member  at  least  one  week  before  the  vote  thereon  is 
taken . 


ABSTRACT   OF   HISTORY. 


ORGANIZATION. 


The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis  was  organized  on  the 
10th  of  March,  1856,  in  the  hall  of  the  Board  of  Public 
Schools.     Dr.  George  Engehnann  was  the  first  President. 


CHARTER. 

On  the  17th  of  January  following,  a  charter  incorporating 
the  Academy  was  signed  and  approved,  and  this  was  accepted 
by  vote  of  the  Academy  on  the  9th  of  February,  1857. 

OB.JECTS. 

The  act  of  incorporation  declares  the  object  of  the  Academy 
to  be  the  advancement  of  science  and  the  establishment  in 
St.  Louis  of  a  museum  and  library  for  the  illustration  and 
study  of  its  various  branches,  and  provides  that  the  members 
shall  acquire  no  individual  property  in  the  real  estate,  cabinets, 
library,  or  other  of  its  effects,  their  interest  being  usufruc- 
tuary merely. 

The  constitution  as  adopted  at  the  organization  meeting 
and  amended  at  various  times  subsequently,  provides  for  hold- 
ino:  meetings  for  the  consideration  and  discussion  of  scientific 
subjects ;  taking  measures  to  procure  original  papers  upon  such 
subjects;  the  publication  of  transactions;  the  establishment 
and  maintenance  of  a  cabinet  of  objects  illustrative  of  the 
several  departments  of  science,  and  a  library  of  works  relating 
to  the  same;  and  the  establishment  of  relations  with  other 
scientific  institutions.  To  encourage  and  promote  special  in- 
vestigation in  any  branch  of  science,  the  formation  of  special 
sections  under  the  charter  is  provided  for. 


Abstract  of  History.  xxv 


MEMBERSHIP. 

Members  are  classified  as  active  members,  corresponding 
members,  honorary  members  and  patrons.  Active  member- 
ship is  limited  to  persons  interested  in  science,  though  they 
need  not  of  necessity  be  engaged  in  scientific  work,  and  they 
alone  conduct  the  affairs  of  the  Academy,  under  its  constitu- 
tion. Persons  not  living  in  the  city  or  county  of  St.  Louis 
who  are  disposed  to  further  the  objects  of  the  Academy,  by 
original  researches,  contributions  of  specimens,  or  otherwise, 
are  eligible  as  corresponding  members.  Persons  not  living 
in  the  city  or  county  of  St.  Louis  are  eligible  as  honorary 
members  by  virtue  of  their  attainments  in  science.  Any 
person  conveying  to  the  Academy  the  sum  'of  one  thousand 
dollars  or  its  equivalent  becomes  eligible  as  a  patron. 

Under  the  by-laws,  resident  active  members  pay  an  initia- 
tion fee  of  five  dollars  and  annual  dues  of  six  dollars.  Non- 
resident active  members  pa}^  the  same  initiation  fee,  but 
annual  dues  of  three  dollars  only.  Patrons,  and  honorary  and 
corresponding  members,  are  exempt  from  the  payment  of 
dues.  Each  patron  and  active  member  not  in  arrears  is 
entitled  to  one  copy  of  each  publication  of  the  Academy  issued 
after  his  election. 

Since  the  organization  of  the  Academy,  982  persons  have 
been  elected  to  active  membership,  of  whom,  at  the  present 
time,  276  are  carried  on  the  list.  Four  patrons,  Mr.  Edwin 
Harrison,  Mrs.  Eliza  McMillan,  Mr.  William  Northrop 
McMillan  and  Mr.  Henry  W.  Eliot,  have  been  elected.  The 
list  of  corresponding  members  (Vol.  X.,  p.  xii)  includes  205 
names,  among  which  are  the  names  of  103  persons  known  to 
be  deceased. 

The  presence  of  a  number  of  eminent  scientists  from  all 
parts  of  the  world  at  the  International  Congress  during  the 
World's  Fair  of  1904,  was  considered  a  suitable  occasion  for 
electing  the  following  gentlemen  as  honorary  members  of  the 
Academy,  in  recognition  of  their  valuable  services  to  science: 
Prof.   Svante    Arrlienius    (Stockholm),    Prof.    Dr.    Leopold 


xxvi  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Bablsen  (Berlin),  Prof.  Dr.  Ludwig  Boltzroann  (Vienna), 
Senor  Alfredo  Chavero  (Mexico),  Prof.  Theodor  Escherich 
(Vienna),  Prof.  Sliibasaburo  Kitasoto  (Tokio),  Geh.  Ober 
Reg.  R.  Theodor  Lewald  (Berlin),  Count  Limburg-Stirum 
(Berlin),  Prof.  Henri  Moissan  (Paris),  Geh.  Rath  Dr.  Johann 
Orth  (Berlin),  Prof.  WilhelmOstwald  (Leipzig),  Sir  William 
Ramsay  (London),  Prof.  Ernest  Rutherford  (Montreal), 
Prof.  J.  W.  Van  't  Hoff  (Berlin),  Geh.  Rath  Prof.  Dr. 
Wilhelm  Waldejer  (Berlin),  Prof.  Dr.  Wassermanu  (Berlin), 
Geh.  Rath  Prof.  Dr.  L.  Wittmack  (Berlin),  from  all  of 
which  courteous  letters  of  acceptance  have  been  received. 

OFFICERS    AND    MANAGEMENT. 

The  officers,  who  are  chosen  from  the  active  members,  con- 
sist of  a  President,  two  Vice-Presidents,  Recording  and  Cor- 
responding Secretaries,  Treasurer,  Librarian,  three  Curators, 
and  two  Directors.  The  general  business  management  of  the 
Academy  is  vested  in  a  Council  composed  of  the  President, 
the  two  Vice-Presidents,  the  Recording  Secretary,  the  Treas- 
urer, the  Librarian  and  the  two  Directors. 

The  office  of  President  has  been  filled  bv  the  f  ollowinsf  well- 
known  citizens  of  St.  Louis,  nearly  all  of  whom  have  been 
eminent  in  some  line  of  scientific  work:  George  Eng'elmann, 
Benjamin  F.  Shumard,  Adolphus  Wislizenus,  Hiram  A. 
Prout,  John  B.  Johnson,  James  B.  Eads,  William  T.  Harris, 
Charles  V,  Riley,  Francis  E.  Nipher,  Henry  S.  Pritchett, 
John  Green,  Melvin  L.  Gray,  Edmund  A.  Engler,  Robert 
Moore,  Henry  W.  Eliot,  and  Edwin  Harrison. 

MEETINGS. 

The  regular  meetings  of  the  Academy  are  held  at  its  build- 
ing, 3817  Olive  Street,  at  8  o'clock,  on  the  first  and  third 
Monday  evenings  of  each  month,  a  recess  being  taken  between 
the  meeting  on  the  first  Monday  in  June  and  the  meeting  on 
the  third  Monday  in  October.  These  meetings,  to  which 
interested  persons  are  always  welcome,  are  devoted  in  part  to 
the  reading  of  technical  papers  designed  for  publication  in  the 


Abstract  of  History. 


xxvu 


Academy's  Transactions,  and  in  jjait  to  the  presentation  of 
more  popular  abstracts  of  recent  investigation  or  progress. 
From  time  to  time  public  lectures,  calculated  to  interest  a 
larger  audience,  are  provided  for  in  some  suitable  hall. 

The  following  dates  for  regular  meetings  for  the  year  1905 
have  been  fixed  by  the  Council :  — 


Jan. 

Feb. 

Mar. 

April. 

May. 

June. 

Oct. 

Nov. 

Dec. 

16 

6 
20 

6 
20 

3 

17 

1 
15 

5 

16 

6 
20 

4 
18 

L 

IBRAK\ 

After  its  organization,  the  Academy  met  in  Pope's  Medical 
College,  where  a  creditable  beginning  had  been  made  toward 
the  formation  of  a  museum  and  library,  until  May,  1869, 
when  the  building  and  museum  were  destroyed  by  fire,  the 
library  being  saved.  The  library  now  contains  15,303  books 
and  12,361  pamphlets,  and  is  open  during  certain  hours  of 
the  day  for  consultation  by  members  and  persons  engaged  in 
scientific  work. 


PUBLICATIONS    AND    EXCHANGES. 

Fourteen  thick  octavo  volumes  of  Transactions  have  been 
published  since  the  organization  of  the  Academy,  and  widely 
distributed.  Two  quarto  publications  have  also  been  issued: 
one  from  the  Archaeological  section,  being  a  contribution  to 
the  archaeology  of  Missouri,  and  the  other  a  report  of  the 
observations  made  by  the  Washington  University  Eclipse 
Party  of  1889.  The  Academy  now  stands  in  exchange  rela- 
tions with  584  institutions  or  organizations  of  aims  similar  to 
its  own. 


xxviii  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


MUSEUM. 

After  the  loss  of  its  first  museum,  in  1869,  the  Academy 
lacked  adequate  room  for  the  arrangement  of  a  public 
museum,  and,  although  small  museum  accessions  were 
received  and  cared  for,  its  main  effort  of  necessity  was  con- 
centrated on  the  holding  of  meetings,  the  formation  of  a 
library,  the  publication  of  worthy  scientific  matter,  and  the 
maintenance  of  relations  with  other  scientific  bodies. 

But  now  in  possession  of  a  suitable  home,  full  attention 
can  again  be  devoted  to  the  museum,  and  the  same  is  grad- 
ually growing. 


RECORD. 

From  January  1,  1904,  to  December  31,  1904. 

Meetin(J  of  January  4,  1904. 

The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis  met  in  the  Academy 
Building  at  8:00  p.  m.,  January  4,  1904;  Vice-President 
Smith  in  the  chair ;   nineteen  persons  present. 

An  oral  report  was  submitted  on  the  189th  meeting  of  the 
Council,  showing  that  under  authority  the  Treasurer  had 
borrowed  $1,750.00  for  sixty  days,  at  six  per  cent,  on 
mortgage  security  owned  by  the  Academy;  that  President 
Eliot  had  given  to  the  Academy  the  sum  of  $5,000.00,  of 
which  nearly  the  entire  amount  had  been  expended  in  the 
renovation  and  improvement  of  the  building,  under  his 
supervision,  by  authority  of  the  Council;  that  $150.00  had 
been  secured  from  the  Angle  School  of  Orthodontia,  in 
return  for  the  use  of  the  Academy's  rooms  for  a  period  of 
one  month ;  that  bills  had  been  approved  for  payment  to  the 
amount  of  $477.60,  of  which  $119.92  was  for  publication, 
$125.00  for  a  stereopticon,  and  $228.50  for  electric  wiring; 
that  the  Academy  had  lost  two  members  through  the  death 
of  Mr.  Albert  Thiele  and  the  resignation  of  Mr.  D.  C.  Ball; 
and  that  the  names  of  A.  V.  Graf  and  Rudolph  Schmitz 
were  ordered  submitted  to  ballot  at  the  appropriate  meeting 
of  the  Academy. 

An  oral  report  was  submitted  on  the  190th  meeting  of  the 
Council,  showing  that  the  Council  unanimously  recommended 
to  the  Academy  the  election  of  Mr.  H.  W.  Eliot  as  a  patron; 
and  that  bills  amounting  to  $395.12  had  been  approved  for 
payment. 

The  Vice-President  presented  the  following  address  :  *  — 

*  Transactions,  Vol.  XIII.,  Page  XLV. 


XXX  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

On  the  conclusion  of  the  Vice-President's  address,  Pro- 
fessor Nipher  called  up  the  recommendation  of  the  Council 
that  Mr.  Eliot  be  elected  a  patron,  and  in  a  few  well  chosen 
words  moved  a  vote  of  thanks  to  Mr.  Eliot  for  his  continued 
interest  in  the  Academy  and  his  generous  gift  to  it,  and  that 
he  be  elected  a  patron.  The  motion,  being  duly  seconded, 
was  unanimously  carried. 

On  motion  of  Dr.  Green,  the  recommendations  contained 
in  the  Vice-President's  address  were  referred  to  the  Council, 
and  their  consideration  was  made  a  special  order  of  business 
for  the  next  meeting  of  the  Academy. 

The  Treasurer  presented  the  financial  report  and  statement, 
with  vouchers,  which  was  submitted  to  an  auditing  commit- 
tee consisting  of  Messrs.  Engler,  Green  and  Ewing,  on  whose 
report  as  to  its  correctness  it  was  approved.* 

The  Librarian  presented  the  accompanying  report,  which 
was  received. t 

On  behalf  of  the  nominating  committee,  Mr.  Krall  pre- 
sented the  appended  report,  which  was  received,  and  the 
following  officers  were  declared  elected  for  the  year  1904  :  — 

President W.  K.  Bixby. 

First  Vice-President Wm.  Trelease. 

Second  Vice-President Adolf  Alt. 

Recording  Secretary Ernest  P.  Olshausen. 

Corresponding  Secretary August  Hunicke. 

Treasurer Enno  Sander. 

Librarian G.  Hambach. 

Curators G.  Hambach, 

Julius  Hurter, 
Frank  Schwarz. 

Directors F.  E.  Nipher. 

Jos.  Spiegelhalter. 

The  Secretary  stated  that  on  learning  that  his  name  had 
been  placed  in  nomination  for  the  Presidency  of  the  Acad- 

*  Transactions,  Vol.  XIII.,  Page  XLVII. 
t  Transactions,  Vol.  XIII.,  Page  XLVIII. 


Record.  xxxi 

emy,  Mr.  Bixby  had  signified  his  wish  to  have  it  withdrawn, 
but,  this  being  impossible,  he  had  presented  his  resignation 
as  President,  which  on  motion  was  accepted. 

In  accordance  with  Articles  X  and  XI  of  the  By-Laws,  it 
was  moved  that  a  nominatino;  committee  of  three,  consisting 
of  Messrs.  Krall,  Barck  and  Widmann,  be  elected,  to  present 
at  the  next  meeting  a  new  nomination  for  the  Presidency  of 
the  Academy;   and  this  motion  was  unanimously  carried. 

The  following  persons  were  elected  to  active  membership : 
August  V.  Graf,  Rudolph  Schmitz,  both  of  St.  Louis. 

Dr.  Green  stated  that  he  was  privileged,  on  behalf  of  a  few 
members  of  the  Academy,  to  present,  in  commemoration  of 
its  removal  into  its  new  home,  a  suitable  chair  and  table  for 
the  use  of  the  presiding  ofiicer ;  and  on  motion  this  gift  was 
accepted  and  the  thanks  of  the  Academy  tendered  to  the 
ffentlemen  who  had  made  it. 

January  18,  1904. 

Vice-President  Trelease  in  the  chair;  twelve  persons 
present. 

The  nominating  committee  reported  that  they  had  nomi- 
nated for  President  Mr.  Edwin  Harrison. 

No  other  nomination  being  made,  the  printing  of  letter- 
ballots  was  ordered. 

The  following  three  papers  were  presented  by  title  and 
referred  to  the  Council  :  — 

By  Mary  J.  Klein,''  A  revision  of  the  Paleozoic  Palaeechi- 
noidea,  \yith  Synopsis  of  all  known  Species." 

By  Frank  C.  Baker,  "  The  Molluscau  Fauna  of  the  Dells 
of  Wisconsin;"   "  Notes  on  Planorbia  Truncatus  Miles." 

The  Treasurer,  Dr.  Enno  Sander,  reported,  that  in  response 
to  his  request  for  voluntary  contributions  by  members,  he 
had  received  $49.00. 

February  1,  1904. 

Dr.  A.  Alt  presiding;  fourteen  persons  present. 
The    nominating    committee  reported  the  election  of  Mr. 
Edward  Harrison  as  President  of  the  Academy. 


xxxii  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Prof.  F.  E.  Nipher  made  some  informal  remarks  on  some 
properties  of  Radium,  as  compared  with  certain  other  bodies, 
indicating,  that  much  of  the  mystery,  now  connected  with 
radium,  will  probably  soon  be  cleared,  as  we  get  better 
acquainted  with  it,  finding  it  subject  probably  to  well-known 
physical  laws.     His  remarks  were  followed  by  a  discussion. 

The  Treasurer  reported  further  voluntary  contributions, 
amounting  to  a  total  of  $248.00. 

February  15,   1904. 

Dr.  Wm.  Trelease  presiding;  twenty-eight  persons  present. 

Rev.  Martin  S.  Brennan  delivered  a  popular  lecture  on  the 
"  Nebular  Hypothesis,"  illustrating  same  with  lantern  views. 
He  explained  the  theory  of  La  Place,  according  to  which  the 
heavenly  bodies  were  formed  by  a  condensation  of  gases  into 
nebular  masses,  these  in  turn  condensing  farther  by  the  force 
of  gravity,  the  interior  increasing  in  pressure,  centrifugal 
motion  and  heat,  while  the  peripheric  motion  decreased  and 
gradually  cooled  the  mass,  until  it  formed  a  crust,  growing 
thicker  in  time ;  this  crust  being  at  first  surrounded  chiefly 
by  carbon-dioxide  gases,  soon  allowing  the  existence  of  plant 
life,  later  followed  bv  animal  Ufe.  From  this  he  deduced 
the  five  geological  eras,  corresponding  with  the  ages  of 
paleontology. 

Mr.  Nipher  remarked,  that  he  had  applied  the  equations  for 
gaseous  nebulae,  which  had  been  deduced  in  his  paper  on  the 
Law  of  Contraction  of  Gaseous  Nebulae,  to  the  case  of  our 
own  planetary  system.  Introducing  an  integration  constant 
into  the  pressure  formula,  the  pressure, — and  as  conse- 
quence the  temperature, — can  be  made  zero  at  any  radius 
from  the  center.  He  had  given  the  constant  a  value,  which 
made  the  mass  of  the  nebula  equal  to  that  of  the  entire  solar 
system.  When  the  nebula  has  reached  such  a  stage,  that  the 
mass  external  to  Neptune's  present  orbit,  is  equal  to  Nep- 
tune's mass,  the  density  at  Neptune's  orbit  will  be  1.93  X  10~^* 
grammes  per  cc,  and  the  pressure  will  be  1.49  X  10~^®  atmos- 
phere.    The  outer  limit  of  the  nebula    will  be  about  half  a 


Record.  xxxiii 

million  miles  further  out, the  temperature  beingzeroat  the  outer 
limit.    This  means,  that  molecular  motion  will  not  there  exist. 

The  forces  there  acting  will  be  gravitation,  and  the  repel- 
ling action  of  light  waves  from  the  central  nucleus.  The 
entire  mass  of  Neptune  will  exist  in  a  space  far  more  highly 
rarified  than  any  Crooks  tube  vacuum.  It  is  of  course  possi- 
ble for  such  nebulae  to  exist,  but  it  certainly  is  impossible  to 
believe,  that  such  a  nebula  can  throw  off  a  system  of  plane- 
tary bodies.  The  greater  part  of  our  solar  nebula  must  have 
existed  as  a  solid  meteoric  matter,  with  a  temperature  approach- 
ing absolute  zero.  Only  the  central  part,  which  is  now  rep- 
resented by  the  sun,  was  largely  gaseous,  and  at  a  high 
temperature. 

Professor  Nipher  made  the  following  remarks  on  Discon- 
tinuities in  the  evolution  of  the  Trotting  Horse:  — 

About  twenty  years  ago  the  writer  deduced  an  equation 
representing  the  relation  between  the  record  speed  of  the 
trotting  horse  and  the  time,  estimated  from  any  assumed 
date.  This  equation  was  not  obtained  from  the  actually 
observed  times  when  the  record  had  been  broken.  It  took 
no  account  of  individual  cases. 

The  date  when  any  given  speed,  as  say  2:30,  originated, 
was  determined  by  finding  the  number  of  horses  each  year, 
capable  of  making  that  speed  or  better.  At  some  date  the 
first  horse  of  this  class  would  appear.  Each  successive  year, 
the  number  of  horses  of  this  class  increases.  The  law  of  such 
increase  can  easil}^  be  determined  by  graphical  or  mathe- 
matical methods.  In  this  way  the  date  when  the  number  of 
horses  of  this  class  was  one,  can  be  determined,  by  means  of 
this  curve  of  increase. 

Knowing  the  dates  for  the  origin  of  each  speed,  the  rela- 
tion was  shown  to  be  a  logarithmic  one.  The  equation  was 
published  giving  the  speed  for  any  given  date.  Recently  this 
curve  was  plotted,  from  1840  to  date,  and  the  performance 
of  every  horse  who  has  broken  the  record  since  1845  was  put 
on  the  diagram.  A  very  interesting  fact  was  at  once  observed. 
The  increase  in  speed  is  not  continuous,  but  proceeds  by  sud- 
den and  rapid  changes,  separated  from  each  other  by  intervals 
of  no  change.     The  horse  will  be  behind  the  speed  computed 


xxxiv  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

from  the  equation,  and  some  horse,  usually  in  rivalry  with 
another,  will  perhaps  in  a  single  year,  put  the  horse  ahead  of 
this  computed  speed. 

In  1853  the  horse  was  about  three  seconds  behind  the 
computed  speed.  In  that  year  Highland  Maid  advanced  one 
second,  and  from  1856  to  1859  Flora  Temple  had  carried  the 
record  ahead  six  and  a  quarter  seconds  more.  This  placed 
the  horse  2.3  seconds  ahead  of  the  computed  speed. 

In  1867  Dexter  found  the  horse  again  about  1.25  behind,  and 
in  two  races  during  that  summer,  placed  the  horse  1.25  ahead 
of  the  computed  speed.  In  1871  Goldsmith  Maid  found  the 
horse  behind  nearly  a  second,  and  by  1874  put  the  horse  ahead 
of  the  computed  speed  by  about  2.25  seconds.  When  Rarus 
appeared  in  1878,  the  horse  was  again  nearly  a  second  behind, 
and  Rarus,  St.  Julian,  Jay  Eye  See  were  in  rivalry  with  Maud 
S.  during  seven  years.  They  not  only  kept  the  record  from 
falling  still  further  behind,  but  in  1885  Maud  S.  finally  sent 
the  record  ahead  of  the  computed  speed  about  1.5  seconds. 

In  1891  Sunol  again  found  the  horse  slightly  behind  the 
computed  speed  and  advanced  him  half  a  second.  During  the 
next  year  Nancy  Hanks  appeared  and  sent  the  horse  ahead 
again.  During  this  year  appeared  also  a  marked  discontinuity 
in  the  evolution  of  the  running  gear.  Improvements  had 
been  constantly  made  in  the  sulky  during  all  of  the  time  from 
1840  to  1892.  At  this  latter  date  the  modern  sulky  with 
pneumatic  tire,  28-inch  wheel  and  ball  bearings  was  first  used. 
With  this  running  gear  Nancy  Hanks  placed  the  horse  a  little 
over  three  seconds  ahead  of  the  prediction,  and  in  1894  Alix 
lowered  this  record  a  quarter  of  a  second  more. 

Six  years  later  the  present  generation  of  trotters  began. 
The  Abbott  lowered  the  time  of  Alix  by  half  a  second,  and 
then  began  the  contest  between  Crescens  and  Lou  Dillon, 
which  has  resulted  in  putting  the  trotting  horse  4.5  seconds 
ahead  of  the  predicted  speed. 

These  successive  generations  of  horses  have  chang:ed  the 
record  as  follows  :  — 

Flora  Temple 7.25         Maud  S 5.25 

Dexter 2.50         Nancy  Hanks.  ...    5.0 

Goldsmith  Maid. .    3.25         Lou  Dillon 5.25 


Record. 


XXXV 


In  this  exhibit  the  name  of  the  most  prominent  horse  in 
the  generation  has  been  selected  for  designating  the  several 
generations.  Since  the  time  of  the  advent  of  the  bicycle 
wheel,  the  surging  advances  of  speed  which  characterize  a 
generation,  have  continued,  as  they  were  before,  but  the 
horse  has  not  fallen  behind  the  predicted  speed.  In  time  the 
sudden  advance  due  to  this  radical  improvement  in  the  sulky, 
will  probably  be  taken  up  again,  and  the  horse  will  gradually 
come  back  into  line  with  what  was  shown  in  the  earlier  gen- 
erations. I  do  not  think  there  is  any  evidence  that  the  final 
speed  of  the  horse  will  differ  materially  from  what  was 
predicted  twenty  years  ago. 

It  may  be  said  in  closing  that  when  the  earlier  paper  was 
published,  in  1883,  there  were  many  who  scouted  the  idea 
that  the  trotting  horse  would  ever  trot  a  mile  in  98  seconds. 
It  has  happened  that  some  of  these  same  persons  have  now 
thought  it  proper  to  poke  fun  at  the  writer  because  the  horse 
is  now  slightly  further  in  advance  of  the  prediction  than  ever 
before.     A  diagram  is  here  presented  which  shows  the  dis- 


160 


150 


140 


S 

0:130 

HI 

a. 

en 
o 

Ol20 

o 

UJ 
CO 


1  10 


100 
98 


91.5 


^ 

o^^^ 

^■~-,,Q 

h-. 

• 

^J--- 

■So. 
o    o 

o 

— •^^.SVm' 

!ii2:£-o^ 

J" 

LIMIT   TROTTING   HO.RSE.    !:38. 


LIMIT  RUNNING   HC 

■)RSE.    1:31, a 

1                                                          1 

. 

11840 


1850 


1860 


IB  70 

DATES 


1880 


1890 


1900 


1910 


1920 


xxxvi  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

continuities  in  evolution  of  the  trotting  horse.  If  the  pre- 
diction were  to  be  made  now  on  the  basis  of  what  is  now 
known,  no  change  would  be  made.  The  same  diagram  repre- 
sents the  performance  of  the  running  horse,  by  the  lower 
curve.  His  final  speed  will  be  about  6.5  seconds  per  mile 
better  than  that  of  the  trotting  horse,  or  1:31. 5  (91.5 
seconds  per  mile). 

Since  the  above  communication  was  made,  the  three  last 
records  shown  on  the  diagram  have  been  ruled  out.  They 
were  made  with  a  wind-shield  in  front  of  the  horse.  The 
present  record  stands  at  121.25  or  2:01^. 

March  7,   1904. 

Attendance,  eighteen. 

President  Edwin  Harrison  in  the  chair. 

Dr.  C.  A.  Snodgrass,  City  Bacteriologist  and  Pathologist, 
read  a  paper  on  the  subject:  "Bacteria  and  their  Work," 
illustrated  with  drawings  and  cultures.  He  gave  a  clear  con- 
ception of  the  place  occupied  by  bacteria  in  the  living  world, 
and  the  important  work  they  do.  He  emphasized  the  fact, 
that  bacteria  must  not  be  confounded  with  disease.  He  dis- 
cussed the  distribution  of  bacteria,  changes  in  bacterial  flora 
in  milk  supplies ;  the  bacteria  of  the  Illinois,  Missouri  and 
Mississippi  rivers;  symbiosis;  immunity;  biological  factors, 
that  affect  bacteria;  the  relation  of  human  and  bovine 
tuberculosis;   and  various  methods  by  which  infection  occurs. 

March  21,  1904. 

Attendance,  eighteen. 

President  Edwin  Harrison  in  the  chair. 

Professor  Francis  E.  Nipher  presented  a  paper  on  "  Primi- 
tive Conditions  in  the  Solar  Nebula,"  *  as  a  continuation  to 
other  papers  presented  previously. 

Prof.  W.  L.  Eickenberry  delivered  a  lecture  on  the 
"  Principles  of  Ecology  and  Development  of  Plant  Societies." 

*  Transactions,  Vol.  XIV.,  No.  4. 


Record.  xxxvii 

He  showed,  that  the  science  of  botany  had  been  greatly  ad- 
vanced by  the  study  of  plant-ecology  or  plant  sociolog}',  /.  e. 
by  the  study  of  plants  in  their  external  relations  to  each 
other,  and  the  adjustment  of  plants  and  their  organs  to  their 
physical  surroundings.  Formerly  taxouom}'  or  the  determina- 
tion of  the  position  of  plants  in  a  scheme  of  classification,  was 
the  aim  of  all  students  and  teachers.  Now  the  study  of  bot- 
any is  pursued  on  a  broader  scale,  plants  being  studied  as 
living  things,  which  are  not  scattered  at  haphazard  over 
the  globe,  but  are  organized  into  definite  communities,  de- 
termined by  the  conditions,  under  which  certain  plants  can 
live.  Ecology,  since  it  considers  plants  and  their  environ- 
ments, takes  the  student  directly  into  the  field,  instead  of 
confining  him  to  herbarium  specimens.  Systematic  botany, 
while  very  essential,  should  always  be  made  one  of  means, 
and  not  the  final  end  of  botanical  study. 

By  a  series  of  lantern  slides,  Prof.  Eickenberry  showed  the 
transition  from  a  pond-society  to  a  swamp-forest,  beginning 
with  a  lily-pond  with  sedges  at  the  margin  of  the  water. 
Then,  as  the  pond  loses  its  water,  the  sedges  and  swamp- 
grasses  crowd  in;  this  swamp-moor  being  followed  by  shrubs, 
and  finally  by  a  swamp-forest,  such  as  tamarack,  pine  and 
hemlock. 

He  also  traced  the  development  of  plant  societies,  adapted 
to  dry  air  and  soil,  various  plants,  such  as  lichens,  mosses 
and  small  crevice  plants  being  able  to  live  upon  bare  rocks. 
As  these  exposed  rocks  are  weathered  away,  the  crevice  plants 
become  larger,  and  seeds  of  small  plants  find  lodgment, 
until,  the  fissures  increasing  in  size,  and  more  soil  being 
formed,  shrubs  and  finally  trees  root  there,  resulting  ulti- 
mately in  a  forest. 

April  4,  1904. 

Attendance,  fifty. 

President  Edwin  Harrison  in  the  chair. 

The  Treasurer  reported  further  progress  in  voluntary 
contributions.  Previously  reported,  $228.00.  Additional 
receipts,  $79.00. 


xxxviii  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Mr.  George  M.  Wright  was  elected  an  active  member. 

Dr.  C.  Barck  read  the  paper  of  the  evening,  on  "The 
History  of  Spectacles."  He  divided  the  subject  into  two 
parts,  the  development  of  the  industrial  art,  and  the  evolution 
of  the  scientific  selection. 

In  regard  to  the  former,  it  is  an  open  question,  whether  the 
Chinese  invented  glasses  prior  to  the  Europeans.  Of  the 
ancient  nations  of  western  Asia,  we  possess  only  one  relic, 
namely  a  convex  lens  of  rock  crystal  which  was  dis- 
covered among  the  ruins  of  old  Nineveh  by  Sir  Layard. 
To  the  Egyptians,  Greeks  and  Romans  glasses  were  unknown. 
The  latter  assertion  does  not  agree  with  the  common  opinion, 
as  expressed  in  the  belief,  that  Nero  was  near-sighted  and 
used  glasses.  But  this  is  due  to  a  misinterpretation  of  a 
passage  of  Pliny,  as  proven  at  length  by  the  reader  of  the 
paper.  During  the  first  twelve  centuries  of  the  Christian  era 
there  is  no  mention  of  spectacles ;  they  were  invented  at  the 
end  of  the  thirteenth  century  by  two  Italians,  Armati  and  Spina, 
either  independently  or  conjointly.  This  is  proven  by  a 
number  of  documents.  The  essayist  then  dwelt  upon  the 
gradual  spread  of  their  use,  and  the  improvement  of  the 
frames  and  lenses.  At  first  only  convex  lenses  were  used, 
concave  ones  being  employed  about  two  centuries  afterwards. 
Cylindrical  lenses  for  the  correction  of  astigmatism,  which 
had  been  discovered  by  Thomas  Young  in  1801,  were  devised 
by  the  astronomer  Airy  in  1827.  Bifocals  were  invented  and 
first  used  by  Benjamin  Franklin,  1785. 

As  to  the  selection  of  the  appropriate  lenses,  this  was  at 
first  done  by  the  peddlers  who  sold  them.  Physicians  for  a 
long  time  paid  no  attention  to  it.  Even  after  the  epochal 
work  of  the  astronomer  Kepler  had  opened  a  new  era  in 
optics  by  demonstrating  the  physiology  of  the  act  of  vision, 
1604,  physicians  maintained  their  reserved  attitude,  and 
considered  it  below  the  dignity  of  their  profession  to  have 
anything  to  do  with  the  selection  of  glasses.  It  was  only  in 
the  middle  of  the  last  century  that  the  change  took  place. 
This  was  due  mainly  to  the  labors  of  Helmholtz  and  Donders, 
who  laid  the  foundation  for  the  adjustment  of  lenses  accord- 


Record.  xxxix 

ing  to  mathematical  and  optical  principles.  The  invention  of 
the  ophthalmoscope,  by  which  the  refraction  can  be  deter- 
mined objectively,  of  the  ophthalmometer,  which  assures  the 
astigmatism  of  the  cornea,  and  the  introduction  of  remedies, 
by  which  the  accommodation  can  be  paralyzed,  followed  in 
rapid  succession.  By  means  of  these  instruments  and  meth- 
ods of  precision,  the  medical  adviser  is  governed  by  well- 
established  laws  in  the  selection  of  spectacles,  and  this  now 
belongs  to  the  domain  of  science. 

The  lecture  was  illustrated  by  a  number  of  copies  of  old 
paintings  and  by  drawings. 

April  18,  1904. 

Attendance,  twenty-five. 

President  Edwin  Harrison  in  the  chair. 

The  following  were  elected  active  members  of  the  Acad- 
emy:  Dr.  A.  Siebert,  Geo.  H.  Zollmann,  Wm.  F.  Boyle. 

The  lecture  of  the  evening  was  delivered  by  Dr.  Coulter, 
being:  "Typical  Swamp  Areas  and  their  characteristic 
Plants."     The  same  was  illustrated  with  lantern  slides. 

May  2,  1904. 

Attendance,  twentv-two. 

President  Edwin  Harrison  iu  the  chair. 

A  paper  of  Mr.  B.  F.  Bush,  on  "  The  Genus  Othake 
Ratinesque"  was  presented  by  title  by  Prof.  W.  Trelease,  and 
referred  to  the  Council  for  publication. 

Mr.  Charles  M.  Rice  was  elected  an  active  member. 

The  lecture  of  the  evening  was  delivered  by  Prof.  Dr.  L. 
Wittmack  of  the  Berlin  Universitv,  beino-  a  treatise  on  "  Our 
Knowledge  of  Prehistoric  Seeds."  He  described  the  seeds 
examined  by  him,  from  the  pyramids  of  Egypt,  from  the 
ruins  of  Pompeii  and  Herculaneum,  from  the  mounds  of  North 
America,  and  the  excavations  at  Anco,  in  Peru.  The  seeds 
from  Egypt  and  Pompeii  were  chiefly :  wheat,  barley, 
coreander,  a  large  bean,  lentils,  olives,  dates,  plums,  etc. ;  but 


xl  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

no  oranges  or  lemons,  which  must  have  been  introduced  into 
Italy  at  a  later  date,  probably  by  the  Moors. 

Bread  taken  from  the  pyramids  of  Egypt  still  showed  the 
typical  cell-structure  of  the  barley -grains,  and  gave  the  well- 
known  starch-reaction,  when  treated  with  iodine, — after  a 
lapse  of  4500  years. 

In  the  American  mounds  Dr.  Wittmack  found  corn,  pea- 
nuts, apple-seeds,  pumpkin-seeds,  garden  beans,  etc.  Europe 
had  always  been  considered  the  home  of  the  garden-bean ; 
but  Dr.  Wittmack  proved  conclusively,  that  the  garden-bean 
orisinated  in  America.  The  New  World  is  also  the  home  of 
corn,  cotton,  tobacco,  potato,  sweet  potato,  tomato,  peanuts, 
pumpkin,  and  squash,  all  of  which  have  become  articles  of 
economic  importance  in  Europe  as  well  as  in  America. 

May  16,  1904. 

Attendance,  twenty-four. 

President  Edwin  Harrison  in  the  chair. 

The  following  were  elected  active  members :  W.  J.  Mc- 
Bride,  Howard  S.  Reed,  Herbert  W.  Wolff. 

Prof.  W  J  McGee  delivered  a  lecture  on  "Types  of 
Mankind  at  the  Exposition." 

June  6,  1904. 

Attendance,  thirtv-two.  ^ 

Dr.  A.  Alt,  presiding. 

President  Edwin  Harrison  presented  to  the  Academy  a 
portrait  of  Prof.  Louis  Agassiz. 

Mr.  Henry  A.  Huston  was  elected  an  active  member. 

Dr.  A.  Siebert  delivered  a  lecture  on  "  Liquid  Light." 

Mr.  Frederick  Braun  of  New  York  exhibited  a  collection 
of  fossils  (crinoids  and  trilobites). 

October  17,  1904. 

Attendance,  twenty-eight. 
Dr.  A.  Alt  presiding. 


Record.  xli 

Mr.  Frank  Schwarz  was  offered  a  vote  of  thanks  for  pre- 
paring a  number  of  skulls  and  heads  for  exhibition  and 
decoration  in  the  Academy's  museum. 

Mr.  R.  D.  Douglas  of  South  Africa  exhibited  a  number 
of  specimens  of  butterflies  and  beetles  and  photographic 
scenes. 

Dr.  J.  Arthur  Harris  delivered  a  lecture  on  "The  Nature 
and  Function  of  the  Color  of  Flowers  ' '  in  relation  to  their 
attraction  of  insects  in  search  of  nectar. 

The  following  scientists  were  elected  honorary  members  in 
recognition  of  their  service  to  science :  — 

Prof.  Dr.  A.  Wassermann,  of  University  of  Berlin,  Germany. 

Prof.  Dr.  L.  Wittmack,  University  of  Berlin,  Germany. 

Geheimr.  Prof.  Dr.  Johann  Orth,  of  University  of  Berlin, 
Germany. 

Geheimr.  Prof.  Dr.  Wilhelm  Waldeyer,  of  University  of 
Berlin,  Germany. 

Prof.  Dr.  Leopold  Bahlsen,  of  University  of  Berlin,  Ger- 
many. 

Graf  Dr.  Limburg-Stirum,  of  Berlin,  Germany. 

Geheim.  Ober.  Eeg.  Rath  Theodor  Lewald,  of  Berlin, 
Germany. 

Sir  William  Ramsay,  Royal  Institute,  London,  England. 

Prof.  Ernest  Rutherford,  McGill  University,  Montreal, 
Canada. 

Prof.  Henri  Moissan,  Sorbonne,  Paris,  France. 

Prof.  J.  W.  Van  't  Hoff ,  University  of  Berlin,  Germany. 

Sefior  Alfredo  Chavero,  National  Museum,  Mexico. 

Prof.  Shibasaburo  Kitasato,  University  of  Tokio,  Japan. 

Prof.  Theodor  Escherich,  University  of  Vienna,  Austria. 

Prof.     Svante     Arrhenius,     University     of     Stockholm, 

Sweden. 

Prof.  Ludwig  Boltzmann,    University  of  Vienna,  Austria. 
Prof.  Wilhelm  Ostwald,  University  of  Leipzig,  Germany. 

November  7,  1904. 

Attendance,  twenty-eight. 
Dr.  A.  Alt  presiding. 


xlii  Trans.  Acad.  /Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

The  followino;  were  elected  active  members:  Waldemar 
H.  A.  Koch,  of  Columbia,  Mo.,  Walter  Beruays,  City 
Chemist. 

Prof.  F.  E.  Nipher  gave  a  Popular  Discussion  of  some 
present  "  Problems  in  Physics." 

He  dwelt  principally  on  the  present  conception  of  the 
nebular  hypothesis  and  its  bearing  on  the  evolution  of  the 
universe,  in  connection  with  the  influence  upon  and  of  elec- 
tricity. He  presented  some  interesting  photographic  nega- 
tives, gathered  during  his  scientific  researches. 

He  also  entered  into  an  explanation  and  comparison  of 
galvanic,  static,  and  mechanical  electricity.  His  deductions 
from  a  careful  study  of  the  phenomena  and  conclusions  based 
thereon,  led  to  the  assumption  that  the  sun  is  the  basis  of  all 
creation,  and  that  the  planets  are  but  particles  emanating 
from  that  center  at  various  epochs. 

And  he  expressed  the  opinion,  that  when  the  art  of  over- 
coming inertia  is  once  understood,  all  mechanical  problems 
will  have  been  near  solution. 

November  21,  1904. 

Attendance,  twenty-five. 

Dr.  Wm.  Trelease  presiding. 

A  paper  by  Mr.  B.  F.  Bush,  on  ' '  The  Texas  Tradescantias ' '  * 
was  presented  by  title  and  referred  to  the  Council  for  publi- 
cation. 

Mr.  J.  E.  Petavel,  of  the  British  Eoyal  Commission,  de- 
livered an  interesting  lecture  on  "  The  Ultimate  Limit  of  Low 
Temperature  "  illustrating  same  with  numerous  experiments 
with  Liquid  Air. 

December  5,  1904. 

Attendance,  one  hundred  and  twenty-five. 

Dr.  Wm.  Trelease  presiding. 

In  accordance  with  the  constitution  and  by-laws,  the  fol- 


*  Transactions  Vol.  XIV,  No.  7. 


Record.  xliii 

lowing    members  were  elected  a  committee    to    nominate    a 
ticket  for  the  annual  election :  — 

Prof.  John  H.  Kinealy. 
Dr.  Chas.  D.  Stevens, 
Dr.  H.  M.  Whelpley. 

Mr.  J.  W.  Erwin,  of  San  Francisco,  delivered  an  interest- 
ing lecture  on  "The  Wonders  and  Glories  of  California," 
illustrated  with  numerous  stereopticon  views,  showing  the 
beauties  of  the  forests,  the  wonderful  results  of  irrigation, 
ostrich  farming,  fruit  growing,  the  grandeur  of  the  sea-coast, 
etc. 

December  19,  1904. 

Attendance,  twenty-five. 

Dr.  A.  Alt  presiding. 

The  Secretary  reported  the  receipt  of  letters  of  thanks  for 
their  election  as  honorary  members  of  the  Academy,  from 
the  scientists  named  in  the  meeting  of  October  17th. 

The  nominating  committee  reported  the  following  ballot 
for  the  annual  election,  which  was  ordered  printed  and  mailed 
to  the  members :  — 

President Dr.  Adolph  Alt. 

First  Vice-President \Vm.  Trelease. 

Second  Vice-President Dr.  Josepli  Spiegelhalter. 

Recording  Secretary Ernest  P.  Olshausen. 

Corresponding  Secretary August  Hunicke. 

Treasurer Enno  Sander. 

Librarian G.  Hambach. 

Curators G.  Hambach. 

Frank  Schwarz. 

Julius  Ilurter. 
Directors F.  E.  Nipher. 

Otto  Widraann. 

The  following  were  elected  active  members :  Jacob  Walter, 
Benjamin  Altheimer. 

Dr.  Walter  G.  Kirchner  delivered  an  interesting  lecture  on 
"  Bacteriological  Examination  of  River  Water,"  based  chiefly 


xliv  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

on  his  observations,  while  examining  the  water  of  the  Missis- 
sippi river  near  St.  Louis,  to  test  the  influence  of  the  Chicago 
canal  upon  the  water  supply  of  St.  Louis.  He  explained  the 
importance  of  carefully  collecting  the  samples  for  examina- 
tion purposes,  and  their  careful  preservation  in  a  condition 
and  temperature  as  near  as  possible,  as  when  taken,  which 
frequently  requires  keeping  them  on  ice  to  prevent  further 
development,  increase  or  decrease  of  the  number  of  bacteria 
contained  in  the  sample,  thereby  securing  perfect  results. 
He  also  exhibited  the  apparatus  and  methods  used  in  such 
examinations.  He  also  showed  by  black-board  drawings  and 
charts  how  the  number  of  bacteria  varies  at  different  points 
of  the  same  bod}^  of  water,  according  to  their  location  near 
cities  or  sewage  outlets,  and  other  conditions  and  influences. 
Professor  F.  E.  Nipher  made  some  remarks  on  the  methods 
used  for  measuring  wind- velocities,  to  determine  the  pres- 
sure, which  latter  is  generally  adopted  as  being  equal  to  the 
square  of  the  velocity.  But  he  feared,  that  the  old  method 
by  means  of  pressure  boards  gives  no  satisfactory  measure  for 
determining  the  pressure  of  a  heavy  wind  on  high  buildings ; 
therefore  other  methods  were  desirable  for  this  object. 


Reports  or  Officers  for  the  Year  1904. 
The  Treasurer  reported  as  follows  :  — 

RECEIPTS. 

Balance  for  1903 $    563  43 

Membership  dues 1,444  15 

Voluntary  contributions 344  00 

Rent  from  building 355  00 

Notes  discount 3,750  00 

Interest 278  49 

Capital  released 3,000  00 

$9,735  07 


Record.  xlv 


KXPENDITURE8. 


Publication  of  Transactions $^486  57 

General  printing 174  60 

Library 118  52 

Improvements  to  property 175  63 

Service 1,394  50 

Sundry  expenses 459  27 

Notes  discounted  and  premiums  paid 5,544  65 

Balance 1,38133 


INVENTORY. 

Real  estate,  3817  Olive $25,000  00 

Improvements  1903 5,929  47 

Improvements  1904  -.  173  63 

Mortsase 3,500  00 


$9,735  07 


$34,603  10 


Report  of  the  Librarian. 

It  is  with  great  pleasure  and  satisfaction,  that  I  am  able  to 
report  that  the  first  year  of  the  Academy's  occupation  of  its 
own  home  has  witnessed  the  re-establishment  of  its  museum 
of  natural  history  objects.  The  few  articles  of  value  saved 
from  the  fire,  which  the  Academy  suffered  some  years  ago, 
together  with  the  fine  Yandell  Collection  of  fossils,  purchased 
four  years  ago,  the  beautiful  collection  of  butterflies,  mostly 
tropical,  presented  to  the  Academy  by  subscription  through 
the  efforts  of  the  late  Mrs.  W.  L.  Bouton,  a  collection  of 
meteorites  and  of  several  hundred  specimens  of  pottery  from 
the  mounds  of  southern  Missouri,  and  of  forty  human  crania 
from  the  same  district,  have  been  placed  on  exhibition  in  the 
museum. 

During  the  year  Mr.  Frank  Schwarz,  of  the  Board  of  Cura- 
tors, mounted  two  skulls  of  the  Colorado  Mountain  Sheep 
and  two  of  the  Buffalo,  belonging  to  the  Academy. 

Mr.  Edwin  Harrison,  President  of  the  Academy,  presented 
a  portrait  of  the  famous  naturalist.  Prof.  Louis  Agassiz, 
taken  when  the  Professor  was  winning  fame  for  his  great 
scientific  achievements. 


xlvi  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Mr.  Richard  Douglas  of  South  Africa  donated  to  the 
museum  a  skull  of  an  African  Lioness,  a  shark's  skull  and  a 
specimen  of  the  queen  of  the  white  ant  of  South  Africa. 

During  the  year  just  closed  the  museum  of  the  Academy 
has  been  enriched  by  the  acquisition  of  some  very  valuable 
specimens  from  the  Department  of  Mines  and  Metallurgy  at 
the  World's  Fair.  Among  the  liberal  donators  mav  be 
mentioned  Mr.  Whitaker,  in  charge  of  the  Utah  Exhibit, 
from  whom  fine  specimens  of  carnolite,  cinnabar,  gilsonite, 
realgar  and  olivinite  were  obtained;  Mr.  Chas.  N.  Gould  of 
Oklahoma,  who  presented  some  beautiful  specimens  of  pseu- 
domorphous  crystals  of  sandstone  after  aragonite,  some 
gypsum,  rose  quartz  and  calcspar;  Mr.  C.  H.  Pilcher  of 
South  Dakota,  who  donated  fine  lead,  tin  and  copper  ores 
and  rose  quartz;  Mr.  Francis  B.  Laney  of  North  Carolina, 
who  gave  us  flexible  sandstone  and  nickel  ores  from  his 
State;  Mr.  Harry  E.  Grain,  who  contributed  hematite,  mala- 
chite, native  sulphur,  silicified  wood,  moss  agate  and  calcosite 
from  Wyoming;  Mr.  Frank  G.  Friedman  of  Arizona,  from 
whom  glauberite,  argentite  and  wulfenite  beside  copper  and 
silver  ores  were  procured;  Mr.  Ladd  of  Missouri,  who 
presented  specimens  of  galena,  sphalerite,  dolomite  and  calc- 
spar; Gapt.  Brown  of  Arkansas,  whose  contribution  con- 
sisted of  good  specimens  of  variscite,  wavellite,  smithsonite 
and  calamine  from  his  State.  From  the  director  of  the 
New  Mexico  Exhibit  fine  silver  and  copper  ores,  and  from  the 
Nevada  commissioner  cuperite,  proustite  and  silver-bearing 
lead  ores  from  their  respective  States  were  obtained. 

To  properly  care  for  these  precious  minerals  four  cases 
were  purchased  at  the  Fair. 

While  the  acquisitions  of  the  year  have  been  most  gratify- 
ing still  we  have  at  present  only  a  nucleus  to  the  museum  we 
hope  to  establish  at  the  Academy.  It  is  the  intention  of  the 
Board  of  Gurators  to  form  collections  in  the  various  branches 
of  natural  science,  especially  as  represented  in  our  own  State, 
which  shall  be  of  benefit  and  interest  to  the  public  and  to  the 
educational  institutions  of  the  city.     One  of  our  first  attempts 


Record.  xlvii 

shall  be  to  procure  as  complete  a  collection  as  possible  of  the 
minerals  of  Missouri  and  of  the  insects  about  St.  Louis. 

Now  that  we  are  in  our  own  home,  with  the  prospect  of  a 
fire-proof  addition,  we  feel  that  we  are  in  a  position  to  renew 
our  activities  toward  re-establishing  the  line  museum  we  lost, 
and  earnestly  desire  the  co-operation  of  all  the  members  and 
of  those  interested  in  seeing  the  establishment  of  a  natural 
history  museum  worthy  of  the  name  in  St,  Louis,  in  procur- 
ing objects  of  interest  to  students  of  nature,  especially  such 
objects  as  will  make  known  to  our  citizens  the  vast  resources 
and  wealth  of  their  own  State.  It  is  our  aim  to  have  the 
Academy  looked  upon  by  the  public  at  large  as  a  place  where 
information  may  be  sought  on  any  scientific  subject. 

The  collections  of  the  Academy  are  being  placed  as  quickly 
as  possible  and  the  public  is  most  cordially  invited  to  visit  the 
museum,  which  is  open  every  day  except  Sunday. 

During  the  past  year  the  publications  of  the  Academy  were 
sent  to  162  domestic  and  to  422  foreign  societies.  Nine 
societies  were  added  to  the  exchange  list  during  the  year  and 
two  resigned,  making  an  increase  of  seven.  We  received 
publications  in  exchange  from  7(5  domestic  and  218  foreign 
societies. 

Received  during  the  year  — 

f  books 385 

inexchange  ^  pamphlets 638 

f  books 25 

bydonation  {pamphlets _60 

Total 1108  Nos. 

Dr.  Enno  Sander  donated  a  number  of  medical  journals 
and  Mr.  Edwin  Harrison  six  pamphlets  and  two  books  of 
publications  of  the  Peabody  Museum  of  American  Archaeology 
and  Ethnology. 

Thirty-nine  volumes  were  bound  for  $15.60. 

Expenses  of  the   department  for    postage,   express  charges, 

binding,  etc $213  32 

Cash  received  from  sale  of  Transactions f^lS  82 

Cash  received  from  Treasurer 65  00       113  82 

Balance  due $99  oO 


\A' 


\ 


Transactions  of  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis. 

VOL.   XIV.     No.  1. 


A    REVISION   OF   THE   PALAEOZOIC   PALAE- 

ECHINOIDEA,  WITH   A   SYNOPSIS   OF 

ALL  KNOWN  SPECIES. 


MARY  J.  KLEM. 


Insued  Ma  I  J  ,7,  1904. 


MAY    30    1904 


A  REVISION  OF  THE  PALAEOZOIC  PALAEECHINOI- 
DEA,  WITH  A  SYNOPSIS  OF  ALL  KNOWN  SPECIES.* 

Mary  J.  Klem. 

Amonor  the  Echinodermata,  the  Palaeozoic  Echini  present 
a  most  fertile  field  for  the  study  of  variations  and  abnormal 
development,  —  features  which  are  common,  however, 
throughout  the  sub-kino;dom.  Havino;  had  at  my  command 
for  study  a  very  large  and  excellent  collection,  I  wish  to  offer 
a  few  suggestions  as  to  the  probable  development  of  these  in- 
teresting fossils. 

I  take  this  opportunity  to  express  my  sincere  thanks  to  my 
dear  friend  and  teacher,  Dr.  Hambach,  professor  at  Washing- 
ton University,  for  the  use  of  his  valuable  collection  and 
library,  as  well  as  for  the  interest  he  has  taken  in  the  prepa- 
ration of  this  paper.  All  the  drawings  submitted  were  made 
from  specimens  in  the  Doctor's  collection,  and  most  of  the 
works  quoted  are  in  his  library. 

Before  entering  upon  the  detailed  study  of  the  development 
and  arrangement  of  the  different  parts,  it  may  be  well  to  note 
the  classification  of  fossil  Echini.  All  the  Palaeozoic  Echini 
belong  to  the  class  Cidaridae,  and  differ  from  the  Mesozoic, 
Cenozoic  and  living  species,  in  having  never  less  than/ou)-  rows 
of  plates  in  each  interambulacrum,  with  the  exception  of  one 
order,  Bothriocidaroida.  They  may  be  conveniently  divided 
into  three  orders:  (1)  Cystocidaroida  with  four  rows  of 
plates  in  the  ambulacrum  and  numerous  rows  in  the  inter- 
ambulacrum; (2)  Bothriocidaroida  with  two  rows  of  plates  in 
each  ambulacrum  and  one  row  in  each  interambulacrum;  (3) 
Perischo'echinoida  with  never  less  than  two  rows  in  each  am- 
bulacral  area  and  never  less  than  four  rows  in  each  interambu- 
lacral  area. 

In  the  following  discussion  I  shall  confine  my  attention 
chiefly  to  the  Melonitidae,  a  family  of  the  Perischoechinoida . 


*  Presented  by  title  to  The  Academy  of  Scieuce  of  St.  Louis,  Jan.,  1904. 

(1) 


2  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

After  a  very  ctireful  study  of  the  large  collection  of  Dr. 
Hambacb,  which  contains  the  choicest  specimens  to  be  found 
anywhere  in  that  particular  branch,  and  of  the  Washington 
University  collection,  among  which  is  a  slab  with  eighty-five 
Melonites  on  it,  I  have  deduced  the  following  facts  concern- 
ing the  development  and  growth  of  this  family.  In  the 
embryonic  state  a  calcareous  particle  was  deposited  as  the 
nucleus  of  calcification  of  each  plate  of  the  test.  As 
the  test  expanded  successive  rings  of  calcareous  matter  were 
deposited.  While  increasing  laterally  by  the  progressive 
calcification  of  the  individual  plates,  the  longitudinal  diam- 
eter was  lengthened  by  the  addition  of  new  plates  between 
the  genital  and  ocular  plates  and  the  already  existing 
plates.  That  the  lateral  expansion  took  place  by  the  depo- 
sition of  rings  of  calcareous  substance  to  the  edges  of  each 
individual  plate,  is  brought  out  very  clearly  in  weathered 
specimens,  well  defined  lines  marking  the  limits  of  the  differ- 
ent areas.  Such  specimens  are  figured  on  Pis.  V.  and  VI., 
figs.  9  and  10,  where  the  older  deposit  is  shaded,  while  the 
more  recent  is  left  unshaded. 

Turning  our  attention  to  the  development  and  structure  of 
the  interambulacral  areas,  we  find  Jackson  and  Jaggar  in  their 
paper  on  "Studies  of  Melonites  multipora,"  *  making  the 
following  statement :  "The  interambulacra  of  the  adult,  when 
perfect,  consist  of  two  plates  at  the  ventral  termination,  as 
shown  in  three  areas.  A,  C  and  I,  of  plate  2,  figure  2."  In 
my  researches,  I  find  that  ventrally  the  interambulacra  always 
terminate  in  three  plates,  when  the  specimen  is  perfect.  In 
all  the  specimens  with  the  teeth  in  place,  this  is  invariably  the 
case  as  may  be  readily  seen  from  figs.  6,  8,  12  and  13.  This 
feature  is  shown  most  admirably  by  fig.  8,  pi.  IV.,  from  which 
specimen  the  drawing  of  the  teeth  (fig.  8  f,  pi.  IV.)  was  made. 
The  specimen  shows  plainly  how  the  sides  of  the  terminating 
plates  come  close  up  to  the  jaws,  making  it  impossible  for  any 
plates  to  have  dropped  out.  Besides  the  specimens  I  have 
mentioned,  I  examined  a  large  amount  of  material,  only  to 
find  that  the  aforesaid   is  always  the  case  when  the  specimens 


*  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  142. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  3 

are  perfect.  The  statement  of  Jackson  and  Jaggar  that  areas 
showing  three  phites  ventrally  should  be  considered  incom- 
plete ventrally,  and  that,  "  when  well  preserved  show  at  the 
oral  termination  angles  for  the  articulation  of  the  lower  most 
missing  row,"  *  is  easily  refuted.  When  examining  perfect 
specimens,  I  have  always  found  that  immediately  l)elow  the 
three  lowest  plates  were  the  teeth,  thus  precluding  any  possi- 
bility of  any  plates  having  fallen  out. 

The  same  gentlemen  assert  further  that  the  lower  row  of 
plates  does  not  really  represent  the  initial  plate,  but  that  it 
was  a  single  plate,  which,  by  the  encroachment  of  the  en- 
larged actinostome,  was  gradually  reabsorbed.  As  conclusive 
evidence  they  make  the  following  statement:  t  "  In  a  speci- 
men of  Melonites  multiporus  in  Yale  University  Museum 
(diamond  number  157,  specimen  C)  we  find  an  important  fea- 
ture bearing  on  the  above  consideration.  In  this  specimen 
(plate  3,  fig.  10)  the  two  ventral  plates  have  each  an  angle 
toward  the  median  line,  and  these  together  with  the  straight 
edges  of  the  bottom  enclose  a  triangular  space  which  doubt- 
less contained  the  single  initial  plate,  as  in  a  similar  stage  of 
Strongylocentrotus .  This  specimen  of  Melonites  does  not 
actually  show  the  initial  single  plate,  and  obviously  in  its  pe- 
culiar position  it  would  easily  drop  out  after  the  death  of  the 
individual  or  in  the  processes  of  fossilization.  To  our  minds 
the  angles  for  its  reception  are  almost  as  strong  evidence  as 
the  plate  itself." 

I  see  no  proof  from  the  figure  that  the  plates  numbered  1 
and  2  were  the  terminating  plates  and  no  reason  to  assume 
that  the  initial  plate  was  triangular.  Taking  the  drawing  as 
given  on  pi.  3,  fig.  10,  we  can  increase  the  number  of 
plates  ad  libitum,  simply  by  completing  the  hexagons.  Why 
should  we  assume  that  the  initial  plate  was  triano-ular. 
when  perfect  specimens  show  clearly  that  there  were  three 
and  that  they  were  pentagonal  or  hexagonal?  Furthermore, 
if  resorption  took  place  (which  I  doubt  very  much)  by  what 
law  of  nature  could  the  plates  twist  themselves  from    the 


*  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  143. 
t  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  144. 


4  Trans.  Acad.  ScL  of  St.  Louis. 

position  indicated  in  iig,  11,  pi.  3,  to  that  shown  in  fig.  10, 
pi  3?  *  It  is  plain  that  the  form  of  the  plates  was  constant 
throuo;hout  the  existence  of  the  individual  and  that  growth 
took  place  by  the  enlargement  of  the  individual  plates  and  by 
the  addition  of  plates  between  the  apical  disk  and  the  already 
existing  plates. 

The  next  point,  which  may  properly  be  discussed  at  this 
stage,  is  the  method  of  plate  arrangement  and  the  introduc- 
tion of  new  columns.  No  adequate  rule  can  be  laid  down  as 
to  the  normal  arrangement  of  plates  and  the  interval  between 
the  introduction  of  new  columns,  as  it  is  almost  impossible  to 
find  two  specimens,  or  even  two  fields  of  the  same  specimen, 
with  the  identical  plate  arrangement.  A  different  rate  of 
development  in  two  adjacent  areas  is  not  an  uncommon  thing, 
being  the  rule  rather  than  the  exception.  As  an  example  take 
the  fields  of  fig.  13,  pi.  6,  which  is  a  perfect  specimen.  In 
section  (a)  the  first  column  is  introduced  in  the  third  row, 
in  section  (b)  in  the  sixth  and  in  (c)  in  the  fifth  row.  The 
second  column  begins  in  (a)  in  the  sixth,  in  (b)  in  the  ninth 
and  in  (c)  in  the  eighth  row.  The  third  column  starts  in  (a) 
in  the  tenth,  in  (b)  in  the  ninth  and  in  (c)  in  the  twelfth 
row.  The  fourth  column  is  introduced  in  the  thirteenth  row 
in  (a),  in  the  twelfth  in  (b)  and  (c).  In  Fig.  8,  PL  IV  the 
first  column  begins  in  the  second  row  in  (a),  (b),  (c),  (e) 
and  in  the  fifth  in  (d).  The  second  column  starts 
in  the  sixth  row  in  (a),  (b),  (e),  and  (c)  and  in 
the  fifth  in  (d).  The  third  column  is  introduced  in  the 
ninth  row  in  (a),  (b),  (e)  and  in  the  sixth  in  (c)  and 
(d).  The  fourth  column  begins  in  (a)  and  (b)  in  the  twelfth 
row,  in  (c)  in  the  sixth,  in  (d)  in  the  ninth  and  in  (e)  in  the 
thirteenth  row.  The  fifth  column  is  introduced  in  the 
fifteenth  row  in  (a),  (b)  and  (e),  in  the  ninth  in  (c)  and  in 
the  twelfth  row  in  (d).  The  sixth  column  has  its  beginning 
in  the  eighteenth  row  in  (a),  in  the  nineteenth  in  (b)  and 
(e),  in  the  eleventh  in  (c)  and  in  the  fourteenth  in  (d). 
Other  specimens  showing  this  feature  plainly  are  figured  on 


*  Jackson  and  Jaggar.     Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  vol.  7. 


]^lem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  5 

PI.  I.,  Figs.  2  and   3,    PI.  II.,  Figs.   4  and  5,  and  PI.  III., 
Fig.   6. 

Jackson  and  Jaggar  in  their  article  on  Melonites  lay  down 
as  a  law  that  "  newly  added  columns  normally  alter- 
nate to  left  and  right  as  introduced,  even  numbered  columns 
typically  appearing  on  the  right  of  odd  ones."  *  While  this 
rule  may  apply  to  some  isolated  and  imperfect  specimens,  the 
contrary  becomes  quite  evident  by  examining  a  large  and  com- 
plete collection  of  perfect  fossils,  as  in  Fig.  4,  PI.  II.,  where 
the  third  column  begins  to  the  right  of  the  second  column  in 
(b)  and  (c) ;  in  Fig.  3  b  where  the  second  column  appears  to 
the  left  of  the  first,  and  the  fourth  to  the  left  of  the  third. 
Other  exceptions  to  the  rule  laid  down  by  the  aforesaid  authors 
appear  in  Figs.  2  b,  c,  d,  Figs.  5  c.  Figs.  6  c,  d,  e,  Figs.  8 

a,  b,  c,  d,  e,  Figs.  10  a,  b,  c.  Figs.  12  a,  b,  and  Figs.  13  a, 

b,  c.  If  the  rule  given  by  Jackson  and  Jaggar  were  applica- 
ble in  all  case,  one  should  be  able  to  determine,  from  a  frag- 
ment, whether  the  column  introduced  is  an  odd  or  an  even 
numbered  one  by  its  position  to  the  left  or  right  of  the  me- 
dian line.  But,  since  we  find  in  specimens  with  all  the  plates 
intact  that  columns  very  often  fall  to  the  opposite  side  from 
the  one  established  by  Jackson  and  Jaggar,  it  is  evident  that 
this  rule  is  of  no  value  in  describing  specimens.  In  Fig.  6 
the  second  column  introduced  falls  to  the  right  in  only  two 
areas,  the  third  to  the  left  of  the  second  in  only  two  fields; 
the  fourth  to  the  right  of  the  third  in  only  three  areas  and 
the  fifth  to  the  left  of  the  fourth  in  only  three  areas. 

Another  feature,  which  will  not  stand  a  critical  test,  is  the 
suppositon  of  the  above  mentioned  authors,  that  new  col- 
umns are  always  introduced  by  a  pentagonal  plate  with  the 
apex  pointing  ventrally  or  toward  the  oral  area.  This  rule 
is  subject  to  many  variations,  columns  being  introduced  fre- 
quently by  hexagonal  or  heptagonal  plates  and  occasionally 
by  square  plates.  In  Fig.  8  c  the  second  column  is  intro- 
duced by  a  square  plate,  in  Fig.  8  d  by  a  heptagonal  plate. 
In  Fig.  6e  the  fifth  column  is  introduced  by  a  square  plate. 
In  Figs.  7  b  and  c  the  first  plate  introducing  a  column  is  hcx- 


*  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.jVul.  7,  p.  145. 


6  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

agonal.  In  Fig.  12  a  the  third  cohimn  begins  with  a  hexag- 
agonal  plate  and  in  Fig.  4  a  the  first  column  introduced  begins 
with  a  hexagonal  plate. 

Then,  again,  the  initial  plate  of  a  column  when  pentagonal 
often  has  the  apex  pointing  dorsally,  and  I  am  unable  to 
understand  how  this  feature  can  be  "  an  important  aid  in  diag- 
nosing the  relative  position  of  the  axes  in  even  fragmentary 
specimens,"  as  claimed  by  Jackson  and  Jaggar.*  Having  a 
piece  of  perhaps  only  a  dozen  plates,  it  is  impossible  to  de- 
termine anything  at  all  about  it  —  such  a  specimen  having  no 
value  in  the  determination  of  characteristics.  The  onlv  thing 
which  can  fix  the  relative  position  of  the  axes  positively  is  the 
presence  of  the  apical  disk  or  the  masticatory  apparatus,  or, 
at  least,  of  the  space  once  occupied  by  those  organs . 

It  is  to  be  regretted  that  scientists  are  ever  ready  to  create 
new  species  from  mere  fragments,  or  because  a  specimen 
shows  an  additional  column,  or  because  the  individual  plates 
are  larger  or  smaller  than  usual.  All  these  features  are  of 
only  secondary  importance  and  should  never  be  considered  of 
generic  or  even  specific  value.  Any  feature  to  be  truly  of 
importance  in  determining  species  must  be  constant  and 
typical  in  all  specimens  belonging  to  that  species.  The  great- 
est care  should  be  exercised  in  basing  new  genera  or  even  new 
species  on  a  single  specimen  or  a  fragment.  Palaeontologists 
very  often,  in  their  eagerness  to  describe  their  specimens, 
cause  a  great  deal  of  confusion  by  creating  new  species  and 
burden  the  literature  with  many  synonyms,  which  it  may  take 
years  and  the  labor  of  a  number  of  scientists  to  eradicate. 
So  Mr.  Beede  in  describing  his  Oligoporus  ?  minutus  says:  f 
"  It  will  in  all  probability  be  found  to  belong  to  an  entirely 
different  genus.  It  is  referred  to  OUgopornis  for  convenience, 
until  better  material  can  be  secured."  Since  the  author  feels 
almost  sure  that  the  specimen  does  not  belong  to  that  genus, 
why  burden  the  science  with  a  meaningless  name  instead  of 
waiting  for  better  material  and  then  describing  and  placing 
the  fossil  in  its  proper  place?     So  Mr.  Keyes  adds  to  the  list 


*  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  119. 

t  Kansas  University  Quarterly,  Series  A,  vol.  8,  no.  3,  p.  126. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echiaoidea.  7 

of  synonyms  by  describing  Eocidaris  hallianus  as  Archaeo- 
cidaris  hallianus  on  the  strength  of  some  plates  he  found  at 
Kansas  City,  Mo.,  but,  concerning  whose  identity  he  is  not 
very  sure,  as  he  adds:  "  If  the  identification  of  the  Kansas 
City  specimen  is  correct,  it  seems  probable  that  this  form 
should  more  properly  come  under  Archaeocidaris  than  Eoci- 
daris." *  Why  not  leave  species  where  placed  until  positive 
of  their  proper  place? 

If  writers  would  keep  in  mind,  that,  in  all  probability,  the 
laws  of  distribution  in  geological  ages  were  about  as  they 
are  at  present,  they  would  not  describe  fifty  or  more  species 
of  one  genus  from  one  and  the  same  locality.  If  we  look  at 
the  distribution  of  plants  and  animals  to-day,  we  find  only  a 
very  few  species  of  one  genus  occurring  at  the  same  place. 
Why  should  we  not  assume  the  most  logical  thing,  namely, 
that  the  same  laws  existed  in  the  geological  ages,  and,  when 
we  find  only  slight  differences  in  our  specimens,  ascribe  them 
to  abnornal  development,  at  least,  until  we  find  that  the  fea- 
ture first  noticed,  predominates  in  a  large  collection  from  tha 
same  locality  or  from  the  same  geological  horizon. 

Another  feature,  that  should  never  be  lost  sight  of,  is  the 
probable  condition  under  which  the  animal  in  question  lived 
and  thrived.  Just  as  living  plants  and  animals  develop  more 
rapidly  under  favorable  conditions  —  such  as  plenty  of  light, 
air  and  food  —  so,  undoubtedly,  the  rapidity  of  development 
in  plants  and  animals  during  geological  times  was  influenced 
to  a  high  degree  by  the  surrounding  conditions.  No  doubt,  a 
Melonite  with  an  insufficient  supply  of  food,  light  and  air, 
secreted  only  small  plates,  while  under  more  favorable  condi- 
tions, the  deposits  would  have  been  more  rapid,  and,  conse- 
quently, the  plates  larger.  The  specimen  figured  on  PL  IV., 
Fig.  8,  is  the  same  species  as  the  one  on  PI.  V.,  Fig.  9, 
although  in  the  latter  the  plates  are  twice  as  large. 

As  we  find  a  great  variation  in  the  size  of  the  individual 
plates,  we  must  necessarily  fiind  as  great  a  variation  in  the 
number  of  plates  composing  a  column  and  also  in  the  number 
of  rows.     It  is  not  an  uncommon  thing  to  find  a  great  differ- 


*  Missouri  Geological  Survey,  vol.  4,  p.  129. 


8  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

ence  in  the  size  of  the  individual  plates,  in  the  number  of 
plates  in  a  column  and  in  the  number  of  columns?  in  two 
specimens  of  about  the  same  size. 

In  the  examination  of  the  large  material  at  my  command,  I 
have  become  fully  convinced  that  the  number  of  columns,  the 
number  of  plates  composing  a  column  and  the  size  of  the  in- 
dividual plates  are  such  variable  features  that  they  cannot  be 
considered  of  primary  specific  importance.  Of  much  greater 
value  are  the  ornamentation  of  the  plates,  the  general  shape 
of  the  specimen  and  the  number  of  columns  in  the  ambulac- 
rum. The  ambulacral  areas  are  much  more  important  struc- 
turally, as  they  always  show  a  definite  number  of  columns, 
which  forms  a  very  good  basis  for  generic  separation.  The 
sole  object  of  the  interambulacral  areas,  as  of  the  interradials 
in  Crinoideae,  seems  to  be  to  till  out  space.  For  this  reason 
interambulacral  plates  should  be  considered  of  secondary 
importance. 

Having  discussed  the  interambulacral  yjlate  arrangement,  I 
beg  now  to  call  the  reader's  attention  for  a  few  moments  to 
the  ornamentation  of  the  plates,  which  is  a  very  important 
feature  in  classification.  All  species  belonging  to  the  3IeIom- 
tidae  are  covered  evenly  with  small  short  spines,  which  in 
some  cases  show  surface  ornamentations.  Spines  are  a  very 
good  feature  for  specific  distinction.  In  Melonites  multijoorus 
the  spines  of  the  interambulacra  and  those  of  the  ambulacra 
are  about  the  same  size,  while  in  Melonites  crassus,  those  of 
the  interambulacra  are  only  about  half  as  long  as  those  of  the 
ambulacra.  This  feature  gives  the  specimen  quite  a  charac- 
teristic appearance.  If  the  difference  in  the  length  of  the 
spines  were  the  result  of  erosion,  as  Jackson  and  Jaggar* 
claim,  we  should  find  the  same  thing  in  Melonites  multiporiis , 
where,  however,  the  spines  of  both  fields  are  always  practically 
one  size.  After  examining  the  type  specimen  of  Melonites 
crassus  from  which  Dr.  Hambach's  figure  f  was  made,  and 
after  a  very  careful  comparison  with  numerous  specimens  of 
Melonites  multiporus,  I  am  fully  convinced  that  the  professor 


*  Bull.  Amer.  Geol.  Soc,  vol.  7,  p.  133. 

t  Trans.  St.  Louis  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  4,  PI.  C,  Fig.  1. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Falae'echinoidea.  9 

was    amply  justified  in    considering  the  size  of  the  spines  of 
specific  importance. 

In  connection  with  the  ornamentation,  must  be  considered 
the  imbrication  of  plates,  which  is  also  a  very  characteristic 
feature.  In  the  Melonitidae  the  imbrication  is  very  slight, 
while  it  is  very  marked  in  Lejndocentrus,  Lepidechinus  and 
their  allies.  The  imbrication  of  plates  or  the  lack  of  it  is  a 
very  good  feature  for  separation,  as  its  presence  or  absence 
gives  the  specimen  a  peculiar  appearance. 

In  concluding  this  general  discussion,  I  wish  to  say  a  few 
words  about  the  genital  and  ocular  i)lates. 

Among  the  Palaeozoic  Echini  the  apical  system  of  several 
genera  is  known,  showing  very  different  types.  In  Echino- 
cystis  the  apical  disk  is  unknown.  The  madreporic  plate  is 
separated  from  the  apex  and  is  interambulacral.  The  anus 
is  excentric  and  interambulacral,  but  near  the  apex. 

In  Perischodomus,  Pei'ischocidaris  and  Palaechinus  spheri- 
cus,  the  oculars  are  wanting,  the  five  genitals  forming  a  closed 
ring  around  the  anus.  In  Perischocidaris  there  are  sixteen 
pores  to  each  genital  plate.  In  Periscliodomus  the  genitals 
are  perforated  by  six  or  eight  pores. 

In  BotJiriocidaris  there  are  five  large  ocular  plates  around 
the  anus  with  small  three-cornered  pieces  inserted  between. 
The  apical  system  consists  of  ten  plates  and  a  ring  of  ten 
smaller  plates  within  these. 

In  Palaechinus,  OligoporiLS,  and  Melonites  the  oculars  and 
genitals  form  a  circle  of  ten  pieces.  In  Palaechinns  elegans 
there  are  two  rings  of  ten  pieces  each .  Each  genital  plate  is 
pierced  by  three  pores  and  each  ocular  by  two  pores.  This 
feature,  however,  is  subject  to  great  variations.  In  some 
cases  the  oculars  are  without  any  trace  of  pores,  and  in  others 
there  is  a  single  pore  in  two  of  them.  The  genitals  vary  even 
more  than  the  oculars.  In  some  three  plates  are  pierced  by 
four  pores,  and  the  other  two  by  five;  or  three  may  have, four 
pores  and  the  other  two,  three  pores  each. 


10  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

Synopsis  of  the  Orders,  Families,  Genera  and    Species 
OF  THE  Palaeozoic  Palaeechinoidea. 

The  mistake  of  considering  the  variations  in  the  different 
parts  of  the  corona  of  specific  importance  has  led  to  the  crea- 
tion of  many  new  species  throughout  the  subkingdom  of  the 
Radiates,  which,  in  reality,  are  mere  deviations  of  already  ex- 
isting species.  It  is  a  well  established  fact  that  no  subking- 
dom  is  so  subject  to  variations  as  that  of  the  Radiates. 
Deviations  from  the  pentamerous  arrangement  are  the  rule 
rather  than  the  exception.  In  the  light  of  this  knowledge 
authors  should  be  very  chary  about  describing  new  species 
with  variable  features  as  a  basis.  Any  classification  to  be  of 
value  must  rest  on  features  which  are  constant  and  typical. 
Among  the  Palaeechinoidea  the  prevailing  characters  which 
may  be  taken  as  a  basis  for  classification  are  the  following  :  — 

1.  Number  of  columns  in  the  ambulacra. 

2.  Position  and  number  of  the  ambulacral  pores. 

3.  Ornamentation  of  the  plates. 

4.  Imbrication  of  the  plates. 

5.  Apical  system. 

6.  General  shape  of  the  body. 

7.  Geological  position. 

Classification. 

Class  ECHINOIDEA. 

Subclass  Palaeechinoidea. 

Order  A.  CYSTOCIDAROIDA. 

Fam.  I.  Palaeodiscidae. 

Genus  a.  Palaeodiscus. 
Fam.  II.  Echinocystidae. 

Genus  a.  Ecliinocystis. 

Order  B.  BOTHRIOCIDAROIDA. 

Fam.  I.  Bothriocidaridae. 

Genus  a.  Bothriocidaris. 


Klem — Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  11 

Order  C.  PERISCHOECHINOIDA. 

Fam.  I.   Lepidocentridae. 

Genus  a.   Lepidocentrus. 
h.  Perischodomus. 
c .   L epidechiims . 
Fam.  II.   Lepidesthidae. 

Genus  a.  PJiolidocidaris. 
b.  Lepidesthes. 
Fam.  III.   Melonitidae. 

Genus  a.  Rhoechinus. 

b.  Palaechinus. 

c.  Oligoporus. 

d.  Melonites. 
Fam.  IV.  Archaeocidaridae. 

Genus  a.  Archaeocidaris. 

b.  Eocidaris. 

c.  Lepidocidaris. 

DOUBTFUL    genera. 

1.  Discocystis. 

2.  Echinodiscus. 

3.  Eotiaris. 

4.  Koninckocidaris. 

5.  Leptechinus. 

6.  Mvriastiches. 

7.  Permocidaris. 

8.  Proterocidaris. 

9.  Protocidaris. 

10.  Protoechinus. 

11.  Spatangopsis. 

12.  Xenocidaris. 

Palaeechinoidea  Zittel  1879.* 

Body  composed  of  more  than  twenty  columns  of  plates, 
except  one  order,  Bothriocidaroida,  which  has  less  than 
twenty    columns.     Plates  imbricating    or    not    imbricating. 


*  Handbucti  der  Palaeontologie  Bd.  1,  p.  478. 


12  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Apical  disk  composed  of  five  or  ten  plates,  which  may  or  may 
not  be  perforated.  In  all,  except  in  Echinocystis,  the  anus 
is  central  and  surrounded  by  the  apical  disk. 


A.  CYSTOCIDAROIDA  Zittel  1879.* 

Test  composed  of  thin,  spine-bearing  plates.  Ambulacral 
area  consists  of  two  or  four  columns  of  plates,  each  plate 
pierced  by  a  central  pair  of  pores.  Interambulacrum  broad, 
composed  of  numerous  columns  of  irregular,  scale-hke  plates, 
each  plate  bearing  a  small  primary  tubercle,  surrounded  by  a 
scrobicule.  Anus  aboral,  in  Echinocystis  in  the  posterior 
interambulacrum.  Peristome  small  with  highly  developed 
jaws.     Mouth  central.     No  apical  plates. 

I.  Palaeodiscidae  Gregory  189 7. f 

Body  depressed,  discoid.  Ambulacra  composed  of  two 
columns  of  plates  crowded  together.  On  the  oral  surface  they 
are  imperforate,  while  near  the  aboral  pole  pores  occur.  Anus 
central. 

a.  Palaeodiscus  Salter  1857. | 

Body  discoid,  test  thin,  flexible.  Ambulacra  broad  with  a 
series  of  single  pores  on  each  side  on  the  aboral  surface.  On 
the  oral  surface,  the  ambulacral  plates  are  simple,  thin  and 
bar-shaped.  On  the  aboral  surface  there  are  two  alternate 
series  of  simple,  thin,  bar-shaped  plates.  The  interambulac- 
ral  plates  are  angular,  irregular  and  scale-like,  covered  with 
numerous  short  spines.     Apical  plates  not  known. 

1.  Palaeodiscus  fekox  Salter. 

1857.   Palaeodiscus  ferox.     Salter,   Ann.  Mag.  Nat.   Hist., 
ser.  2,  vol.  20,  p.  332,  pi.  9,  fig.  6. 


*  Handbuch  der  Pq^laeontologie  Bd.  1,  p.  480. 

t  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  vol.  53,  pt.  1,  p.  133. 

X  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  2,  vol.  20,  p.  332. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  13 

1881.   Palaeodiscus  ferox.     Neumayr,  Sitzb.  K.  Akad.  Wiss. 

Wien,  Bd.  84,  Abth.  1,  p.  155,  taf.  1,  fio-.  8. 
1897.  Palaeodiscus  ferox.      Gregory,   Quart.    Journ.    Geol. 

Soc.  London,  vol.  53,  pt.  1,  p.  129,  pi.  7,  fig.  5. 
1899.  Palaeodiscus  ferox.     Sollas,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc. 

London,  vol.  55,  pt.   4,  p.  701,  figs.  6-11. 
Body    composed    of   large    plates   furnished    with    spines. 
Seven  or  eight  columns  in  each  interambulacrum.    Ambulacra 
composed  of  long,  thin  plates  in  two  rows.     Powerful  teeth 
known. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Lower  Ludlow,  Leint- 
wardine  Flags. 

II.  EcHiNOCYSTiDAE  Gregory  1897.* 

Body  spherical.  Ambulacral  plates  perforated  by  a  pore  pair 
each.  Pore  pairs  biserial.  Most  of  the  plates  low  primaries, 
but  demi-plates  occur.  Mouth  central,  anus  excentric,  opening 
in  posterior  interambulacrum  and  protected  by  a  group  of 
large  plates.     Apical  plates  absent.     Jaws  large  and  powerful. 

a.  EcHiNOCYSTis  Thomson  1861. f 

Syn.  Cystocidaris  Zittel  1879. J 

Body  spheroidal,  test  thin  and  flexible.  Ambulacra  consist 
of  four  columns  of  small,  simple,  demi-plates  with  biserial 
pore  pairs.  The  interambulacra  consist  of  ten  columns  each 
usually  of  numerous,  irregular,  angular  plates,  most  of  which 
bear  small  granules,  supporting  short,  sharp,  movable  spines. 

1.  EcHiNOCYSTis  POMUM  Thomson. 

1861.    Echinocystis  pomum.      Thomson,    Edin.    New.    Phil. 

Journ.,  n.  s.  vol.  13,  p.  106,  pi.  3,  4. 
1861.  Echinocystis  uv a .     Thomson,  Edin,  New  Phil.  Journ., 

n.  s.  vol.  13,  p.  106,  pi.  4. 


♦  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  vol.  53,  pt.  1,  p.  133. 
t  Edin.  New  Phil.  Journ.,  n.  s.  vol.  13,  p.  lOG. 
X  Handbuch  der  Palaeontologie  Bd.  1,  p.  480. 


14  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  iSt.  Louis. 

1897.  Echinocystis  pomum.      Gregory,  Quart.  Journ.   Geol. 

Soc.  London,  vol.  53,  pt.  1,  p.  124,  pi.  7,  fig.  4. 
1899.  Echinocystis  pomum.      Sollas,     Quart.    Journ.    Geol. 

Soc.  London,  vol.  55,  pt.  4,  p.  707,  figs.  12-14. 
A  row  of    minute   tubercles  border    the  ambulacra  on  the 
outer  margin,  and  a  double  row  of  even  smaller  tubercles  runs 
along  each  side  of  the  middle  line.     Porepairs  lie  in  an  oval 
depression. 

Geological    formation    and    locality:     Leintwardine  Flags, 
Lower  Ludlow,  near  Leintwardine,  Shropshire. 


B.  BOTHRIOCIDAROIDA  Zittel  1879.* 

Test  regular,  spherical.  Two  columns  of  plates  in  the 
ambulacral  area  and  a  single  column  in  each  interambulacral 
area.    Plates  do  not  imbricate.     Periproct  in  the  apical  system. 

I.  BoTHRiociDARiDAE  Schmidt  1874. t 

Body  round,  regular.  Anal  within  the  apical  disk. 
Apical  disk  composed  of  a  ring  of  five  large  and  five  small 
plates.  Two  pores  in  each  ambulacral  plate.  Mouth  sur- 
rounded by  ten  perforated  plates  in  front  of  which  are 
three-cornered  small  plates. 

a.  BoTHRiociDARis  Eichwald  1860. t 

Body  round,  anus  within  the  apical  system,  mouth 
opposite. 

Plates  not  flexible.  Apical  system  composed  of  five  large 
and  five  small  plates,  within  which  is  the  anus  closed  by  six 
or  eight  linear  or  oval  plates,  each  of  which  has  a  spine  on 
the  end.  Two  pores  in  each  of  the  larger  plates,  while  the 
smaller  plates  are  imperforate. 


*  Handbuch  der  Palaeontologie  Bd.  1,  p.  480. 

t  Mem.  Acad.  Imp.  St.  Petersburg,  (7)  vol.  21,  no.  11,  p.  36. 

X  Lethaea  Rossica,  p.  654. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  15 

1.  BoTiiRiociDARis  GLOBULUS  Eichwald. 

1860.   Bofhriocidaris  globulus.     Eichwald,  Lethaea  Ross.  anc. 

Per.,  p.  655,  taf.  32,  fig.  22  a,  b. 
1874.  Bothriocidaris  globulus.      Schmidt,  Mem.  Acad,  Imp. 

Sci.  St.  Petersbourg,  serie  7,  tome  21,  no.   11,  p.  37. 
1894.  BotJiriocidaris  globulus.     Jaekel,Sitz.  Gesell.  Naturfor. 

Freunde,  Berlin,  p.  245. 
Each  ambulacra]  plate   bears  four  perforated  spines,  and 
each    interambulacral    plate    from  one   to   three  perforated 
spines.      The    genital   plates    are    separated   by   the    ocular 
plates. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:   Silurian,  Dago,  Russia. 

2.  BoTHRiociDARis  PHALENi  Schmidt. 

1874.  Bothriocidaris  Phaleni.  Schmidt,  ISlem.  Acad.  Imp. 
Sci.  St.  Petersbonrg,  serie  7,  tome  21,  no.  11,  p.  34, 
tab.  4,  figs.  1  a-g. 

1892.  Bothriocidaris  Phaleni.  Agassiz,  Mem.  Mus.  Comp. 
Zool.,  vol.  17,  no.  2,  p.  72,  pi.  29,  fig.  1. 

1894.  Bothriocidaris  Phaleni.     Jaekel,  Sitzb.  Gesell.  Natur- 
for. Freunde,  Berlin,  p.  246. 
Each  ambulacral  plate   bears  two  perforated  spines.     No 

spines  on  the  interambulacral  plates.     The  five  genital  plates 

are  in  contact  with  each  other. 

Geological     formation     and     locality:     Lower     Silurian, 

Nommis,  Russia. 


C.  PERISCHOECHINOIDA  M'Coy  1849.* 

Syn.  Tessellati  Desor  1858. f 

Body  round  or  elliptical.     More  than  two  columns  of  plates 
in  the  interambulacrum  (sometimes  also  in  the  ambulacrum). 


*  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  (2),  vol.  3,  p.  251. 
t  Synopsis  des  Echinides  1858,  p.  152. 


16  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Plates  imbricate  more  or  less,  the  interambulacral  aborally, 
the  ambulacral  adorally.  Mouth  and  anus  opposite,  the  anus 
within  the  apical  disk.  Apical  system  consists  of  five  genital 
plates,  each  pierced  by  from  two  to  five  pores,  and  five  ocular 
plates,  which  are  sometimes  pierced  by  two  pores. 

I.  Lepidocentridae  Love'n   1874.* 

Interambulacral  plates  imbricate  aborally  and  outward. 
Adambulacral  plates  larger  and  bearing  more  and  larger 
tubercles.  More  than  two  columns  of  plates  in  the  interam- 
bulacrum.     Ambulacral  pore  pairs  usually  in  a  single  series. 

a.  Lepidocentrus  Miiller  1856. t 

Usually  five  columns  in  the  interambulacrum.  Edges  of 
the  middle  row  beveled,  side  columns  rather  four  than  six 
sided.  Adambulacral  plates  large  with  rounded  edges.  Am- 
bulacral plates  small,  two  columns  of  low  six-sided  inflexible 
plates.  Two  pores  to  each  plates  in  vertical  rows.  Spines  very 
small  and  pointed.  Tubercles  small  and  far  apart.  Masti- 
catory apparatus  present. 

1.  Lepidocentrus  eifelianus  Miiller. 

1856.  Lepidocentrus  eifelianus.     Miiller,  Abhandl.  K.  Akad. 

Wiss.  Berlin,  p.  258,  pi.  3,  figs.  1-8. 
1858.  Lepidocentrus    eifelianus.       Miiller,    Monatsber.    K. 

Preuss.  Akad.  Wiss.,  p.  197. 
1866.  Lepidocentrus  Eifelianus.     Schultze,  Denkschrift  K. 

Akad.  Wiss.,  Wien,  Math.-Naturwiss.  CI.,  No.  26,  p. 

123,  tab.  13,  fig.  2. 
1871.  Lepidocentrus  eifelianus.    Kayser,  Zeitsch.  deut.  geol. 

Gesell.  Bd.  33,  p.  340,  371. 
1874.  Lepidocentrus  eifelianus.    Love'n,  Kongl.  Svens.Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  40. 


*  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens.  Akad.  Haadl.  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  39. 
t  Abhandl.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1856,  p.  258. 


Klevi  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Falae'echinoidea.  17 

1875.  Lepidocentrus      Eifelianus.       Quenstedt,     Petrefact. 
Deutsch.,    Bd.    3,    Abth.    1,    p.    374,    tab.    75,    figs. 
14-17. 
1896.   LepidocentTus  eifelianus.     Jackson,  Bull.   Geol.    Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  225. 
Plates  thill  and  quite  round.     Interambulacral  plates  scale- 
like with  rounded    sides.     Spines    small,  acicular,   swollen  at 
the  base.       Most  plates  have  one  large  tubercle,  convex,  per- 
forated, with  a  smooth  ring. 

Geological    formation   and  locality :    Devonian,    Rommers- 
heim. 

2.  Lepidocentrus  MiJLLERi  Schultze. 

1866.   Lepidocentrus   Miilleri.       Schultze,    Denkschrift     K. 

Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  No.  26,  p.  124,  tab.  13,  fig.  1. 
1874.  Lepidocentrus  Miilleri.    Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  40. 
1896.   Lepidocentrus  mulleri.      Jackson,    Bull.    Geol.    Soc. 

Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  223,  fig.  2. 
Ambulacral  areas  composed  of  two  columns  of  low  narrow 
regular  plates,  each  perforated  by  two  pores.  Interambu- 
lacral plates  imbricating  strongly  adorally  and  laterally.  In- 
terambulacral plates  nearly  rhombic  with  one  large  primary 
boss.  Secondary  spine  bosses  scattered  over  the  surf  ace  j 
Spines  small,  acicular  and  swollen  at  the  base. 

Geological   formation  and  locality :    Devonian,   Rommers- 
heim  near  Prom,  Eifel;  Gerolstein,  Eifel. 


3.  Lepidocentrus  rhenanus  Beyrich. 

1856.  Palaechinus    rhenanus.     Beyrich,    Zeitschrift    Deut. 

Geol.  Gesell.,  Bd.  9,  p.  4. 
1856.  Lepidocentrus  rhenanus.     Miiller,  Abhandl.  K.  Akad. 

Wiss.  Berlin,  p.  264,  pi.  4,  figs.  4-6. 

1874.  Lepidoceyitrus   rhenanus.    Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.   Vet- 
ens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  40. 

1875.  Palaeocidaris      IlJienanus.         Quenstedt,      Petrefact. 
Deutschl.,  p.  377,  tab.  75,  fig.  30-37. 


18  Trans.  Acad.  Sci  of  St.  Louis. 

1896.  Lepidocentrus  rhenanus.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  224. 

Interambulacral  plates  nearly  hexagonal,  with  the  corners 
rounded.  Five  columns  in  each  intrambulacrum,  and  two  in 
each  ambulacrum. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Devonian,  Wipper- 
fiirth. 

b.  Perischodomus  M'Coy  1849.* 

1  Syn.  Perischocidaris  Neumayr  1881. f 

Homotoechus  SoUas  1892. t 

Tretechinus  Tornquist  1897. § 

Body  round  or  nearly  so.  Interambulacra  broad,  consist- 
ing of  five  columns  of  irregular  plates.  Adambulacral  plates 
larger  and  bearing  one  perforated  tubercle  near  the  ambu- 
lacral  edge.  Other  plates  covered  with  small  granulated 
tubercles  close  together.  Ambulacra  consist  of  two  columns 
(sometimes  more)  of  small,  low  plates  pierced  by  a  pair  of 
pores  each.  Spines  smooth  and  cylindrical.  Mouth  and 
anus  small,  both  central.  Genital  plates  pierced  bj^  six  or 
eight  pores.     Plates  imbricate. 

1.  Perischodomus  bisf:rialis  M'Coy. 

1849.  PeHschodonius  biserialis.  M'Coy,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat. 
Hist.,  ser.  2,  vol.  3,  p.  253. 

1S54:.  Perischodomus  biserialis.  M'Coy,  Cont.  Brit.  Pal., 
p.  115. 

1858.  PeriscJiodomus  biserialis.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.  157. 

1862.  Perischodomus  biserialis.  Dujardin  et  Hupe,  Echino- 
dermes,  p.  466. 

1874.  Perischodomus  biserialis.  Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vet- 
ens.  Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  40. 


*  Ann.  Mag.  Nat,  Hist.,  ser.  2,  vol.  3,  p,  253. 

t  Sitzb.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  Math.  Naturw.  CI.,  b;L  84,  ablh.  1,  p.  174. 

X  Sclent.  Proc.  Roy.  Dub.  Soc,  n.  s.  vol,  7,  pt.  3,  p.  153, 

§  Abhdl.  Geol,  Karte  Elsass-Lothringen,  Bd.  5,  heft  6,  p.  784. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echihnoidea.  19 

1875.  PeriscJiodomus    biserialis.        Quenstedt,       Petrefact. 
Deutschl.,  bd.  3,  abtb.  1,  p.  374,  tab.  75,  fig.  13. 

1876.  PerificJiodomus  biserialis.     Keeping,     Quart.      Jourii. 

Geol.  Soc,  vol  32,  pt.  1,  p.  36,  pi.  3,  figs.  1-5. 
1896.  PeriscJiodomus  biserialis.  Jackson,  Bull,  Geol.  Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  226. 
Interambulacra  consist  of  five  columns  of  irregular,  very 
finely  granulated  plates.  Adambulacral  plates  bear  small, 
mammillated,  perforated,  primary  tubercles.  Tvpo  columns 
of  small  plates  in  each  ambulacrum. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :    Lower  Carboniferous, 
Hook  Head,  Wexford,  England. 

2.  Pekischodomus  iiartet  Baily. 

1864. Harte,    Dub.   Quart.    Journ.    Sci.,  vol. 

5,  p.  265,  pi.  9. 
1864. Harte,  Journ.  Roy.  Geol.  Soc.  Ireland, 

ser.  2,  vol.  1,  pt.  1,  p.  67,  pi.  5. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris  Harteiana.     Baily,  ,lourn.    Geol.  Soc. 

Ireland,  n.  s.  vol.  4,  pt.  1,  p.  42,  pi.  4,  figs.  Ji-c. 
1875. Quenstedt,   Petrefact.    Deutschl.,    vol. 

1,  p.  379. 
1^1  b.  ArcJtaeocidaris  Harteiana.     Baily,  Char.    Brit.  Foss., 

vol.    1,  p.   LXVIII. 

1881.  PeriscJtocidaris  Hartei.     Neumayr,     Sitzb.  K.    Akad. 
Wiss.  Wien,  Math.-Naturw.    CI.,  Bd.  84,  Abth.  1,  p. 
174,  taf.  1,  fig.  7. 
1892.  Homotoeclms    Harlii.  Sollas,  Scieut.  Proc.  Roy.  Dub. 
Soc,  n.  s.  vol.  7,  pt.  3,  p.  153. 
Genital  plates  have  each  a  large  perforated  tubercle,  sur- 
rounded by  a  depressed  ring,  which  is  further  surrounded  by 
sixteen  pores.     Adambulacral  [)lates  bear  tubercles    on    the 
first,  second,  fourth  and  seventh,   while  the  third,  fifth  and 
sixth  plates  are  [)lain.     Ambulacra  large,  pores  in  two  depres- 
sions, with  three  pair  of  pores  in  each  ambulacral  depression. 
One  small  tubercle  on  each  ambulacral  plate. 

Geological    formation    and    locality :     Yellow    sandstone, 
Donegal,  Ireland. 


20  Trcais.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

3.  Perischodomus  illinoiensis  Worthen  and  Miller. 

1883.  PeriscJiodomus  Illinoiauis.    Worthen  and  Miller,  Geol. 

Surv.  111.,  vol.  7,  p.  333,  pi.  31,  fig.  8. 
1889.  Perischodomus  illinoiseiisis .    Miller,  N.   Amer.    Geol. 

Pal.,  p.  269. 
1895.  Perischodomus  .??    illinoisensis .     Keyes,     Proc.  Iowa 

Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  191. 
1897.    Tretechinus  ilUnoiensis.   Tornquist,  Ablidl.  Geol.  Karte 

Elsass-Lothringen,  Bd.  5,  Hft.  6,  p.  784. 
Interambulacra  consist  of  five  ?  rows  of  irregular  plates, 
imbricating  upward  and  outward.  Ambulacra  composed  of 
five  columns  of  narrow  depressed  plates  overlapped  by  the  in- 
terambulacral  plates.  Ambulacral  plates  pierced  by  a  single 
pair  of  pores  each,  and  imbricating  slightly  from  above  down- 
ward. Two  kinds  ot  spines  present.  The  central  supporting 
tubercle  moderately  large,  smooth  and  perforated.  Second- 
ary spine  bosses  small,  conical  elevations  with  a  minute  per- 
foration in  each. 

Geoloo-ical  formation  and  locality:  Chester  Limestone, 
Bay  City,  Pope  Co.,  III. 

INSUFFICIENTLY  DETERMINED  SPECIES. 

1.  Perischodomus  magnus  Tornquist. 

1893.  Perischodomus  magnus.   Tornquist,  Mitth.  Geol.  Land- 
esanst.,  Elsass-Lothr.,  Bd.  4,  Heft.  2,  p.  103. 
Geoloo-ical  formation  and  locality:   Devonian,  Ober-Elsass, 
Germany. 

c.  Lepidechinus  Hall  1861.* 

General  form  subspheroidal.  Interambulacra  consist  of 
from  nine  to  eleven  columns  of  plates  imbricating  aborally 
and  side  wise.  Ambulacra  consist  of  two  columns  of  plates 
imbricating  in  the  opposite  direction  from  those  of  the  inter- 


*  Desc.  New  Species  Crinoids,  p.  18. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Falaeechinoidea.  21 

ambulacra.  Plates  narrow  and  pierced  near  the  opposite 
extremity  by  two  pores.  Surface  granulose.  On  the  aboral 
side  the  adambulacral  plates  bear  the  smallest  tubercles,  the 
tubercles  growing  larger  on  the  columns  toward  the  center. 
On  the  oral  side  the  ambulacra  alone  bear  tubercles. 


1.  Lepidechinus  imbricatus  Hall. 

1861.  Lepidechinus  imbricatus.       Hall,    Desc.    New    Spec. 

Crin.,  p.  18. 
1874.  Lepidechiims  imbricatus.     Love'n,  Kongl.   Svens.  Ve- 

tens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  44. 
1889.  Lepidechinus  imbricatus.  Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 

p.  258. 
1895.  Lepidechinus  imbi'icatus.     Ke3^es,   Proc.    Iowa  Acad. 

Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  192. 
Eight  columns  in  each  iuterambulacrum,  plates  imbricating. 
Ambulacra  narrow,  composed  of  short  wide  plates,  deeply 
interlocking  at  the  joined  edges  and  imbricating  in  the  oppo- 
site direction  from  those  of  the  iuterambulacrum.  The  upper 
adjacent  angles  of  the  interlocking  edges  are  neatly  rounded, 
giving  a  curved  outline  to  nearly  half  their  width  on  the  ex- 
posed edge.  Two  small  pores  pierce  each  plate  near  its  outer 
extremity.     Surface  granulose. 

Geological  formation  and  locality  :   Burlington  Limestone, 
Burlington,  Iowa. 

2.  Lepidechinus  rarispinus  Hall. 

1867.  Lepidechinus  rarispinus.     Hall,  20th  Rep.  N.  Y.  State 

Cab.  Nat.  Hist.,  p.  295,  pi.  9,  fig.  10. 
1870.  Lepidechinus  rarisjnnus.     Hall,  20th  Rep.  N.  Y.  State 

Cab.  Nat.  Hist.  (rev.  ed.),  p.  340,  pi.  9,  fig.  10. 
1874.  Lepidechinus  rarispinus.     Lovcn,  Kongl.   Svens.   Ve- 

tens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  44. 
1889.  Lepidechinus  rarispinus.      Miller,    N.    Amer.    Geol. 

Pal.,  p.  258. 
1895.  Lepidechinus  rarispinus.     Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa   Acad. 

Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  192. 


22  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1896.  Lepidechinus  rarispinus.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc. 
Amer,,  vol.  7,  p.  226,  pi.  7,  figs.  1,  2. 

Test  spherical  or  depressed  spheroidal.  Interambulacrum 
composed  of  from  seven  to  nine  columns  of  plates,  which 
imbricate  from  below  upward  and  from  the  middle  outward. 
Large  central  tubercle  on  each  plate.  In  this  species  there  is 
a  central  range  of  vertically  imbricating  plates  which  cover 
the  lateral  margins  of  the  adjoining  columns,  making  the  lat- 
eral imbrication  pass  beneath,  instead  of  showing  an  alter- 
nation along  the  middle  line.  Ambulacra  narrow,  composed 
of  two  rows  of  small  low  plates,  each  pierced  by  two  pores 
near  the  distal  extremity. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Chemung,  Meadville, 
Pa.;  Waverly,  Licking  Co.,  Ohio. 

II.  Lepidesthidae  Jackson  1896.* 

Spherical  or  subspheroidal  test.  Six  or  more  columns  in 
each  ambulacrum  and  generally  ten  in  each  interambulacrum. 
Plates  imbricate.  Pores  in  the  center  of  each  ambulacral 
plate. 

a.  Pholidocidaeis  Meek  and  Worthen  1869. f 

Ambulacra  quite  broad  composed  of  six  columns  of  small 
irregular  oval  or  rhombic  plates,  imbricating  aborally  and 
provided  each  with  a  tubercle  and  two  pores  in  a  deep  furrow. 
Interambulacrum  consists  of  five  or  more  columns  of  thin, 
rounded,  arched,  granulated,  irregular  plates,  imbricating 
aborally  and  outward.  Adambulacral  plates  three  or  four 
times  as  large  as  the  others.  On  the  lower  (?)  side  the  in- 
terambulacral  plates  have  a  central,  perforated  primary 
tubercle.      Spines  large  and  striated. 

1.  Pholidocidaeis  IRREGULARIS  Meek  and  Worthen. 

1869.  Lepidocentrus  irregularis.  Meek  and  Worthen,  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  p.  78. 


*  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  241. 
t  Pioc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1869,  p.  78. 


Kleni  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  PaJaeechinoidea.  23 

1873.  Fholidocidaris  irregularity .  Meek  and  Worthen,  Geol. 
Surv.  111.,  vol.  5,  p.  512,  pi.  15,  fig.  9. 

1874.  Pholidocidaris  irregularis.  Meek,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci., 
ser.  3,  vol.  7,  p.  375. 

1874.   Pholidocidaris    irregularis.  Lovc'n,    Kongl.     Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7.  p.  40. 

1889.  Pholidocidaris  irregularis.  Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol. 
Pal.,  p.  269. 

1895.  PJiolidocidaris  irregularis.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 
Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  180. 

1896.  Pholidocidaris  meeki.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.   7,  p.  210,  pi.  9,  fig.  54. 

Interambulacral  plates  thin  and  sharp  at  the  edges.  Pri- 
mary tubercle  present  on  lower  (?)  part  only  and  on  the 
marginal  plates,  in  the  upper  (?)  part.  Ambulacral  plates 
very  irregular,  six  or  more  columns.  Pores  in  pits  in  the 
center  of  each  plate,  surrounded  by  a  circular  depression. 
Primary  spines  taper  gradually,  are  rounded,  nearly  straight, 
and  marked  with  minute,  crowded  lono;itudinal  striae. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Keokuk  and  Hamilton 
Groups,  near  Nauvoo  and  Warsaw,  111. 

INSUFFICIENTLY  DETERMINED  SPECIES. 

1,   Pholidocidaris  gaudryi  Julien. 

1874.  Lepidocentrus  Milnsterianus.  Julien,  Compt.  Rend. 
Acad.   Sci.  Paris,  T.  78,  p.  76. 

1890.  Melonites  Gaudryi.  Julien,  Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci. 
Paris,  T.  110,  p.  737. 

1896.  Pholidocidaris   Gaudryi.     elulien,  Terr.  Garb.  Marin 
de  la  France  Centrale,  p.  131,  pi.  6,  figs.  1,  2,  6,  7. 

Geological  formation  and  locahtv :  Carboniferous,  I'Ar- 
doisiere. 

2.  Pholidocidaris  tenuis  Tornquist. 

1897.  PJiolidocidaris  tenuis.  Tornquist,  Ablidl.  Geol. 
Karte  Elsass-Lothr.,  Bd.  5,  Hft.  6,  p.  767,  taf.  21, 
figs.  8,  9;   taf.  22,  fig.  8. 


24  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Geological   formation    and     locality:    Lower    Carbonifer- 
ous, Hunsriickenwald,  Elsass,  Germany. 


b.  Lepidesthes  Meek  and  Worthen  1868.* 

Syn.  Hybochinus  Worthen  and  Miller  1883. f 

Test  subspheroidal.  Interambulacra  composed  of  6-7 
columns  of  plates,  imbricating  aborally.  Ambulacra  very 
wide,  composed  of  ten  columns  of  small  plates,  imbricating 
adorally.  Two  pores  to  each  ambulacral  plate,  placed  cen- 
trally.    Surface  covered  with  small  granules. 

1.  Lepidesthes  colletti  White. 

1878.  Lepidesthes   Colletti.     White.    Proc.    Acad.  Nat.  Sci. 

Phil.,  p.  33. 
1880.  Lepidesthes  colletti.     White,    Cont.  to  Inv.  Pal.   No. 

8,  p.  163,  pi.  40,  figs.  2a-b. 
1882.  Lepidesthes   colletti.     White,    11th  Rep.  Geol.   Surv. 

Ind.,  p.   362,  pi.  41,  figs.  2,  3. 
1889.  Lepidesthes  colletti.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.    Pal.,  p. 

258. 

1895.  Lepidesthes   colletti.     Keyes,   Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 
vol.  2,  p.  184. 

1896.  Lepidesthes  colletti.    Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer., 
vol.  7,  p.  210. 

General  form  ovate.  Interambulacra  very  narrow,  com- 
posed of  four  or  five  columns  of  small  plates.  Ambulacra 
broad,  composed  of  from  eighteen  to  twenty  rows  of  small 
imbricating  plates.  Two  round  pores  near  the  upper  angle 
of  each  ambulacral  plate.  Surface  covered  with  small 
granules. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Keokuk  Group,  Sa- 
lem, Washington  Co.,  Ind.;   Crawfordsville,  Ind. 


*  Geol.  Surv.  111.,  vol.  3,  p.  522. 
t  Geol.  Surv.  111.,  vol.  7,  p.  331. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  25 

2.  Lepidesthes  coreyi  Meek  and  Worthen. 

1868.  Lepidesthes  Coreyi.     Meek  and  Worthen,  Geol.  Surv. 
111.,  vol.  3,  p.  525,  fig.  A. 

1873.  Lepidesthes  Coreyi.  Meek  and  Worthen,  Geol.   Surv. 
111.,  vol.  5,  pi.  16,  figs.  2  a-b. 

1874.  Lepidesthes    Coreyi.     Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.   Vetens. 
Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  42. 

1889.  Lepidesthes  coreyi.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal.,  p. 
258,  fig.  350. 

1895.  Lepidesthes  coreyi.     Keyes,   Proc.   Iowa  Acad.    Sci., 
vol.  2,  p.  184. 

1896.  Lepidesthes  coreyi.     Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer., 
vol.  7,  p.  209. 

General  form  subspheroidal.  Interambulacra  narrow,  lan- 
ceolate, slightly  convex,  composed  of  six  or  seven  columns. 
Ambulacra  flat,  broadly  lanceolate  and  one  and  a  half  or  twice 
as  wide  as  the  interambulacra,  composed  of  ten  or  eleven 
columns  of  plates,  all  imbricating.  Two  small  round  pores 
in  the  center.  Surface  covered  with  fine  granules,  from 
eighteen  to  twenty-five  to  the  larger  interambulacral  pieces. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Keokuk  Group,  Craw- 
fordsville,  Indiana. 

3.  Lepidesthes  formosus  Miller. 

1879.  Lepidesthes  formosus.     Miller,  Journ.  Cinn.  Soc.  Nat. 

Hist.,  vol.  2,  p.  41,  pi.  8,  fig.  4. 
1889.  Lepidesthes  formosus.     Miller,  N.  Amer.    Geol.  Pal., 

p.  258. 

1895.  Lepidesthes  formosus.     Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 
vol.  2,  p.  184. 

1896.  Lepidesthes  formosus.      Jackson,     Bull.     Geol.    Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  210. 

General  form  subspheroidal.  Interambulacra  composed  of 
five  columns  of  plates,  imbricating  upward  and  outward. 
Ambulacra  occupied  by  eight  or  nine  columns  each  of  many 
rhombic  or  irregularly  hexagonal  plates,  imbricating  down- 
ward.    Two  pores  in  the  center  of  each  ambulacral  piece. 


26  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Geological     formation    and    locality' :    Kaskaskia    Group, 
Pulaski  Co.,  Ky.    Keokuk  Shales,  Crawfordsville,  Ind. 


4.  Lepidesthes  spectabilts  Worthen  and  Miller. 

1883.  Ilybochinus   spectahilis.     Worthen    and   Miller,  Geol. 

Surv.  111.,  vol.  7,  p.  332,  pi.  31,  figs.  5  a-d,  6,  7. 
1889.  HybocJtinus  speciabilis.     Miller,  N.  Anier.  Geol.  Pal., 

p.  255. 
1895.  Lepidesthes  spectahilis.     Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 

vol.  2,  p.  184. 
Test  subspheroidal.  Five  columns  of  plates  in  each  inter- 
ambulacrum,  plates  imbricating  downward  and  outward. 
Ambulacrum  composed  of  ten  columns  of  plates  imbricating 
from  below  upward.  Two  pores  in  the  center  of  each  am- 
bulacral  plate.     Surface  covered  with  small  granules. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Chester  Limestone, 
Prairie  du  Long  Creek,  Monroe  Co.,  III. ;  Pope  Co.,  111. 

5.  Lepidesthes  wortheni  Jackson 

189(3.  Lepidesthes  wortheni.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  207,  pi.  9,  fig.  53. 

Interambulacral  areas  consist  of  three  or  four  columns  of 
quite  large  hexagonal  pieces.  Ambulacra  have  seven  or  eight 
columns  of  many  small  imbricating  pieces  with  two  pores  in 
the  center  of  each  piece. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Keokuk  Group, 
Crawfordsville,  Ind.  (?). 

INSUFFICIENTLY  DETERMINED  SPECIES. 

1.  Lepidesthes  devonicans  Whidborne. 

1898.  Lepidesthes  devonicans.     Whidborne,  Pal.  Soc.  Mon., 
vol.  52,  p.  200,  pis.  24,  25. 
Geological  formation    and    locality :   Pilton    Beds,    North 
Devon  and  Croyde. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  27 

2.  Lepiuesthes  laevis   Trautschold. 

1879.   Lepidesthes   laevis.     Trautschold,    Mem.    Soc.     Imp. 
Nat.  Moscow,  t.  14,  p.  8. 
Geological     formation     and     locality :    Subcarboniferous, 
Mjatschkowa,  Russia. 

III.  Melonitidae  Zittel,  1879.* 

Syu.  Palaechiuidae  M'Coy  1849. t 

Melonechinidae  Lambert  1900. J 

Test  spherical  with  never  less  than  five  columns  of  plates 
in  each  interambulacrum.  Surface  of  the  whole  body  cov- 
vered  evenly  with  fine  short  spines. 

a.  RiiOECHiNUS  Keeping  1876. § 

From  five  to  nine  columns  of  plates  in  each  interambu- 
lacrum and  two  columns  in  each  ambulacrum.  Two  pores  in 
each  ambulacral  plate. 

1.  RiiOECHiNUS    BURLiNGTONENSis  Meck  and  Worthcn. 

1860.  Palaecliinus  Burlingtonensifi.      Meek    and    Worthen, 

Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  p.  396. 
1866.  PalaecJdnus   hurlingionensis.       Meek    and    Worthen 

Geol.  Surv.  111.,  vol.  2,  p.  230,  pi.  16,  figs.  3a-c. 
1874.  Palaechinus   burlingtonensis .     Loven,    Kongl.   Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Haudl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  41. 
1889.  Palaechinus  burlingtonensis.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol. 

Pal.,  p.  266,  fig.  382. 
1895.  Palaechinus    burlingtonensis.       Keyes,     Proc.     Iowa 

Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  180. 


*  Handbuch  der  Palaeontologie,  hd.  1,  p.  484. 
t  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  2,  vol.  3,  p.  251. 
%  Bull.  Soc.  Sci.  Hist.  Nat.  L'Yonne,  vol.  53,  p.  63. 
§  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.32,  p.  37. 


28  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Loiiis. 

1896.  Rhoechimis  burling fonensis.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  203. 

Test  spherical  with  four  (?)  columns  of  plates  in  each  inter- 
ambulacrum.  Ambulacra  narrow,  composed  of  a  double  row 
of  alternating  large  and  small  pieces,  twice  or  three  times  as 
wide  as  long.  Pores  in  a  double  zigzag  row.  Surface  orna- 
mentation small  granules,  from  thirty  to  forty  to  each  inter- 
ambulacral  plate. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Burlington  Limestone, 
Burlington,  Iowa. 

2.  Rhoechinus  elegans  M'Coy. 

1844.  Palaechinus   elegans.      M'Coy,    Foss.    of  Ireland,   p. 

172,  pi.  24,  fig.  2. 
1850.  Palaechinus   elegans.     D'Orbigny,  Prodrome,  vol.    1, 

p.  154. 
1852.  Palaechinus  elegans.    Roemer,  in  Bronn's  Leth.Geog., 

Bd.  1,  Th.  2,  p.  287,  tab.  4S  fig.  1  a-d. 
1858.  Palaechinus  elegans.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.  158. 
1862.  Palaechinus    elegans.      Dujardin    et     Hupe     Echino- 

dermes,  p.  463. 
1865.  Palaechinus  elegans.     Baily,Dub.  Quart.  Journ.  Sci., 

vol.  5,  p.  261,  pi.  7. 
1865.  Palaechinus  elegans.     Baily,  Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  2,  p.  44. 
1865.  Palaechinus  elegans.     Baily,  Journ.   Roy.    Geol.    Soc. 

Ireland,  p.  63,  pi.  4. 
1874.  Palaechinus  elegans.     Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  41. 

1874.  Palaechinus  elegans.  Etheridge,  Jr.,  Quart.  Journ. 
Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  30,  pi.  24. 

1875,  Palaechinus  elegans.  Bail}',  Char.  Brit.  Foss.,  vol. 
1,  p.  Lxviii.,  pi.  36,  figs.  11  a-d. 

1875.  Palaechinus  elegans.     Quenstedt,  Petrefact.  Deutschl., 

p.  380,  tab.  75,  fig.  43. 
1889.  Phoechinus  elegans.     Duncan,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 

ser.  6,  vol.  3,  p.  204. 
1892.  Palaechinus  elegans.     Agassiz  A.,  Mem.  Mus.  Comp. 

Zool.,  vol.  17,  no.  2,  p.  73,  pi.  29,  fig.  2. 


Klem —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  29 

1894.  Palaechinuselegans.  Tornquist,  Mitth.  Geol,  Landes- 
anst.  Elsass.  Bd.  4,  p.  100. 

1896.  RJioecJdniis  elegans.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  205,  pi.  7,  fig.  40. 

1897.  Rhoechinus  elegans.  Tornquist,  Abhdl.  Geol.  Spe- 
cialkarte  Elsass.  Loth.,  Bd.  5,  lift.  (3,  p.  757,  taf.  20, 
figs.  10,  11,  12,  taf.  21,  fig.  6. 

General  shape  ovate.  Interambulacra  composed  of  five 
columns  each  of  mammillated  plates,  covered  with  very 
minute  tubercles.  Ambulacra  large  and  convex.  The  lateral 
interambulacral  plates  equal  five  ambulacral  plates  in  width. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Carboniferous  Lime- 
stone, Hook  Head,  Fethard,  Wexford,  England. 


3.  Rhoechinus  gracilis  Meek  and  Worthen. 

1869.    Palaechinus    gy^acilis.     Meek     and    Worthen,    Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  p.  82. 

1873.  Palaechhius    gracilis.      Meek    and    Worthen,    Geol. 
Surv.  111.,  vol.  5,  p.  473,  pi.  10,  fig.  2. 

1874.  Palaechinus  gracilis.     Loven,  Kongl.   Svens.  Vetens. 
Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  41. 

1889.  Palaechinus  gracilis.     Miller,  N.   Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 
p.  266. 

1895.  Palaechinus  gracilis.     Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 
vol.  2,  p.  180. 

1896.  Rhoechinus    gracilis.       Jackson,     Bull.     Geol.     Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  201,  pi.  7,  figs.  36,  37. 

Body  small.  Seven  columns  in  each  interambulacrum. 
Plates  ornamented  with  fine  granules.  Ambulacra  wide  in 
proportion,  slightly  convex,  composed  of  very  short  pieces. 
Two  pores  at  the  outer  end  of  each  piece,  arranged  in  two 
ziszas:  rows  alons:  the  lateral  margins  of  each  ambulacral 
area.     Plates  ornamented  with  fine  granules. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Burlington  Limestone, 
Burlington,  Iowa.  Waverly  Group,  Bever  Creek,  Menifee 
Co.,  Ky. 


30  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


4.  Ehoechinus  irregularis  Keeping. 

1876.  Hhoechintfs  irregularis.  Keeping,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol. 
Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  pt.  1,  p.  37,  pi.  3,  figs.  6-8. 

Small  and  depressed  at  poles.  Interambulacra  composed 
of  plates  which  are  covered  with  minute  sharp  granules. 
Ambulacral  areas  sunk  and  narrow.  The  plates  are  trans- 
versely elongate  with  the  pores  in  the  center.  One  inter- 
ambulacral  plate  is  equal  to  four  or  five  ambulacral  plates. 
Both  interambulacral  and  ambulacral  plates  imbricate. 

Geological  formation  and  localitj^ :  Carboniferous,  Hook 
Head,  Wexford  Co.,  England. 

5.  Ehoechinus  quadriserialis  Wright. 

1865.   Palaechinus  quadriserialis.       AVright,     Dub.     Quart. 

Journ.  Sci.,  vol.  5,  p.  260,  pi.  8,  fig.  1. 
1874.   Palaechinus    quadriserialis.     Loven,     Kongl.    Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  41. 
1889.   Palaechinus  quadriserialis.     Duncan,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat. 

Hist.,  ser.  6,  vol.  3,  p.  204. 
General  form  elliptical.     Interambulacral  areas  composed  of 
four  columns.     One  adambulacral   plate  equals  in  width  six  or 
seven  ambulacral  plates.     Two  rows  of  pores  on  each  side  of 
the  ambulacra. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:    Carboniferous,  Ireland. 

undetermined  species. 

1.  Ehoechinus  sr.  Duncan. 

1889.  Bhoechinus  sp.  Duncan  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  6, 
vol.  3,  p.  204. 

2.  Ehoechinus  (?)  Tornquist. 

1897.  Bhoechinus  (?) .  Tornquist,  Abhdl.  Geol.  Special  Karte 
Elsass-Lothr.,  Bd.  5,  heft.  6,  p.  763,  taf.  20,  fig.  8. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  31 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Lower  Carboniferous, 
Hunsriickenwakl,  Ober-Elsass,  Germany. 

b.  Palaechinus  (Scouler)  M'Coy  1844.* 

Syn.  Typhlechinus  Neumayr  1889. f 

From  five  to  nine  columns  of  plates  in  each  interambulac- 
rum  and  two  columns  in  each  ambulacrum.  Four  pores  in 
each  ambulacral  plate. 

1.   Palaechinus  ellipticus  Scouler. 

1844.    Palaechinus  elUpticus.     Scouler,  M'Coy  Foss.  of  Ire- 
land, p.  172,  pi.  24,  fig.  3. 
1847.   EcJiinocrinus  ellipticus.     D'Orbigny,  Gourde  Pal.,  vol. 

2,  p.  126,  fig.  278. 
1850.  Palaechinus  ellipticus.      D'Orbigny,  Prodome,  vol.  1, 

p.  154. 
1854.  Palaeocidaris  ellipticus.     Vogt,  Lehrbuch  d.  Geol.  u. 

Petref.,  Aufl.   2,  Bd.  1,  p.  332,  figs.  212-214;   Bd.  2, 

p.  482,  fig.  928. 
1858.    Palaechinus  ellipticus.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.  158. 
1862.  Palaechinus   ellipticus.     Dujardin    et    Hupe,    Echiuo- 

dermes,  p.  464. 
1865.   PalaecJiiims ellipticus.     Baily,  Dub.  Quart.  Journ.  Sci., 

vol.  5,  p.  263,  pi.  8,  fig.  2. 
1865.   Palaechinus  ellipticus.     Baily,  Geol.   Mag.,  vol.  2,  p. 

217. 

1874.  Palaechinus  ellipticus.     Lovcn,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vctens. 
Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  41.  " 

1875.  Palaechinus         ellipticus.        Quenstcdt,        Petrefact. 
Deutschl.,  p.  380,  tab.  75,  fig.  42. 

1889.  Palaechinus  ellipticus.    Duncan,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 

ser.  6,  vol.  3,  p.  200,  fig.  8. 
1893.   Palaechinus   ellipticus  (?).     Tornquist,  Mitth.    Geol. 

Landesanst.  Elsass,  Bd.  4,  Hft.  2,  p.  103. 


*  Foss  of  Irelaml,  p.  171. 

t  Die  Stamme  des  Thierreiches.  Wirbellose  Thiere,  Bd.  1,  p.  3G2. 


32  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

General  form  elliptical.  Interambulacra  composed  of  five 
columns  of  plates,  regularly  marked  with  numerous  tubercles. 
Ambulacra  prominent,  convex,  with  two  rows  of  pores  on 
each  side.  One  lateral  interambulacral  plate  is  as  wide  as 
seven    ambulacra!  plates. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Carboniferous  Lime- 
stone, Betty ville,  Limerick  Co.,  Ireland. 

2.  Palaechinus  gigas  M'Coy. 

1844.  Palaechinus  gigas.     M'Coy,  Foss.  of  Ireland,  p.  172, 

pi.  24,  fig.  4. 
1850.  Palaechinus  gigas.     D'Orbigny,  Prodrome,  vol.  1,  p. 

154. 
1858.  Palaechinus  gigas.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.  158. 
1862.  Palaechinus  gigas.     Dujardin  et  Hupe,  Echinodermes, 

p.  463. 
1874.  Palaechinus   gigas.     Baily,  Journ.    Roy.    Geol.   Soc. 

Ireland,  ser.   2,  vol.    4,  pt.    1,  p.  41,    pi.   3. 

1874.  Palaechinus    gigas.     Loven.    Kougl.    Svens.   Vetens. 
Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  41. 

1875.  Palaechinus  gigas.     Quenstedt,  Petref.  Deutschl.,  p. 
380,  tab.  75,  fig.  40. 

1876.  Palaechinus    gigas.     Keeping,    Quart.    Journ.    Geol. 
Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  pt.  1,  p.  38,  pi.  3,  figs.  12,  13. 

1889.  Palaechinus  gigas.     Duncan,  Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 

ser.  6,  vol.  3,  p.  198,  fig.  1. 
189.6.  Palaechinus  gigas.     Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer., 

vol.  7,  p.  204,  pi.  7,  figs.  38,  39. 
1896.  Palaechinus  gigas.     Julien,  Terr.  Carb.  France  Ceu- 

trale,  p.  130. 
General  form  orbicular,  depressed.  Interambulacra  com- 
posed of  six  columns  of  plates.  Pores  in  four  rows  on  each 
side  of  the  ambulacrum.  One  adambulacrum  plate  is  as  wide 
as  seven  ambulacral  plates.  Tubercles  large,  each  surrounded 
by  a  ring.      Space  between  the  tubercles  smooth. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Carboniferous  Lime- 
stone, Hook  Head,  Fethard,  Rahan's  Bay,  Dunkineely,  Great 
Britain;  Regny,  France. 


Klem — Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  33 

3.  Palaechinus  intekmedius  Keeping. 

1876.  Palaechinus inlermedius.    Keeping,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol. 

Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  pt.  1,  p.  37,  pi.  3,  figs.  9-11. 
1889.  Palaecliinus   intermedins.     Duncan,  Ann.  Mag.   Nat. 
Hist.,  ser.  6,  vol.  3,  p.  203,  tigs.  9,  10. 

Body  spheroidal.  Interambulacral  areas  composed  of  five 
columns  of  regular  plates,  which  are  uniformly  granulated 
with  small  tubercles  surrounded  by  a  smooth  ring  each.  Am- 
bulacra narrow,  composed  of  wedge-shaped  plates  granulated 
like  the  interambulacral  plates.  Pores  in  two  series  near  the 
outer  edge  of  the  plates.  Both  interambulacral  and  ambulac- 
ral  plates  imbricate  slightly. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Carboniferous,  Hook 
Head,  Fethard. 

4.  Palaechinus  konincki  M'Coy. 

1844.  Palaechinus  (?)  Konigii.     M'Coy,  Foss.  of  Ireland, 

p.  172,  pi.  24,  fig.  19. 
1860.  Palaechinus  Koenigii.     D'Orbigny,  Prodrome,  vol.  1, 

p.  154. 
1858.  Palaechinus  Konigii  (?).     Desor,  Syn.,  p.  159. 
1862.  Palaechinus  Koninckii.     Dujardin  et  Hupe,  Echino- 

dermes,  p.  464. 
1874.  Palaechinus  ?  Konigi.     Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 

Acad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  41. 

1896.  Palaechinus    Konincki.      Julieu,    Terr.    Carb.   Marin 
France  Centrale,  p.  130,  pi.  10,  fig.  20;  pi.  11,  fig.  27. 

1897.  Palachinus  konincki.     Tornquist,  Abhdl.  Geol.  Karte 
Elsass,  Bd.  5,  Hft.  6,  p.  753. 

Test  composed  of  numerous  plates  covered  with  large  com- 
pressed tubercles,  between  which  are  numerous  small  tubercles 
irregularly  placed. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Yellow  sandstone, 
Rahan's  Bay,  Dunkineely ;  Carboniferous,  Regny,  Ne'ronde, 
St.  Germain  Laval,  Central  France. 


34  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


5.  Palaechinus  LACAZEi  Julieii. 

1890.  Palaechirius  Lacazei.  Julien,  Compt.  rend.  Acad. 
Sci.  Paris,  T.  110,  p.  737. 

1896.  Palaechinus  Lacazei.  Julien,  Terr.  Carb.  Marin 
France  Centrale,  p.  128,  pi.  16,  figs.  3,  4,  5. 

1897.  Palaechinus  Lacazei.  Tornquist,  Abhdl.  Geol.  Karte 
Elsass-Lothr.,  Bd.  5,  Hft.  6,  p.  742,  taf.  20,  figs. 
1-4;   taf.  21,  fig.  1. 

Interambulacrum  composed  of  four  columns  of  broad  plates 
which  do  not  imbricate  and  are  covered  with  numerous  small 
tubercles.  Each  ambulacral  plate  has  one  large  tubercle  and 
one  pair  of  pores  (?)  In  the  primary  plates  the  pores  occupy 
the  outer  third  of  the  ambulacrum,  while  in  the  secondary 
plates  they  are  placed  on  the  outer  edge  of  the  ambulacrum. 
Each  pair  of  pores  is  placed  in  an  oval  depression.  Ambu- 
lacral plates  imbricate  slightly. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Carboniferous,  I'Ar- 
doisiere.  Central  France;   Hunsriickenwald,  Elsass, Germany. 

6.  Palaechinus  sphericus  Scouler. 

1844.  Palaechinus  sphaericus.  Scouler,  M'Coy,  Foss.  of  Ire- 
land, p.  172,  pi.  24,  fig.  5. 

1850.  Palaechinus  sphaericus.  D'Orbigny,  Prodrome,  vol.  1, 
p.  154. 

1858.  Palaechinus  sphaericus.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.    158. 

1862.  Palaechinus  sphaericus.  Dujardin  et  Hupe,  Echino- 
dermes,  p.  464. 

1869.  Palaechinus  sphaericus.  De  Koninck,  Bull.  Acad. 
Bruxelles,  ser.   2,  vol.  28,  p.  546,  fig.  1. 

1870.  Palaechinus  sphaericus.  De  Koninck,  Geol.  Mag.,  vol. 
7,  p.  259,  pi.  7,  fig.  1. 

1874.  Palaechinus   sphaericus.     Baily,    Journ.    Eoy.    Geol. 

Soc.  Ireland,  ser.  2,  vol.  4,  pt.  1,  p.  41. 
1874.  Palaechinus     sphaericus.      Loven,      Kongl.      Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  41. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  35 

1876.  Palaechinussphaericus.     Keeping,  Quart.  Journ.Geol. 

Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  pt.  1,  p.  38. 
1889.  Palaechinus    sphaericus.     Duncan,     Ann.    Mag.  Nat. 

Hist.,  ser.  6,  vol.  3,  p.  196,  figs.  2-7. 
1889.    Typhhchinus    sphaericus.      Neumayr,     Stamme     des 

Tiiicrreiches  Wirbcllose,  Bd.  1,  p.  362. 
1892.   Palaechinus    sphaericus.     Lohest,    Bull.    Soc.    Geol. 

Belgique,  T.  19,  p.  93. 

1897.  Palechinus  sphaericus.    Tornquist,  Abhdl.  Geol.  Karte 
Elsass-Lothr.,  Bd.  5,  Hft.  6,  p.  738,  taf.  21,  fig.  3. 

1901.  Palaechinus  sphei'icus.     Smith,  Fauna,    Flora,  Geol, 

Clyde  Area,  p.  285. 
1901.  Palaechinus  sphericus.     Hind  and  Howe,  Quart.  Journ. 
Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  57,  p.  352,  355. 

General  form  spherical.  Interambulacra  consist  of  six  or 
seven  columns  each.  Ambulacra  prominent,  convex,  with  two 
rows  of  pores  on  each  side.  Surface  ornamentation  minute 
tubercles.  No  ocular  plates,  the  five  genital  plates  forming  a 
closed  ring.  Four  of  the  genital  plates  have  three  pores  each, 
while  the  fifth  has  only  one. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Carboniferous  Lime- 
stone, Kirkby-Stephen,  Westmoreland. 

UNDETERMINED    OR     INSUFFICIENTLY    DETERMINED     SPECIES. 

1.  Palaechinus  paradoxus  Stuckenber<y. 

1898.  Palaechinus    paradoxus.      Stuckenberg,    AUgemeine 
Geol.  Karte  Russland,  Blatt  27,  p.  231,  343. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Carboniferous,  Kama 
Basin,  Russia. 

2.  Palaechinus  phillipsiae  Forbes. 

1848.  Palaechinus  Phillipsiae.     Forbes,  Mem.  Geol.  Surv. 

Great  Brit.,  vol.  2,  pt.  1,  p.  384,  tab.  29,  fig.  1. 
1852.   Palaechinus    Phillipsiae.      Roemer,    Bronn's    Leth. 

Geog.  bd.  1,  th.  2,  p.  288. 
1858.   Palaechinus  Phillipsiae.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.  159. 


86  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1862.  Palaechinus  PhiJUpsiae.     Dujardin  et  Hup^,  Echino- 
dermes,  p.  463. 

1874.  Palaechinus     PhiUipsiae.       Loven,     Kongl.     Svens. 
Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  41. 

1875.  Palaechinus  PhiUipsiae.    Queustedt,  Petref .  Deutschl. , 
bd.  3,  abth.  1,  p.  379,  tab.  75,  fig.  41. 

1889.  Palaechinus  PJiillipsiae.     Duncan,  Ann.    Mag.    Nat. 
Hist.,  ser.  6,  vol.  3,  p.  203. 
Geological    formation    and    locality:     Carboniferous,  Ire- 
land. 

3.  Palaechinus  robineti  Julien. 

1896.  Palaechinus  robineti.      Julien,    Terr.    Carb.    Marin 
France  Centrale,  p.  129,  pi.  3,  fig.  19b. 
Geological    formation    and    locality:     Carboniferous,    La 
Varville,  Siguret,  Central  France. 


4.  Palaechinus  rutoti  Julien. 

1896.  Palaechinus    Rutoti.     Julien,     Terr.      Carb.     Marin 
France  Centrale,  p.  129,  pi.  6,  fig.  8. 

Geological    formation    and    locality:    Carboniferous,  Sa- 
vigny,  Poil-Fol,  France. 

5.  Palaechinus  nov.  sp.  Julien 

1874.  Palaechinus  nov.  sp.  Julien,  Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci. 
Paris,  T.  78,  p.  76. 
Geological   formation    and    locality:    Carboniferous,  I'Ar- 
doisifere,  France. 

6.  Palaechinus  sp.  Mitchell. 

1897.  Palaechinus  sp.     Mitchell,  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  W., 
vol.  22,  pt.  2,  p.  258. 

Geological      formation     and     locality:     Upper    Silurian, 
Browning  Village,  County  Harden,  New  South  Wales. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  P'llae'echinoidea.  37 


7.  Palaechinus  sp.  Tornquist. 

1897.  Palaechinus     sp.       Tornquist,     Abhdl.     Geol.  Karte 
Elsass-Lothr.,  Bd.  5,  Hft.  6,  p.  763,  taf.  20,  fig.  6. 
Geological  formation  and  locality:   Carboniferous,   Huns- 
riickenwald,  Elsass,  Germany. 

c.  Oligoporus  Meek  and  Worthen  I860.* 

From  five  to  nine  columns  of  plates  in  each  interambu- 
lacrum,  and  four  columns  in  each  ambulacrum.  Two  pores 
in  each  ambulacral  plate. 

1.  Oligoporus  danae  Meek  and  Worthen. 

1860.  Melonites  Danae.     Meek    and   Worthen,  Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  p.  397. 
1860.    Oligoporus  Danae.     Meek  and  Worthen,  Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  p.  472. 
1866.    Oligoporus  Danae.     Meek  and  Worthen,  Geol.  Surv. 

111.,  vol.  2,  p.  249,  pi.  17,  fig.  8. 
1874.    Oligoporus   Danae.     Loven,    Kongl.    Svens.    Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  42. 
1889.    Oligoporus  danae.     Miller,   N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal.,  p. 

263,  fig.  373. 
1894.    Oligoporus  danae.     Keyes,  Mo.    Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  4, 

p.  126,  pi.  17.  figs.  2  a,  b. 
1894.    Oligo])orus   bellulus.     Miller  and  Gurley,  Bull.  No.  3 

111.  State  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  p.  7,  pi.  1,  fig.  3. 

1894.  Oligoporus  blairi.  Miller  and  Gurley,  Bull.  No.  3  111. 
State  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  p.  6,  pi.  1,  figs.  2,  6;  pi.  2, 
fig.  7. 

1895.  Oligoporus  danae.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 
vol.  2,  p.  182,  pi.  20,  figs.  2  a,  b. 

1896.  Oligoporus  danae.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer., 
vol.  7,  p.  193,  pi.  6,  figs.  30-34. 

Test  large,  subglobose.     Interambulacral  areas  lance-ovate. 


Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  I860;  p.  474. 


38  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

composed  of  nine  columns  each.  Ambulacral  areas  half  as 
wide  as  the  interambulacral.  Pores  circular,  two  to  each 
ambulacral  piece,  arranged  in  four  vertical  rows,  the  outer 
rows  more  or  less  zigzag.  Surface  covered  with  granules, 
about  twenty-five  to  each  larger  interambulacral  plate. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Keokuk  Group,  Jersey 
Co.,  near  Warsaw  and  Alton,  111.;  Fenton,  Curry ville  and 
Boonville,  Mo. ;   Keokuk,  Iowa. 

2.  Oligoporus  coreyi  Meek  and  Worthen. 

1870.    Oligoporus   Coreyi.     Meek  and  Worthen,  Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  p.  34. 
1874.    Oligoporus    Coreyi.     Loven,    Kongl.   Svens.    Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  42. 
1889.    Oligoporus   Coreyi.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal.,  p. 

263. 

1895.  Oligoporus  coreyi.      Keyes,    Proc.    Iowa   Acad.    Sci., 
vol.  2,  p.  183. 

1896.  Oligoporus  coreyi.     Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer., 
vol.  7,  p.  186,  pi.  6,  fig.  25-29. 

Body  small,  globose.  Interambulacra  twice  the  width  of 
the  ambulacra,  composed  of  six  columns  each.  Interambu- 
lacral plates  covered  with  small  tubercles.  Ambulacral  areas 
quite  deeply  furrowed.  Pores  of  the  ambulacral  plates  near 
the  outer  edge. 

Geological  formation  and  locahty:   Keokuk  Group,  Craw- 

fordsville,  Ind. 

3.  Oligoporus  missouriensis  Jackson. 

1896.  Oligoporus  missouriensis.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  184,  pi.  9,  figs.  50-52. 
Interambulacral  areas  composed  of  six  columns  each.  In- 
terambulacral plates  about  five  times  as  long  as  the  ambulacral 
and  curving  slightly  at  the  junction  with  the  ambulacral. 
No  accessory  ambulacral  plates.  Each  ambulacral  plate  pro- 
vided with  two  pores.  Ambulacral  plates  lying  opposite  the 
horizontal  sutures  between  the  interambulacral  plates  spread 
fan-shaped  on  the  outer  border. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Pnlae'echinoideu.  39 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Augusta  Limestone, 
Webb  City,  Mo. 

4.  Oligoporus  mutatus  Keyes. 

1894.  OHgoj)orus   mutatus.     Keyes,    Mo.  Geol.    Surv.,  vol. 
4,  p.  126,  pi.  15,  figs.  4  a,  b. 

1895.  Oligoporus  mutatus.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  vol. 
2,  p.  183,  pi.  18,  figs.  4  a,  b. 

Test  large,  spherical.  Interambulacral  areas  broad,  com- 
posed of  five  columns  of  plates  each.  Ambulacra  only  about 
half  as  wide,  very  convex,  elevated  centrally,  with  shallow 
bordering  furrows.     Surface  covered  with  fine  spines. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Keokuk  Limestone, 
Keokuk,  Iowa. 

5.  Oligoporus  nobilis  Meek  and  AVorthen. 

1868.    Oligoporus  nobilis.     Meek  and  Worthen,  Proc.  Acad. 
Nat.  Sci.  Phil,,  p.  358. 

1873.  Oligoporus  nobilis.     Meek  and  Worthen,  Geol.  Surv. 
111.,  vol.  5,  p.  476,  pi.  11,  fig.  3. 

1874.  Oligoporus  nobilis.      Loven,   Kougl.    Svens.    Vetens. 
Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  42. 

1889.    Oligoporus   nobilis.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal.,  p. 
263. 

1895.  Oligoporus    nobilis.     Keyes,    Proc.    Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 
vol.  2,  p.  182. 

1896.  Oligoporus  nobilis.     Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer., 
vol.  7,  p.  198,  pi.  6,  fig.  35. 

Body  large,  subglobose.  Interambulacra  composed  of  five 
columns  of  plates,  moderately  convex.  Ambulacra  nearly  flat, 
narrow,  lanceolate,  not  furrowed,  about  two-thirds  as  wide  as 
the  interambulacral  areas.  Two  pores  to  each  ambulacral 
piece,  forming  four  double  rows.  Entire  surface  ornamented 
with  coarse  granules,  from  forty  to  sixty  to  each  of  the  larger 
interambulacral  plates. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Burlington  Limestone, 
Calhoun  Co.,  and  Warsaw,  111. ;  Keokuk,  Iowa. 


40  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

6.  Oligoporus  parvus.   Hambach. 

1884.    Oligoporus  parvus.     Hambach,  Trans.  St.  Louis  Acad. 

Sci.,  vol.  4,  p.  550,  pi.  C,  fig.  3. 
1889.    Oligoporus    parvus.     Miller,  N.    Amer.     Geol.    Pal., 

p.  263. 

1894.  Oligoporus  parvus.     Keyes,  Mo.  Geol.    Surv.,  vol.  4, 
p.  127. 

1895.  Oligoporus  parvus.     Keyes,  Proc.   Iowa   Acad.    Sci., 
vol.  2,  p.   183. 

Interainbulacra  composed  of  five  columns  of  plates  each, 
nearly  one- third  wider  than  the  ambulacral  areas.  Ambu- 
lacra narrow  with  an  elevated  ridge  in  the  center.  Each 
plate  has  two  pores  near  the  outer  margin,  giving  two  double 
rows  of  pores  to  each  side  of  the  ridge.  Plates  coarsely 
granulated  and  covered  with  fine  short  spines. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  St.  Louis  Limestone, 
St.  Louis,  Mo.,  and  Hardin  Co.,  Ky. 

INSUFFICIENTLY    DETERMINED    SPECIES. 

1.  Oligoporus?  minutus  Beede. 

1899.  Oligoporus?  minutus.     Beede,  Kas.  Univ.  Quart.,  ser. 
A,  vol.  8,  no.  3,  p.  126,  pi.  32,  fig.  3. 

1900.  Oligoporus?  minutus.     Beede,  Univ.  Geol.  Surv.  Kas., 
vol.  6,  p.  49,  pi.  7,  fig.  3. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Deer  Creek  Ivime- 
stone,  northeast  of  Topeka,  Kas. 

d.  Melonites  Owen  and  Norwood  1846.* 

Syn.  Melonechinus  Meek  and  Worthen  1860. f 

Melechinus  Quenstedt  1875. t 

From  five  to  nine  (sometimes  more)  columns  of  plates  in 
each  interambulacrum  and  ten  columns  in  each  ambulacrum. 
Two  rows  of  pores  to  each  ambulacrum. 


*  Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  2,  vol.  2,  p.  225. 

t  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  p.  396. 

X  Petref.  Deutschl.,  abth.  1,  bd.  3,  p.  381,  pi.  75,  flgs.  U-50. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Pulae'echinoidea.  41 

1,  Melonites  crassus  Hambach. 

1884.   Melonites  crassus.     Hambach,  Trans.  St.  Louis  Acad. 

Sci.,  vol.  4,  p.  548,  pi.  C,  fig.  1. 
1889.  Melonites     crassus.     Miller,    N.    Amer.     Geol.     Pal., 

p.  261. 

1894.  Melonites  crassus.     Keyes,  Mo.    Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  4, 
p.  126. 

1895.  Melonites  crassus.     Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  vol. 
2,  p.  182. 

Body  large,  globose,  composed  of  very  thick  plates.  Inter- 
ambulacra  lanceolate,  moderately  convex,  with  five  columns 
of  plates  each.  Ambulacra  twice  as  wide  as  the  interambu- 
lacra,  with  a  very  high  ridge  in  the  center  of  each  field. 
Each  plate  is  perforated  by  two  pores.  Surface  of  the  ambu- 
lacra covered  with  small  spines  about  ^  inch  long,  and  that  of 
the  interambulacra  with  spines  about  -^w  inch  long.  From 
forty-five  to  sixty-eight  may  be  counted  to  each  of  the  larger 
interambulacral  plates. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Lower  St.  Louis 
Limestone,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

2.  Melonites  dispar  Fischer. 

1848.  Palaechinus  dispar.     Fischer,  Bull.   Soc.   Imp.    Mos- 
cow, T.  21,  p.  243,  pi.  3,  figs.  4  a-d. 
1862.    Falaechinus    dispar.     Dujardin     et     Hupe,     Echino- 

dermes,  p.  464. 
1874.  Melonites  dispar.    Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens.  Akad. 
Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  42. 
Body   spherical,    convex.     Pores    piercing  the  ambulacral 
plates  unequal,  one  being  larger  than  the   other.     Tubercles 
very  small  and  few. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Carboniferous  Lime- 
stone, Ratofka,  Moscow,  Russia. 

3.  Melonites  irregularis  Hambach. 

1884.  Melonites   irregrdaris.     Hambach,    Trans.    St.    Louis 
Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  4,  p.  549,  pi.  C,  fig.  2. 


42  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1889.  Melonites  irregularis.  Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 
p.  261. 

Body  globose  and  very  small.  Interambulacral  areas 
composed  of  from  five  to  seven  columns  of  very  small  and 
irregular  plates.  Ambulacra  not  quite  as  wide  as  the  inter- 
ambulacra,  with  a  shallow  ridge  in  the  center  of  each  field. 
Surface  ornamented  with  coarse  granules. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Upper  St.  Louis 
Limestone,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

4.  Melonites  multiporus  Norwood  and  Owen. 

1846.  Melonites  iiuiltipora.  Norwood  and  Owen,  Amer. 
Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  2,  vol.  2,  p.  225,  figs.  1-3. 

1847.  Melonites  multipora.  Engelmann,  Amer.  Journ.  Sci., 
ser.  2,  vol.  3,  p.  124. 

1850.  Palaechinus   multipora.     D'Orbigny,  Prodrome,  vol. 

l,p.  154. 
1852.  Melonites  multipora.     Roemer,  Bronn's  Leth.  Geog., 

Bd.  1,  Th.  1,  p.  288. 
1858.  Melonites  multipora.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.  159. 

1861.  Melonites  inuliipora.  Roemer,  Archiv  Naturgesch., 
Jahrg.  21,  Bd.  1,  p.  312,  pi.  12. 

1862.  Melonites  multipora.  Dujardin  et  Hupe',  Echinoder- 
mes,  p.  464. 

1863.  Palaechinus  multipora.  Dana,  Man.  Geol.,  p.  313, 
fig.  536. 

1866.  Melonites  multipora.  Meek  and  Worthen,  Geol.  Surv. 
111.,  vol.  2,  p.  227,  figs.  21,  22. 

1867.  Palaechinus  (Melonites)  multipora.  Dana,  Man. 
Geol.,  p.  313,  fig.  536. 

1869.  Melonites  8tewartii.  Safford,  Geol.  Tenn.,  p.  346, 
pi.  6,  figs.  1  a-d. 

1874.  Melonites  7nultip)ora.  Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 
Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  42. 

1875.  Melonites  multipora.  Quenstedt,  Petref.  Deutschl., 
p.  380,  tab.  75,  figs.  44-50. 

1889.  Melonites  multiporus.  Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 
p.  261,  figs.  364-366. 


Kleni  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  43 

1894.  Melonites  muKipora.  Keyes,  Mo.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.4, 
p.  125,  pi.  16,  figs.  1  a,  b;   pi.  17,  figs.  1  a-c. 

1894.  Melonites  indianensis.  Miller  and  Gurley,  Bull.  No. 
3,  111.  State  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  p.  5,  pi.  1,  fig.  1. 

1894.  Olif/ojjorus  siclcatiis.  Miller  and  Gurley,  Bull.  No.  3, 
III.  State  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  p.  8,  pi.  1,  figs.  4,  5. 

1895.  Melonites  mnltipora.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 
vol.  2,  p.  181,  pi.  19,  figs,  la,  b;  pi.  20,  figs.  1  a-c. 

1896.  Melonites  multiporus.  Jackson  and  Jaggar,  Bull. 
Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  135,  pi.  2,  figs.  1-7;  pi. 
3,  figs.  10-17;   pi.  4,  fig.  18;   pi.  5,  fig.  20. 

1896.  Melonites  giganteus.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer., 
vol.  7,  p.   172,  pi.  4,  fig.  19;   pi.  5,  figs.  21-24. 

Test  large  and  spherical.  Interambulacrum  composed  of 
from  seven  to  ten  or  even  more  columns  of  plates.  Ambu- 
lacrum about  two-thirds  as  wide  as  the  interambulacrum, 
composed  of  very  irregular  plates.  Surface  covered  with 
numerous  small  granules,  about  thirtv  to  each  interambulacral 
plate. 

Remarks.  After  examining  a  number  of  specimens  as 
large  as  that  figured  by  Mr.  Jackson  as  Melonites  giganteus, 
and  comparing  them  with  specimens  of  Melonites  multiporus, 
I  feel  that  Melonites  giganteus  should  be  considered  an  accel- 
erated development  of  Melonites  multiporus,  and  therefore 
synonymous  with  it.  Its  claim  to  validity  rests  on  its  large 
size  and  upon  the  fact  that  there  are  ten  or  eleven  columns  in 
each  interambulacral  area.  In  a  collection  of  several  hundred 
specimens  of  Melonites  multiporus  one  can  find  any  number 
with  ten,  eleven  and  even  twelve  columns  in  one  or  more  in- 
terambulacral areas,  but  which  agree  in  every  other  essential 
feature  with  Melonites  multipoi'us. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  St.  Louis  Limestone, 
St.  Louis,  Mo. ;  Clarksville  and  Charlotte,  Tenn. ;  Greenville, 
Harrison  Co.,  Indiana;  Bowling  Green,  Ky. 

5.  Melonites  septenarius  Jackson. 

1896.  Melonites  septenarius.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol,  Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  182,  pi.  9,  fig.  49. 


44  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Body  quite  small,  wider  at  the  lower  end  and  the  sides 
tapering,  giving  more  of  a  pear  shape  to  the  body.  Seven 
columns  of  plates  in  each  interambulacrum  and  only  eight  in 
each  ambulacrum. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Warsaw  Group,  Buz- 
zard's Roost,  Franklin  Co.,  Ala. 


UNDETERMINED    OR    INSUFFICIENTLY    DETERMINED    SPECIES. 

1.  Melonites  etheridgii  Keeping. 

1876.  Melonites  Etheridgii.     Keeping,   Quart.  Journ.  Geol. 
Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  pt.  4,  p.  398,  figs.  1-6. 

1896.  Melonites  etheridgii.     Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer., 
vol.  7,  p.  240. 

Mr.  Keeping  made  his  description  from  such  fragments 
that  the  species'  claim  to  validity  does  not  rest  on  a  firm  basis. 
As  Prof.  Morris  justly  remarked  in  the  discussion  following 
the  reading  of  Mr.  Keeping's  paper,  "the  specimen  was  in  too 
imperfect  a  state  of  preservation  to  show  whether  the  valleys 
described  by  the  author  as  dividing  the  ambulacral  areas 
really  existed." 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Carboniferous,  Derby- 
shire. 

2.  Melonites  nov.  sp.  Julien. 

1874.  Melonites  nov.    sp.  Julien,  Compt.   Rend.  Acad.   Sci. 
Paris,  T.  78,  p.  76. 
Geological    formation  and  locality :    Carboniferous,  L'Ar- 
doisifere,  France. 

3.  Melonites  Tornquist. 

1897.  Melonites.     Tornquist,  Abhdl.  Geol.  Karte  Elsass,  Bd. 
5,  Hft.  6,  p.  763,  taf .  20,  fig.   7. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Carboniferous,  Huns- 
riickenwald,  Elsass,  Germany. 


I^lem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  45 


IV.  Archaeocidaridae  M'Coj  1844.* 

Test  spherical,  more  or  less  compressed  or  flattened. 
Never  less  than  four  columns  of  plates  in  each  interambu- 
lacrum.  Each  interambulacral  plate  is  provided  with  a  large 
tubercle  for  the  attachment  of  a  long  spine.  Two  columns 
of  plates  in  each  ambulacrum,  each  plate  pierced  by  two 
pores.     Plates  imbricate  slightly. 


a.  Archaeocidaris  M'Coy  1844. f 

Syn.  Echinocrinus  Agassiz  1841.  J 

Palaeocidaris  Desor  1846. § 

Each  primary  tubercle  is  surrounded  by   a  flat  scrobicule 
and  a  circlet  of  granules. 


&■ 


1.  Archaeocidaris  aculeatus  Shumard. 

1858.  Archaeocidaris  verrieuiliana.  Swallow.  Trans.  St. 
Louis  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  1,  180. 

1858.  Archaeocidaris  aculeatus.  Shumard,  Trans.  St.  Louis 
Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  1,  p.  223. 

1874.  Archaeocidaris  aculeatus.  Loven,  Kongl.  Sveus.  Vet- 
ens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  43. 

1889.  Archaeocidaris  aculeata.  Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 
p.  225. 

1894.  Archaeocidaris  aculeata.  Keyes,  Mo.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol. 
4,  p.  130,  pi.  15,  flg.  3. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  aculeata.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 
Sci.  vol.  2,  p.  188,  pi.  18,  fig.  3. 

The  primary  tubercles  are    small  but   prominent,  situated 
on   an  elevated   smooth  boss  with  deep  circular  canal.     The 


*  Foss.  of  Ireland,  p.  173. 

t  Fo88  of  Ireland,  p.  173. 

%  Monographies  des  Echiuodcrmes  2de  liv.,  p.  15. 

§  Catalogue  raisson^,  p.  36. 


46  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

areola  is  broad  with  the  exterior  margin  marked  with  very 
obscure  radiating  striae.  Around  the  areola  is  a  ring  of  sec- 
ondary tubercles,  succeeded  by  many  fine  granules  and  sec- 
ondary tubercles. 

The  primary  spines  are  elongate,  fusiform,  with  strongly 
curved  bases.  Some  are  also  slightly  curved  at  the  apex. 
The  base  ring  is  small  and  finely  milled.  Surface  finely  stri- 
ated longitudinally  and  covered  with  many  short  spines  set 
obliquely  to  the  main  axis. 

Geological  position  and  locality :  Middle  Permian,  west  of 
Council  Groves,  Kansas;  Upper  Coal  Measures,  Verdigris 
River  Valley,  and  Santa  Fe  Road;  Fort  Belknap,  Texas; 
New  Point,  Jackson  County,  Missouri. 


2.  Archaeocidaris  agassizi  Hall. 

1858.  Archaeocidai'is  agassizi.  Hall,  Geol.  Iowa,  vol.  1, 
pt.  2,  p.   698,  pi.  26,  figs.  1  a-d. 

1874.  Archaeocidaris  Agassizi.  Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vet- 
ens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  43. 

1889.  Archaeocidaris  agassizi.  Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol. 
Pal.,  p.  225,  fig.  249. 

1894.  Archaeocidaris  agassizi.  Keyes,  Mo.  Geol.  Surv., 
vol.  4,  p.  127,  pi.  15,  fig.  5. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  agassizi,  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 
vol.  2,  p.  185,  pi.  18,  fig.  5. 

1896.  Archaeocidaris  agassizii.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  213. 

1897.  Archaeocidaris  agassizi.  Beede,  Trans.  Acad.  Sci. 
Kas.,  vol.  16,  p.  77. 

1900.  Archaeocidaris  agassizi.  Beede,  Univ.  Geol.  Surv., 
Kas.,  vol.  6.  p.  48,  pi.  8,  figs.  6-6  e. 

Primary  tubercle  slender,  tubuliform,  projecting  above  the 
surrounding  annulation.  Deep  concavity  between  the  tubercle 
and  the  inner  edge  of  the  annulation.  Distinct  annular 
ridge  followed  by  a  depression  and  a  second  elevation  toward 
the  margin  which  is  ornamented  with  nodes. 

Primary  spines,  elongated   and    compressed.     Below  they 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  47 

contract  and  taper  gradually  toward  the  summit.  Surface  of 
the  lower  portion  smooth ;  the  upper  part  muricated,  having 
small  spiniform  tubercles  in  quincunx  order.  Point  of  attach- 
ment somewhat  elongate.     Annulation  strongly  striated. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Burlington  Limestone, 
Burlington,  Iowa;  Hannibal,  Mo.;  Upper  Coal  Measures, 
Topeka,  Kas. 

3.  Archaeocidaris  biangulatus  Shumard. 

1858.  Archaeocidaris    biangulatus.       Shumard,    Trans.    St. 

Louis  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  1,  p.  224. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris    hiangidata.      Loven,   Kongl.    Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  44. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris  biangulata.      Miller,  N.   Amer.    Geol. 

Pal.  p.,  225. 

1894.  Archaeocidaris  biangulata.     Keyes,  Mo.  Geol.  Surv., 
vol.  4,  p.  130,  pi.  15,  figs.  1  a-c. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris     biangulata.       Keyes,      Proc.     Iowa 
Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  185,  pi.  15,  figs.  la-c. 

Areola  subhexagonal,  covered  with  very  minute  radiating 
striae,  inner  ring  narrow  and  prominent. 

Primary  spines  very  long  and  slender,  marked  with  fine 
longitudinal  striae.  Immediately  above  the  base  the  spines 
are  cylindrical,  but  soon  become  flattened  and  angular.  The 
edges  are  ornamented  with  short  flattened  projections,  set 
obliquely  to  the  main  axis.  The  expanded  part  of  the  base 
of  the  spines  is  strongly  striated. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Middle  and  Upper  Coal 
Measures,  Lexington  and  Kansas  City,  Mo. 

4.  Archaeocidaris  gratis  White. 

1876.  Archaeocidaris  cratis.     White,  Powell's    Rep.    Geol. 

Uinta  Mts.,  p.  109. 
1880.  Archaeocidaris   cratis.     White,   Cont.   to    Inv.    Pal., 

No.  6,  p.  130,  pi.  33,  fig.  2  a. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris  cratis.     Miller   N.  Amer.   Geol.  Pal., 

p.  225. 


48  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  cratis.     Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 

vol.  2,  p.  188. 
1903.  Archaeocidaris  cratis.       Girty,    U.    S.    Geol.    Surv., 
Professional  Paper  No.  16,  p.  331. 

Spines  slender,  tapering  gradually  to  the  apex,  ornamented 
with  well  defined  spinules  some  distance  apart.  Basal  ring 
prominent  with  finely  crenulated  edges,  otherwise  plain. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Middle  Carboniferous, 
confluence  of  the  Grand  and  Green  Eivers,  Utah ;  Crested 
Butte  district,  Leadville  district  and  Ouray,  Colo. 


5.  Archaeocidaris  dininni  White. 

1880.  Archaeocidaris    dininni.     White,    Proc.    U.    S.    Nat. 

Mus.,  vol.  2,  p.  260,  pi.  1,  figs.  13-15. 
1880.  Archaeocidaris  dininni.     White,  Cont.  to  Inv.    Pal., 

No.  6,  p.  131,  pi.  35,  figs.  6  a-c. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris  diniwii.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 

p.  225. 

1894.  Archaeocidaris  dininni.  Keyes,  Mo.  Geol.  Surv., 
vol.  4,  p.  130,  pi.  15,  tigs.  6  a-c. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  dininni.  Keyes,  Proc.Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 
vol.  2,  p.  190,  pi.  18,  figs.  6  a-c. 

Primary  spines  fusiform  and  strong.  Neck  short  and  plain, 
the  rest  of  the  spine  studded  with  many  spinules  at  nearly 
right  angles  to  the  main  axis,  except  near  the  summit  where 
they  stand  obliquely  upward.  Spinules  most  numerous  and 
strongest  near  the  base.  Smaller  spines  more  slender  and 
some  without  a  basal  ring. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Upper  Coal  Measures, 
near  Tecumseh,  Neb. ;  Kansas  City,  Mo. ;   Red  Oak,  Iowa. 

6.  Archaeocidaris  edgarensis  Worthen  and  Miller. 

1883.  Archaeocidaris  edgarensis.  Worthen  and  Miller, 
Geol.  Surv.  111.,  vol.  7,  p.  337,  pi.  30,  figs.  15  a-c. 

1889.  Archaeocidaris  edgarensis.  Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol. 
Pal.,  p.  225. 


EXem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palaeechinoidea.  49 

1891,  ArcJiaeocidaris  edgarensis.  Keyes,  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. 
Sci.  Phil.,  p.  245. 

Primary  spines  long,  cylindrical,  tapering  gradually. 
Strongly  striated  ring  at  the  base.  Upper  portion  of  the 
spines  for  about  three-fourths  of  their  length  are  set  with 
short  lateral  spinules  pointing  upward.  Spine  terminates  in 
a  mucronate  point. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Upper  Coal  Measures, 
near  Baldwinsville,  Edgar  Co.,  111.;  Lower  Coal  Measures, 
Des  Moines,  Iowa. 


7.  Archaeocidaris  gracilis  Newberry. 

1861.  ArcJiaeocidaris  gracilis.     Newberry,  Ives' Colo.  Expl. 

Exped.,  pt.  3,  p.  117,  pi.  1,  figs.  4,  4  a. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris  gracilis.     Loven,   Kongl.    Svens.  Vet- 
ens.  Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  44. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris  gracilis.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 
p.  225. 
Circle  of  small  tubercles  around  the  primary  tubercle,  which 
is  deeply  perforated.     Spines  slender,  conical,  circular  in  sec- 
tion, set  with  fine  granulations,  scattered  toward  the  apex. 
Basal  ring  crenulated  and  prominent. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:    Upper  Carboniferous, 
Banks  of  the  Colorado  Eiver. 


8.  Archaeocidaris  illinoisensis  Worthen  and  Miller. 

1883.  Archaeocidaris    iUinoiensis.      Worthen     and    Miller, 

Geol.  Surv%  111.,  vol.  7,  p.  338,  pi.  31,  figs.  1  a-b. 
1889.  Arcliaeocidaris  illinoisensis.      Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol. 

Pal.,  p.  225. 
1895.  ArcJiaeocidaris  illinoisensis.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 
Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  187. 
Primary  spines  stout,  cylindrical,  tapering  gradually. 
Articulating  ring  subangular,  just  above  which  the  spines  are 
slightly  curved.  Above  this  they  are  studded  with  short  sharp 
spinules  directed  outward  and  slightly  upward. 


50  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Geologiccal  formation  and  locality:  St.  Louis  Limestone, 
Hardin  Co.,  111. 

9.  Archaeocidaris  keokuk  Hall. 

1858.  Archaeocidaris  keokuk.     Hall,  Geol.   Iowa,  vol.  1,  pt. 

2,  p.  699,  pi.  26,  figs.  2  a,  b. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris  Keokuk.  Love'n,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  43. 

1889.  Archaeocidaris  keokuk.  Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 
p.  225. 

1894.  Archaeocidaris  keokuk.  Keyes,  Mo.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol. 
4,  p.  128. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  keokuk.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 
vol.   2,  p.  186. 

Central  tubercle  papillif  orm  with  a  depressed  space  between 
it  and  the  annulation.  Beyond  the  annulation  is  a  flattened 
elevation.     Surface  between  this  and  the  nodulose  rim  concave. 

Primary  spines  round,  muricate,  ridged  and  having  spini- 
form  tubercles.  Spines  expand  near  the  base  into  a  subangu- 
lar  annulation. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Keokuk  Limestone, 
Warsaw,  111.;   Clark  Co.  and  Boonville,  Mo. 

10.  Archaeocidaris  legrandensis  Miller  and  Gurley. 

1890.  Archaeocidaris  legrandf^nsis .  Miller  and  Gurley,  16th 
Rep.  Geol.  Surv.  Ind.,  p.  373,  pi.  10,  fig.  15. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  legrandensis.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 
Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  185.  ^ 

Primary  tubercles  large,  occupying  about  half  the  plate. 
Annular  ring  obscure,  with  a  concave  depression  around  it 
and  a  distinct  elevation  toward  the  margin.  Margin  studded 
with  obscure  nodes. 

Primary  spines  very  long,  cylindrical  and  smooth.  At  the 
base  the  spine  is  contracted  a  little  with  a  slight  swelling 
immediately  above.     Spines  taper  gradually. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Kinderhook  Group,  Le 
Grand,  Iowa. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  51 


11.  Archaeocidaris  longispinus  Newberry. 

1861.   Archaeocidai'is    longispinufi.     Newberry,    Ives'    Colo. 

Expl.  Exped.,  pt.  3,  p.  116,  pi.  1,  fig.  1,  1  a. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris    longispina.      Loven,    Kongl.    Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  44. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris  longisjnna.     Miller,    N.  Amer.    Geol. 

Pal.,  p.  225. 
1895.  Archaeocidaris  longisjnnus .    Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 

Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  191. 
Primary  spines  elongate,  fusiform,  cylindrical  in  section. 
Surface  smooth  or  finely  striated  lengthwise.    Basal  ring  small 
and  crenulated  slightly.     Spines  curve  slightly  above  the  ring, 
otherwise  straight  throughout. 

Geological  formation  and    locality:   Upper  Carboniferous, 
Banks  of  the  Colorado  River. 


12.  Archaeocidaris  megastylus  Shumard. 

1858.  ArcJiaeocidaris  megastylus.    Shumard,  Trans.  St.  Louis 

Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  1,  p.  225. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris    megastylis.       Love'n,    Kongl.    Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  44. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris  megastylus.     Miller,    N.  Amer.    Geol. 

Pal.,  p.  225. 

1894.  ArcJiaeocidaris  megastylus.  Keyes,  Mo.  Geol.  Surv., 
vol.  4,  p.  129,  pi.  15,  figs.  2  a,  b. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  megastylus.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 
Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  189,  pi.  18,  figs.  2  a-b. 

1900.  Archaeocidaris  megastylus.  Beede,  Univ.  Geol.  Surv. 
Kas.,  vol.  6,  p.  49,  pi.  8,  fig.   7. 

Boss  broad  and  smooth.  Areolar  surface  very  broad, 
slightly  concave  at  the  exterior  part  and  surrounded  by  a  row 
of  small  secondary  tubercles. 

Primary  spines  long,  robust,  fusiform,  very  finely  striated 
longitudinally  and  studded  with  fine  granules  or  minute  short 
spines.     Basal  ring  oblique  to  the  axis  with  crenulated  border. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:    Upper  Coal  Measures, 


52  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Headwaters  of  the  Verdigris  River  and  in  the  valley  of  the 
Cottonwood  Creek,  Kansas;  Independence,  Mo. 


13.  Arciiaeocidaris  mucronatus  Meek  and  Worthen. 

1860.  Archaeocidaris  mucronata .     Meek  and  Worthen,  Proc. 

Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  p.  395. 
1866.  Archaeocidaris  mucronata .     Meek  and  Worthen,  Geol. 

Surv.  111.,  vol.  2,  p.  295,  pi.  23,  figs.  3  a-c. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris    mucronata.     Loven,     Kongl.     Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris   mucronata.     Miller,    N.  Amer.  Geol. 

Pal.,  p.  225. 
1895.  Archaeocidaris  mucronata.     Kejes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 

Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  188. 
Central  tubercle  prominent  with  a  distinct  annular  groove. 
Primary  spines  long  and  tapering  with  a  slight  curvature 
above  the  articulating  extremity.  Ring  very  distinct,  smooth, 
somewhat  angular.  Spines  armed  with  sharp  short  lateral 
spinules  directed  obliquely  outward  and  upward.  Spines 
marked  with  very  fine  obscure  longitudinal  striae. 

Geological    formation    and    locality :    Chester   Limestone, 
Liberty,  Randolph  Co.,  and  Chester,  111. 


14.  Archaeocidaris  nerii  Miinster. 

1840.    Cidarites  Nerei.     Miinster,  Beitr.  I.,  p.    40,  tab.   3, 

figs.  6  a-d, 
1840.    Cidarites  Protei.     Miinster,  Beitr.  I.,  p.  40. 

1842.  Cidaris  Protei.     Koninck,  Desc.  Ann.   Foss.,  p.  34, 
tab.  E,  figs.  1  a-i. 

1843.  Cidaris  Nerei.     Portlock,  Geol.  Rep.,  p.  352. 
1847.  Palaeocidaris   Nerei.     Desor  et  Agassiz,   Cat.  Rais., 

p.  36. 
1847.  Palaeocidaris  Protei.     Desor    et    Agassiz,  Cat.  Rais., 

p.  36. 
1850.  Echinocrinus  Nerei.     D'Orbigny,  Prodrome,  vol.    1, 

p.  154. 


Klem — Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  53 

1850.  EcJiinocrinus  Protei.     D'Orbigny,  Prodrome,  vol.  1, 

p.  154. 
1854.  Palaeocidaris   Nerei.     Vogt,  Lehrbuch   d.    Geol.    u. 

Petref.,  Aufl.  2,  Bd.  1,  p.  314. 
1858.  Archaeocidaris  JSferei.     Desor,    Syn.,  p.   154,  tab.  1, 

fig.  6. 
1862.  Archaeocidaris  JSferei.     Dujardin  et  Hupe,  Echinoder- 

mes,  p.  465. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris  Nerei.     Lovdn,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 

1896.  Archaeocidaris    Nerei.     Julien,     Terr.     Curb,    de    la 
France  Centrale,  p.  126,  pi.  6,  figs.  6,  7. 

1897.  Archaeocidaris   Nerei.     Leyh,    Zeitsch.    Deut.    Geol. 
Gesell.,  Bd.  49,  p.  540. 

Eing  around  each  primary  tubercle  very  marked.  Scrobi- 
cule  surrounded  by  a  circle  of  small  radiating  ridges  instead 
of  granules.  Spines  cylindrical,  sometimes  striated,  some- 
times finely  spinous  with  a  tendency  to  branch  near  the  apex. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Carboniferous,  Reguitz- 
losau  and  Tournay,  Belgium;  La  Varville  and  Siguret, 
France. 

15.  Archaeocidaris  newberryi  Hambach. 

1884.  Archaeocidaris  newherryi.    Hambach,  Trans.  St.  Louis 

Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  4,  p.  551,  pi.  D,  fig.  1. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris    newherryi.     Miller,    N.  Amcr.    Geol. 
Pal.,  p.  225. 

1894.  Archaeocidaris  newberryi.     Keyes,   Mo.  Geol.  Surv., 
vol.  4,  p.  129. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  newherryi.     Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 
Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  187. 

Primary  tubercle  papilliform  with  a  double  annulation, 
and  a  ring  of  granules  beyond.  Spines  elongate,  slightly 
compressed  toward  the  summit  and  bent  just  above  the  cren- 
ulated  annulation.  Surface  of  the  spines  finely  striated  and 
ornamented  with  small  ascending  spinules. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  St.  Louis  Limestone, 
St.  Louis,  Mo. 


54  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


16.  Archaeocidaris  norwoodi  Hall. 

1858.  Archaeocidaris  nortvoodi.     Hall,   Geol.  Iowa,  vol.   1, 

pt.  2,  p.  701,  pi.  26,  figs.  5  a-e. 
1867.  Archaeocidaris  Norwoodi.     Dana,  Man.  Geol.,  p.  312, 

fiof.  535. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris      JVorwoodi.     Loven,     Kongl.     Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris    nortvoodi.     Miller,    N.    Amer.    Geol. 

Pal.,  p.  225. 

1894.  Archaeocidaris    noriuoodi.     Keyes,   Mo.   Geol.    Surv., 
vol.  4,  p.  129. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  norwoodi.     Keyes,   Proc.    Iowa  Acad. 
Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  188. 

Primary  tubercles  papilliform  with  thickened  sides  raised 
above  the  annulation.  Margin  of  the  annulation  thickened, 
rounded  and  spreading  into  a  flattened  disk.  Space  between 
slightly  depressed  and  sometimes  having  radiating  ridges. 

Primary  spines  slender,  elongated,  slightly  curving,  longi- 
tudinally striated  below  and  muricate  above.  Fine  sharply 
elevated  denticles  and  short  round  diverging  spinules  at  inter- 
vals along  the  spines.     Intermediate  surface  granulose. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Kaskaskia  Limestone, 
Chester  and  Kaskaskia,  111. ;  near  St.  Louis,  Mo. 


17.  Archaeocidaris  ornatus   Newberry. 

1861.  Archaeocidaris  ornatus.     Newberry,  Ives'  Colo.  Expl. 

Exped.,  p.  116,  pi.  1,  fig.  2,  3,  3  a. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris  ornata .     Love'n,  Kongl.  Sveus.  Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  No.  7,  p.  44. 
1877.  Archaeocidaris    oimatus.     White,  U.   S.   Geog.    Surv. 

W.  100  Merid.,  vol.  4,  page  104,  pi.  6,  fig.  7. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris  ornata.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 

p.  225. 
1895.  Archaeocidaris  ornatus.      Keyes,    Proc.    Iowa    Acad. 

Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  191. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'ichinoidea.  55 

1903.  Archaeocidaris  ornata.  Girty,U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Pro- 
fessional Paper  No.  16,  p.  331. 

Primary  spines  fusiform  and  strong.  For  a  short  dis- 
tance above  the  basal  ring  the  surface  is  plain  or  not  conspic- 
uously marked.  Above  this  it  is  thickly  set  with  spinules 
arranged  in  an  imperfect  spiral  line.  Basal  rings  rather  large 
with  crenulated  border. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Upper  Carboniferous 
Limestone,  Banks  of  the  Colorado  River;  Ojo  del  Oso,  near 
Fort  Wingate,  New  Mexico ;  San  Juan  region,  Leadville  dis- 
trict, Colo. 

18.  Archaeocidaris  rossicus  von  Buch. 

1842.    Cidaris  Rossicus.     von  Buch,   Karsten's  Archiv,  Bd. 

16,  p.  523. 
1845.    Cidarites  Rossicus.  Murchison,  Verneuil,    Keyserling, 

Geol.  Russ.   d'Europe,  vol.  2,  p.  16,    396, pi.  1,  tigs. 

2  a-e. 
1847.   Palaeocidaris  Rossica.     Desor  et  Agassiz,  Cat.  Rais., 

p.  36. 
1850.  Echinocrinus  Rossica.     D'Orbigny,  Prodrome,  vol.  1, 

p.  154. 
1854.  Palaeocidaris   rossica.     Vogt,  Lehrbuch    d.   Geol.    u. 

Petref.,  2  Aufl.,  Bd.  1,  p.  314. 
1858.   Eocidaris  Rossica.     Desor,  Syu.,  p.  156,  pi.  21,  tigs. 

3-6. 
1860.   Echinocrinus  Duecalionis.     Eichwald,  Leth.Ross.,  T. 

1,  p.  652. 
1860.  Echinocrinus  ornaius.     Eichwald,  Leth.  Ross.,  T.  1,  p. 

654,  tab.  32,  tig.  24. 
1862.   Eocidaris  rossica.     Dujardin  et  Hupe,  Echinodermes, 

p.  467. 
1866.  Eocidaris  Rossicus.     Geinitz,  Carb.  u.  Dyas  in  Nebr., 

p.  61. 
1868.  Archaeocidaris  rossicus.     Trautschold,  Bull.  Soc,  Nat. 

Moscou,  vol.  41,  p.  467,  pi.  9. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris  rossica.     Loven,  Kongl.  Sveus.  Vetens. 

Akad.  Haudl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 


56  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

1879.  Archaeocidaris    rossica.      Trautschold,    Nouv.     Mem. 

Soc.  Imp.  Nat.  Moscou,  t.  14,  liv.  1,  p.  5,  tab.  2,  figs. 

1  a-e. 
1896.  Archaeocidaris  rossica.     Tornquist.  Neu.  Jabrb.  Miner. 

Geol.  u.  Pal.,  bd.  2,  p.  27,  taf.  4,  figs.  1-8. 
1900.  Archaeocidaris   rossica.     Hesse,  Neu.    Jabrb.    Miner. 

Geol.  u.  Pal.,  beil.-bd.  13,  p.  213. 
Scrobicule  large,  embracing  nearly  tbe  wbole  plate.     Edges 
ornamented  witb   small    granules.     Spines  large  witb  smooth 
rino;  and  covered  with  fine  ajranules  not  arranged  in  series. 

Geological  formation  and  locality  :  Subcarboniferous  :  Pas- 
kra,  Staritza,  Ivanof,  Utega,  Kopocheva,  Kosimol,  Mjatch- 
kova  Podolesk,  Russia. 

19.  Archaeocidaris  shumardanus  Hall. 

1858.  Archaeocidaris  shumardana .  Hall,  Geol.  Iowa,  vol.  1, 
pt.  2,  p.  699,  pi.  26,  figs.  3a-d. 

1867.  Archaeocidaris  Shumardana.  Dana,  Man.  Geol., 
p.  312,  fig.  534. 

1874.  Archaeocidaris  sJiumardana.  Loven,  Kongl.  Svens. 
Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 

1884.  Archaeocidaris  cf.  Shumardana.  Walcott,  Pal.  Eu- 
reka Dist.,  p.  212. 

1889.  Archaeocidaris  shumardana.  Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol. 
Pal.,  p.  225. 

1894.  Archaeocidaris  shumardana.  Keyes,  Mo.  Geol.  Surv., 
vol.   4,  p.  128. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  shumardiana.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa 
Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  186. 

Primary  tubercles  papilliform  with  a  deep  space  between 
the  tubercle  and  the  annulation.  Annulation  has  an  abrupt 
upper  margin,  swelling  out  below  into  a  convex  rim.  Surface 
between  this  rim  and  the  elevated  nodose  margin  is  abruptly 
concave.  Primary  spines  short,  smooth  or  finely  striated 
near  the  base,  otherwise  muricate  with  ascending  nodes. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Warsaw  Limestone, 
Warsaw,  111. ;  Lower  Carboniferous,  Eureka  District,  Nevada ; 
Keokuk  Limestone,  La  Grange,  Mo. 


Klem — Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  57 

20.  Arciiaeocidaris  spinoclavatus  Worthen  and  Miller. 

1873.  Archaeocidarifi?    (sj).    undet).      Meek    and  Worthen, 

Geol.  Surv.  111.,  vol.  5,  pi.  24,  figs.  13a-e. 
1883.  Arckaeocidaris    spinoclavatus.     Worthen  and  Miller, 

Geol.  Surv.  111.,  vol.  7,  p.  337,  pi.  30,  figs.  14a-e. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris  spinoclavata.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol. 

Pal.,  p.  225. 
1895.  Ai'chaeocidaris   spinoclavatus.      Keyes,      Proc.    Iowa 

Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  190. 
Primary  spines  long,  stout,  cylindrical  at  the  base,  growing 
larger  gradually  toward  the  apex  and  abruptly  diminishing  to 
an  obtuse  clavate  end.  The  upper  end  of  the  spine  is  thickly 
covered  with  nodose  spinules  directed  upward.  On  the 
remaining  part  of  the  spine  the  spinules  are  smaller  and 
fewer  in  number.     Basal  ring  smooth. 

Geological    formation  and   locality:     Coal    Measures,    St. 
Clair  and  Marshall  Cos.,  111. 


21.  Archaeocidaris  triplex  W^hite. 

1881.  Archaeocidaris  trijjlex.     White,    U.   S.    Geog.    Geol. 

Surv.    W.    100th    Mer.,     vol.    3,     Supp.     Appendix, 

p.  XXII.,  pi.  4,  figs.  3  a-c. 
1889.   Archaeocidaris  triplex.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 

p.  225. 
1895.  Archaeocidaris  triplex.     Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci., 

vol.  2,  p.  191. 
1903.  Archaeocidaris  triplex?     Girty,    U.   S.    Geol.    Surv., 

Professional  Paper  No.  16,  p.  330. 
Areolar  surface  plain  or  having  only  a  single  circle  between 
the  primary  tubercle  and  the  outer  border.     Primary  tubercle 
small  and  surrounded  by  a  prominent  border. 

Primary  spines  large,  strong,  subtriangular  and  spinulose. 
Spinules  stout,  short  and  prominent,  rather  far  apart  in  three 
rows  from  a  short  distance  above  the  base.  Basal  ring  prom- 
inent and  finely  crenulated  at  the  edge. 


58  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:    Upper  Coal  Measures, 
New  Mexico,  San  Juan  region,  Needle  Mountains  quadrangle. 

22.  Archaeocidaris  triserialis  M'Coy. 

1844.  Echinocrinus   triserialis.     M'Coy,    Foss.    of    Ireland, 

p.  173,  pi.  26,  fig.  1. 
1850.  Echinocrinus  triserialis.     D'Orbigny,  Prodrome,  vol. 

1,  p.  ]54. 
1858.  Archaeocidaris  triserialis .     Desor,  Syn.,p.  155. 
1862.  Archaeocidaris  triserialis.     Dujardin  et  Hupe,    Echi- 

nodermes,  p.  466. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris   triserialis.      Loven,    Kongl.     Svens. 

Vetens.    Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 
Spines  large  ornamented  with  three  angular  ridges.     Each 
ridge  is  ornamented  with  tooth-like  spines.     Space  interven- 
ino;  smooth. 

Geological     formation      and     locality:    Subcarboniferous, 
Ireland. 


23.  Archaeocidaris  triserratus  Meek. 

1872.  Archaeocidaris  ?  triserrata.     Meek,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv. 

Neb.,  p.  151,  pi.  1,  figs.  6  a  —  c. 
1889.  Archaeocidaris  triserrata.     Miller,   N.     Amer.     Geol. 

&Pal.,  p.  225. 
1895.  Arcltaeocidaris  triserrata.     Keyes,  Proc.   Iowa  Acad. 

Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  190. 
Primary  spines  slender,  a  little  arched  near  the  base. 
Spines  cylindrical  near  the  base  but  compressed  rhombic  fur- 
ther up.  Margins  sharp  and  serrated.  On  the  middle 
concave  side  of  the  curvature  of  the  spine  there  is  a  third 
serrated  row,  extending  from  the  base  about  two-thirds  of 
the  way.  On  the  other  side  three  or  four  rows  of  smaller 
granules  run  from  the  base  to  about  the  middle.  Ring  at 
the  base  faintly  milled.  Articulating  extremity  contracting 
abruptly  and  finely  striated. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :    Upper  Coal  Measures, 
Omaha,  Nebraska  City,  and  three  miles  above  the  mouth  of 


Klem  —  Revisio)i  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  59 

the  Platte    River,    Neb.;     Vermilion    Co.,    111.,  uud    Kansas 
City,  Mo. 

24.  Archaeocidaris  tkudifer  White. 

1874.  Archaeocidaris    trudifer.     "White,    Prelim.    Rep.  Inv. 
Foss.,  p.  17. 

1876.  Archaeocidaris  trudifer.     "White,  Powell's  Rep.  Geol. 
Uinta  Mts.,  p.  89. 

1877.  Archaeocidaris    trudifer.     White,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv. 
W.  100  Mer.,  vol.  4,  p.  104,  pi.  6,  figs.  8  a,  b. 

1889.  Archaeocidaris   trudifera.      Miller,    N.  Amer.    Geol., 

p.  225. 
1895.  Archaeocidaris    trudifer.     Keyes,    Proc.    Iowa    Acad. 

Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  191. 
1900.  Ai'chaeocidaris   trudifer.     Beede,   Univ.    Geol.   Surv. 

Kas.,  vol.  6,  p.  47,  pi.  8,  fig.  10. 
1903.  Archaeocidaris  trudifer  ?  Girty,  U.   S.    Geol.    Surv. 

Professional  Paper  No.  16,  p.  330. 
Areolar  surface  plain.     Central  tubercle  small,  surrounded 
by  a  slightly  raised  ring  and  a  second  ring  so  much  elevated 
as  to  form  a  little  cup  with  an  expanded  rim. 

Primary  spines  slender  and  terete,  tapering  gradually  near 
the  apex.  Surface  of  the  spine  immediately  above  the  basal 
ring  smooth,  but  further  on  ornamented  with  numerous  fine 
spinules  in  an  imperfect  spiral. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Coal  measures.  Camp 
Apache,  Arizona;  Confluence  of  the  Grand  and  Green  rivers, 
Utah;  Topeka,  Kas.;   Leadville  district,  Colo. 

25.  Archaeocidaris  urei  Fleming. 

1793.  Echinus .     Ure,    Hist.   Ruthergleu,  pi.    16,  figs. 

7,  8. 
1828.    Gidaris  Urii.     Fleming,  Brit.  Animals,  p.  478. 

1843.  Cidaris  Benhurhensis .     Portlock,  Geol.  Rep.,  p.  352, 
pi.  16,  figs.  lOa-d. 

1844.  Echinocrinus   Urii.     M'Coy,  Foss.  of  Ireland,  p.  174, 
pi.  27,  fig.  1. 


60  Travis.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1850.  Echinocrinus    Urii.     D'Orbigny,   Prodrome,    vol.    1, 

p.  154. 
1852.  Archaeocidaris  Urii.     Roemer,  Leth.   Geog.,   Bel.    1, 

Th.  2,  p.  288,  taf.  4i,  fig.  2. 
1854.  Archaeocidaris  Urii.     Morris,  Cat.  Brit.  Foss.,  p.  72. 
1858.  Archaeocidaris  Urii.     Desor,   Syn.,    p.    154,  tab.  21, 

figs.  11,  12. 
1862.  Archaeocidaris  Urii.      Dujardin  et  Hupe,   Echinoder- 

mes,  p.  465. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris    Urii.      Julien,    Conipt.    Rend.  Acad. 

Sci.  Paris,  T.  78,  p.  76. 

1874.  Archaeocidaris  Urei.  Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 
Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 

1875.  Archaeocidcris  Urii.  Baily,  Char.  Brit.  Foss.,  p. 
lxviii,pl.  36,  figs.  12  a,  b. 

1876.  Archaeocidaris  Urii.  Keeping,  Quart.  Joarn.  Geol. 
Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  pt.  1,  p.  39,  pi.  3,  figs.  14-18. 

1890.  Archaeocidaris    Urii.     Julien,    Couipt.    Rend.    Acad. 

Sci.  Paris,  T.  110,  p.  737. 
1893.  Archaeocidaris  Urii.     Tornquist,Mitth.  Geol.  Landes- 

Anst.  Elsass-Lothr.,  Bd.  4,  lift.  2,  p.  102. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  urei.  Neilson,  Trans.  Geol,  Soc. 
Glasgow,  vol.  10,  p.  77,  fig.  3. 

1896.  Archaeocidaris  Urii.  Julien,  Terr.  Carb.  Marin  de 
la  France  Centrale,  p.  123. 

1897.  Archaeocidaris  Urii.  Tornquist,  Abhdl.  Geol.  Karte 
Elsass-Lothr.  Bd.  5,  hft.  6,  p.  775,  taf.  22,  figs.  4,  5, 
6,  7,  11. 

1898.  Archaeocidaris  urei.  Thomson,  Trans.  Geol.  Soc- 
Glasgow,  vol.  11,  p.  24,  2Q,  30. 

Ring  at  the  base  of  the  primary  tubercle  very  distinct. 
Edges  of  the  plates  bearing  tubercles  ornamented  with  radi- 
ating ridges. 

Primary  spines  long,  finely  striated  about  one-third  of  the 
way,  the  upper  part  ornamented  by  five  or  six  ranges  of  lon- 
gitudinal alternating  rows  of  short  stout  spines. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Carboniferous  Lime- 
stone,  Townparks  Killeshandra ;   Loush  Esk,  Donegal:   Ra- 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  61 

ban's  Bay  and  St.  John's  Point,  Dunkineely;  Malahide, 
Malahide ;  I'Ardoisiere,  France;  Hunsriickenwald,  Ober- 
Elsass. 

26.  Arciiaeocidaris  vetustus  Phillips. 

1836.    Cidaris  vctusta.     Phillips,  Geol.  Yorkshire,  p.  208. 

1843.  Cidaris  vetusta.     Portlock,  Geol.  Rep.,  p.  353,  pi.  16, 
fig.  11.      - 

1844.  Echinocrinus  vetusta.  M'Coy,  Foss.  of  Ireland,  p.  174. 
1862.  Archaeocidaris  vetusta.      Dujardin  et    Hupe,   Echino- 

dermes,  p.  466. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris  vetusta.      Loven,  Kongl.   Svens.  Yet- 
ens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 

Ring  at  the  base  of  the  spine  sharp  and  strongly  milled. 
Spines  tapering  with  strong  prickles  which  alternate.  No 
longitudinal  striae.  Prickles  separated  considerably.  Plates 
have  a  simple  border  of  granules. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Carboniferous  Lime- 
stone, Florence  Court,  Ravenstonedale,  Northumberland; 
Coalbrookdale,  White  well;  Hook  Head,  Fethard;  Tyrone; 
Fermanao-h. 


o 


27.  Archaeocidaris  wortheni  Hall. 

1858.  Archaeocidaris  ivortheni.      Hall,    Geol.  Iowa,  vol.    1, 

pt.  2,  p.  700,  pi.  26,  figs.  4  a-g. 
1867.  Archaeocidaris  wortheni.     Dana,  Man.  Geol.,  p.  312, 

fig.  533. 

1874.  Archaeocidaris      Wortheni.      Lovcu,    Kongl.     Svens. 
Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 

1875.  Archaeocidaris        Wortheni.  Quenstedt,        Petref. 
Deutschl.,  Bd.  3,  Abth.  1,  p.  372,  tab.  75,  fig.  10. 

1884.  Archaeocidaris    cf.    ivortheni.     Walcott,    Pal.   Eureka 

Dist.,  p.  212. 
1889.  Archaeocidai'is  ivortheni .     Miller, N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 

p.  225. 
1894.  Archaeocidaris   wortheni.     Keyes,    Mo.    Geol.    Surv., 

vol.  4,  p.  128,  pi.  16,  figs.  3  a,  b. 


62  Traris.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  wortheni.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 
Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  187,  pi.  20,  figs.  3  a,  b. 

1896.  Archaeocidaris  luortheni.  Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  214,  pi.  8,  figs.  43-46. 

1897.  Archaeocidaris  Wortheni.  Tornquist,  Abhdl.  Geol. 
Karte  Elsass-Lothr.,  Bd.  5,  hft.  6,  p.  770,  taf.  21, 
fiof.  5. 

Primary  tubercle  papilliform,  moderately  elevated  above 
the  aiinulation.  Annulation  thickened  and  spreading  into  a 
slightly  elevated  disc.     Margin  denticulated. 

Primary  spines  slender,  elongate,  slightly  curved,  smooth 
or  finely  granulated .  Articulating  end  expanded  into  a  crenu- 
lated  annulation  and  then  contracted  abruptly  below. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  St.  Louis  Limestone, 
near  St.  Louis,  Mo. ;   Eureka  District,  Nevada. 


UNDETERMINED  OR  INSUFFICIENTLY    DETERMINED  SPECIES. 

1.  Archaeocidaris  glabrispina  Philipps. 

1836.    Cidaris  glabrispina.     Philipps,  Geol.  Yorkshire,  vol. 

2,  p.  208. 
1844.  Echinocrinus  glabrispina.     M'Coy,  Foss.  of  Ireland, 

p.  173. 
1862.  Archaeocidaris  glabrispina.     Dujardin  et  Hupe,  Echi- 

nodermes,  p.  466. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris  glabrispina.       Loven,    Kongl.    Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 
Geological      formation     and     locality:    Subcarboniferous, 
Ireland. 

2.  Archaeocidaris  gruneri  Julien. 

1896.  Archaeocidaris  gruneri.     Julien,  Terr.  Carb.  Marin  de 
la  France  Centrale,  p.  125,  pi.   16,  figs.  11,  12. 
Geological    formation    and  locality:    Carboniferous,    I'Ar- 
doisiere,  France. 


Klem — Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palaeechinoidea.  63 


3.  Archaeocidaris  konincki  Desor. 

1858.  Archaeocidaris  Koninckii.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.   155,  tab. 

21,  figs.  7-10. 
1862.  Archaeocidaris  Koninckii.    Dujardin  et  Hupe,  Echino- 

dermes,  p.  465. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris    Konincki.      Loven,     Kongl.     Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 
Geological     formation     and     locality:    Subcarboniferous, 
Tournay. 

4.  Archaeocidaris  ladina  Stacke. 

1877.  Archaeocidaris  ladina.     Stacke,  Jahrb.    K.   K.  Geol. 
Reichsanstalt  Wien,  bd.  27,  p.  318,  taf.  1,  figs.  11,  12. 
Geological      formation      and      locality:   Bellerophonkalk, 
Siidtirol. 

5.  Archaeocidaris  ourayensis  Girty. 

1903.  Archaeocidaris  ourayensis .     Girty,  Professional  Paper 
U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  no.  16,  p.  329,  pi.  1,  fig.  14. 
Geological   formation  and   locality:    Hermosa   formation, 
Ouray,  Colo. 

6.  Archaeocidaris  priscus  Miinster. 

1840.    Cidarites  priscus.     Miinster,  Beitr.  1,  p.  41. 

1847.  Palaeocidaris  prisca.      Desor  et  Agassiz,  Cat.  Rais., 

p.  36. 
1850.  Echinocrinus  prisca.     D'Orbigny,  Prodrome,  vol.   1, 

p.  154. 
1858.  Archaeocidaris  prisca.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.  155. 
1862.  Archaeocidaris  prisca.     Dujardin  et    Hupe,   Echino- 

dermes,  p.  465. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris  prisca .     Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 

Akad.  Hand).,  bd.  ll,lno.  7,  p.  43. 
Geological     formation     and     locality :    Subcarboniferous, 
Resnitzlosau. 


64  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St,  Louis. 

7.  Archaeocidaris  rossica  M.  V.  K.  var. 
ScHELLWiENi  Tomquist. 

1897.  Archaeocidaris  rossica    M.     V.   K.  var.    ScheUwieni. 

Tornquist,  Ablidl.  Geol.  Karte  Elsass-Lothr,  Bd.   5, 

Hft.  6,  p.  781,  taf.  22,  fig.  12. 
Geological  formation  and  locality:   Upper  Carboniferous, 
Pontafel. 

8.  Archaeocidaris  scotica  Smith. 

1901.  Archaeocidaris  scotica.     Smith,  Fauna  Flora  and  Geol. 
Clyde  Area,  p.  509. 
Geological   formation   and  locality:    Carboniferous,  Clyde 
Area. 

9.  Archaeocidaris  ?  selwyni  Etheridge,  Jr. 

1892.  Archaeocidaris  ?  Selwyni.      Etheridge,     Jr.,     Mem. 

Geol.  Surv.  N.  S.  W.,  Pal.  No.  5,  pt.  2,  p.  67,  pi.  15, 

figs.  1-3. 
Geological  formation  and  locality:   Nowra  Grit  =  (Muree 
Kock  of  Hunter  River  Coalfield)  Upper  Marine  Series,  Nowra, 
Shoalhaven  River,  St.  Vincent  Co. 

10.  Archaeocidaris  tennesseae  Troost. 

1850.    Cidarites  Tenesseae.    Troost,  Proc.  Amer.  Assoc.  Adv. 

Sci.,  Cambridge  Meeting,  p.  59. 
1874.  Archaeocidaris     ?    Tenesseae.      Loven,  Kongl.  Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  44. 
Geoloo-ical  formation    and    locality:    Carboniferous,    Ten- 


nessee. 


11.  Archaeocidaris  tirolensis  Stacke. 

1876.  Archaeocidaris      tirolensis.     Stacke,     Verhdl.    K.  K. 
Geol.  Reichsanstalt  Wien,  Jahrg.  1876,  p.  260. 


Klem — Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echmoiclea.  65 

Geological      formation     and    locality:    Belleroplionkalke, 
Siidtirol. 

12.  Archaeocidaris  trautscholdi  Tornquist. 

1896.  Archaeocidaris    trautscholdi.     Tornquist,    N.    Jahrb. 
Miner.  Geol.  Pal.,  Bd.  2,  p.  29,  taf.  4. 
Geological   formation  and  locality:    Carboniferous   Lime- 
stone, Mjatschkowa,  Russia. 


13.  Archaeocidaris  wervekei  Tornquist. 

1897.  Archaeocidaris    wervekei.     Tornquist,    Abhdl.     Geol. 

Karte,   Elsass-Lothr.,   Bd.   5,    Hft.  6,  p.  778,  pi.  21, 

fig.  4;  taf.  22,  figs.  1,  2,  3,  9,  10. 
Geological  formation  and   locality:    Lower  Carboniferous 
Limestone,  Hunsriickenwald,  Ober-Elsass,  Germany. 


14.  Archaeocidaris  sp.  ind.  Etheridge,  Jr. 

1892.  Archaeocidaris  sp.  ind.     Etheridge,  Jr.,   Mem.  Geol. 
Surv.  N.  S.  W.  Pal.,  No.  5,  pt.  2,  p.  69,  pi.  22,  fig.  1. 
Geological  formation  and  locality :     Upper  Marine  Series, 
Dagworth  five  miles  south  of  West  Maitland,  Co.  Northum- 
berland. 

15.  Archaeocidaris  sp.  Etheridge,  Jr. 

1892.  Archaeocidaris  sp.     Etheridge,  Jr.,    Geol.    and    Pal. 
Queensland  and  New  Guinea,  p.  213. 
Geological  formation  and  locality:   Gympie  Beds,  Queens- 
land. 

16.  Archaeocidaris  sp.?  Julien. 

1896.  Archaeocidaris  sp.  ?     Julien,  Le  Terr.  Carb.  Marin  de 
la  France  Centrale,  p.  127,  pi.  8,  fig.  1. 
Geological  formation  and  locality :   Carboniferous,  Regny, 
France. 


66  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


17.  Akchaeocidaris  Julien. 

1896.  a.  Radioles  a  4   rangees   d'epines.     Julien,   Le    Terr. 
Carb.  Marin  de  la  France  Centrale,    p.   126,  pi.    16, 
figs.  14,  17. 
Geological  formation    and   locality:    Carboniferous,  I'Ar- 

doisiere,  France. 

18.  Akchaeocidaris  Julien. 

1896.  b.  Radioles  a  6  rangees  d'epines.     Julien, \Le  Terr. 
Carb.  dela  France  Centrale,  p.  126,  pi.  ;16,  figs.    13, 
15,  16;pl.  17,  fig.  9. 
Geological  formation   and    locality:    Carboniferous,  I'Ar- 
doisi^re,  France. 


19.  Akchaeocidaris ?  Meek  and  Hayden. 

1859.  Archaeocidaris ?  Meek  and  Hayden,  Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  p.  25. 
Geological  formation  and  locality :     Upper  Coal  Measures » 
Cottonwood  Creek,  Kansas. 


20.  Archaeocidaris ?  Meek  and  Hayden. 

1859.  Archaeocidaris ?  Meek  and  Hayden,  Proc.  Acad. 

Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  p.  25. 
Geological  formation  and  locality:  Upper  Coal  Measures, 
Cottonwood  Creek  and  Manhattan,  Kansas. 


21.  Archaeocidaris  sp.  Stacke. 

1877.  Archaeocidaris  sp.     Stacke,  Jahrb.  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichs- 
anstalt  Wien,  bd.  27,  p.  318,  taf.  1,  figs. '13-17. 
Geological    formation     and     locality:       Bellerophonkalk, 
Siidtirol. 


Klem — Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  67 

b.  EociDARis  Desor  1858.* 
Like  Archaeocidaris  only  the  primary  tubercle  has  no  halo. 

1.  EociDARis  BLAiRi  Miller. 

1891.  Eocidaris    hlairi.     Miller,    Adv.    Sheets    17th    Rep. 
Geol.  Surv.  Ind.,  p.  73,  pi.  12,  figs.  1,  2. 

1892.  Eocidaris  blairi.     Miller,  17th  Rep.  Geol.  Surv.  Ind., 
p.  683,  pi.  12,  figs.  1,  2. 

Central  tubercle  large  and  perforated.  Space  between  the 
central  tubercle  and  the  marginal  tubercles  concave. 

Primary  spines  long,  tapering  gradually,  compressed 
slightly.  Articulating  end  somewhat  enlarged.  Surface  of 
the  spines  finely  granular.     Secondary  spines  very  small. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Keokuk  Group,  Boon- 
ville,  Mo. 

2.  Eocidaris  forbesianus  De  Koninck. 

1863.    Cidaris   Forhesiana.      De    Koninck,    Quart.    Journ. 

Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  19,  p.  4,  pi.  4,  figs.  1,  2. 
1863.    Cidaris  forhesiana.      De    Koninck,     Foss.    Pal.    de 

rinde,  p.  22,  pi.  3,  figs.  1,  2. 
1885.  Eocidaris  forhesiana.     Waagen,    Mem.    Geol.    Surv. 
India,  ser.  13,  vol.  1,  p.  819,  pi.  95,  fig.  5-16. 

Primary  tubercle  large  with  a  high  neck  and  a  deeply 
crenulated  collar.  Scrobicule  large  and  smooth,  surrounded 
by  a  narrow  margin  of  rather  large  distant  secondary  tuber- 
cles. 

Primary  spines  rather  flat  on  one  side,  tapering  distinctly 
toward  the  articulating  end.  Head  thick  with  a  very  promi- 
nent ring,  which  is  crenulated. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Productus  Limestone, 
Kalta,  Golawali,  Chidru  and  in  the  Bazarwan,  India. 


Synopsis  des  ;£]cbimdes  Fossiles,  p.  155. 


68  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

3.  EociDAEis  HALLiANUS  Geinitz. 

1866.  Eocidaris  Hallianus.     Geinitz,  Carb.  u.  Dyas  in  Neb., 

p.  61,  lab.  5,  figs.  1  a,  b,  2  a,  b. 
1872.  Eocidaris  Hallianus.     Meek,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Neb., 

p.  152,  pi.  7,  figs.  9  a-d. 
1889.  Eocidaris  Hallanus.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal.,  p. 

242. 

1894.  Archaeocidaris  hallianus.  Keyes,  Mo.  Geol.  Surv., 
vol.  4,  p.  129. 

1895.  Archaeocidaris  hallianus.  Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 
Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  190. 

1903.  Eocidaris  halliana?  Girty,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Pro- 
fessional Paper  No.  16,  p.  332. 

Around  the  primary  tubercle  is  an  irregular  ring  of  per- 
forated nodules,  some  of  which  are  surrounded  by  small 
granules. 

Primary  spines  have  a  prominent  ring  near  the  base. 
Spmes  finely  striated  and  curved  near  the  apex.  Small 
spinules,  projecting  from  the  spines. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Upper  Coal  Measures, 
Nebraska  City.  Neb.;  Kansas  City,  Mo.;  Leadville  and 
Crested  Butte  district,  Colo. 

4.  Eocidaris   keyserlingi  Geinitz. 

1848.  Cidaris  Keyserlingi.  Geinitz,  Verstein.  des  Zech- 
stein  Gebirges,  I,  p.  16,  pi.  7,  figs.  1,  2. 

1858  Eocidaris  Kaiserlingii .  Desor,  Syn.,  p.  155,  tab.  21, 
figs.  15,  16. 

1861.  Eocidaris  Keyserlingi.  Geinitz,  Anim.  Uebereste  der 
Dyas,  I,  p.  108,  pi.  20,  figs.  5-9. 

1862.  Eocidaris  Kaiserlingii.  Dujardin  et  Hupe',  Echino- 
dermes,  p.  467. 

1874.  Eocidaris  Keyserlingi.    Love'n,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  42. 
1887.  Eocidaris     Keyserlingi.      Kolesch,  Jena.  Zeitschr.  f. 

Naturwiss.,  bd.  20,  p.  5,  taf.  38,  figs.  4-19. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  69 

1892.  Eocidaris     Keyserlingi.     Geinitz,    Mitth.    Osterlande 
Naturforsch.  Gesell.  Altenburg,  N.  F.,  bd.  5,  p.  178. 

1897.  Eocidaris    Keyserlingi.       Spandel,  Abbdl.  Naturhist. 
Gesell.  Niirnberg,  bd.  11,  p.  33,  taf.  13,  figs.   1-6. 

1900.  Eocidaris  Keyserlingi.      Hesse,   Neu.  Jahrb.    Miner. 
Geol.  u.  Pal.,  beil.  bd.  13,  p.  213. 
Tubercles  very  small  in  loroportion  to  their  scrobicules  and 

distinctly  perforated.     No  trace  of  crenulation. 

Primary  spines  apparently  smooth,  but  in  reality  very  finely 

striated.     Spines  swell  abruptly  at  the  base  into  a  basal  ring. 

A  second  kind  of  spine  is  broad  with  two  sharp  edges  which 

are  armed  with  sharp  spinules  directed  upward.      Very  small 

secondary  spines  also  found  by  Spandel.* 

Geological   formation    and    locality :     Unteren   Zechstein, 

Corbussen  and  Ropsen,  duchy  of  Altenburg,  Germany. 


5.  Eocidaris  laevispinus  Sandberger. 

.    Cidaris      laevispina.       Sandberger,     Verst.      Rhein. 
Schichtensystems,  p.  382,  pi.  35,  fig.  2. 
1858.  Eocidaris  laevispina.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.   156,  tab.  21, 

figs.  18-21. 
1862.  Eocidaris  laevispina.     Dujardin  et  Hupe,  Echinoder- 

mes,  p.  467. 
1874.  Eocidaris  laevispina.     Loven,   Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 
Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 
Primary    spines    cylindrical    and  ornamented    with    about 
twenty-three    longitudinal   ribs.     These    ribs    are  muricated 
oppositely. 

Geological    formation  and    locality:     Devonian,    Villmar, 
duchy  of  Nassau. 

6.  Eocidaris  mijnsterianus  De  Koninck. 

1842.  Echinocrinus     Miinsterianus .      De     Koninck,     Desc, 
Anim.  Foss.  Carb.  Beige,  p.  35,  pi.  E,  figs.  2  a-d. 


*  Abhdl.  Naturhist.  Gesell.  Niirnberg,  Bd.  11,  p.  37. 


70  Trcms.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1844.  Fchinocrinus  3funsferianus?     M'Coy,  Foss.  of  Ireland, 
p.  173,  pi.  27,  fig.  2. 

1847.  Oidaris  Milnsteriana.     Desor  et  Agassiz,  Cat.  Raiss., 
p.  25. 

1850.    Oidaris  Milnsteriana.     D'Orbigny,  Prodrome,  vol.  1, 

p.  154. 
1858.  Eocidaris  Milnsterianus.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.  156. 
1862.   Eocidaris    Munsterianus .     Dujardin    et  Hupe,  Echi- 

nodermes,  p.  468. 

1869.  Lepidocentrus  Milnsterianus.     De  Koninck,  Bull.  Soc. 
Roy.  Bruxelles,  ser.  2,  vol.  28,  pt.  2,  p.  546. 

1870.  Lepidocentrus     Milnsterianus.       De     Koninck,    Geol. 
Mag.,  vol.  7,  p.  260. 

1874.  Archaeocidaris    Milnsteriana.     Loven,  Kongl.  Svens. 

Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 
1897.  Archaeocidaris     cf.     Milnsterianus.     Leyh,     Zeitsch. 

Deut.  Geol.  GeselL,  bd.  49,  p.  541. 
1900.   Eocidaris  Milnsteriana .     Hesse,  Neu.  Jahrb.  f .  Miner. 
Geol.  u.  Pal.  beil.  bd.  13,  p.  213. 
Primary    spines    cylindrical    and  ornamented  with  a  great 
many  denticulated  spinules. 

Geological  formation  and  locality:  Carboniferous,  Ireland 
and  Belgium. 

7.  Eocidaris  verneuilianus  King. 

1844.  Cidaris .     De  Verneuil,  Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  France, 

ser.  2,  vol.  1,  p.  25. 

1845.  Cidaris .       Murchison,      Verneuil,     Keyserling, 

Geol.  Russ.  d'Europe,  vol.  1,  p.  221. 

1848.  Cidaris  Verneuiliana.     King,  Catalogue,  p.  6,  7. 
1848.    Cidaris    Verneuiliana.     Ho wse,  Trans.  Tyneside  Nat. 

Field  Club,  vol.  1,  p.  261. 
1850.  Archaeocidaris     Verneuiliana.      King,    Mon.    Perm. 

Foss.,  p.  53,  pi.  6,  figs.  22-24. 
1858.  Eocidaris    Verneuiliana.     Desor,   Syn.,  p.   156,  tab. 

21,  figs.  13,  14. 
1862.  Eocidaris    Verneuiliana.     Dujardin  et  Hupe,  Echino- 

dermes,  p.  467. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palaeechinoidea.  71 

1874.   Eocidaris    Verneuiliana .     Loveu,  Konffl.  Svens.  Vet- 
ens.  Akad.  Handl.,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 

Spines  perforated  and  placed  on  elevated  bases.  Basal 
ring  crenulated  radiately.  Plates  have  a  concave  depression, 
surrounded  by  an  elliptical  border  of  small  tubercles  in  a 
single  series.  Two  kinds  of  spines  known  —  one,  muricated 
and  the  other,  striated  longitudinally. 

Geological     formation      and      locality:    Shell-Limestone, 
Tunstall  Hill  and  Humbleton  Quarry. 


UNDETERMINED  OR  INSUFFICIENTLY  DETERMINED  SPECIES. 

1.  Eocidaris    drtdenensis  Vanauxem. 

1842.  Echinus  drydenensis .    Vanauxem,   Rep.   Third  Geol. 

Dist.,  p.  184. 
1867.  Eocidaris    Drydenensis.    Hall,  20th  Rep.  State  Cab. 

Nat.  Hist.  New  York,  p.  298. 
1874.  Eocidaris  drydenensis.    Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 
1889.  Eocidaris  drydenensis.     Miller,  N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal., 

p.  242. 

1895.  Archaeocidarisdrydeiiensis.    Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa  Acad. 
Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  184. 

1896.  Archaeocidaris  drydenensis.     Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.  Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.   214. 

Geological    formation    and    locality :    Devonian,  Chemung 
Sandstone,  Dryden,  New  York. 

2.  Eocidaris  scROBicuLATA  Sandberger. 


Cidaris     scrobiculata.      Sandberger,      Verst.    Rhein. 

Schichtensystems,  p.  382,  pi.  35,  fig.  3. 
1858.  Eocidaris  scrobiculata.     Desor,  Syn.,  p.  157,  tab.  21, 

fig.  17. 
1862.  Eocidaris  scrobicidata.     Dujardin  et  Hupe,  Echinoder- 

mes,  p.  467. 


72  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1874.  Eocidaris  scrobiculata .    Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 
Akad.  HandL,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  43. 
Geological  formation  and  locality :    Devonian,  Villmar  duchy 
of  Nassau. 

3.  EociDARis  sp.  iND.  Julieu. 

1874.  Eocidaris  sp.  ind.     Julien,  Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci. 
Paris,  t.  78,  p.  76. 
Geological   formation  and  locality:     Carboniferous,  I'Ar- 
doisiere,  France. 

c.  Lepidocidaeis  Meek  and  Worthen  1873.* 

General  form  spherical.  Interambulacra  very  broad  with 
eight  or  more  columns  of  plates  in  each  area.  Plates  imbri- 
cate laterally  and  aborally.  Each  interarabulacral  plate  has 
one  large  central  tubercle  surrounded  by  a  ring.  Spines 
cylindrical,  thin,  finely  striated  and  swollen  at  the  base. 
Ambulacra  small,  slightly  arched,  imbricating,  the  whole 
plates  alternating  with  wedge-shaped  half  plates. 


1.  Lepidocidaeis  squamosus  Meek  and  Worthen. 

1869.  Eocidaris  ?  squamosa.      Meek    and    Worthen,  Proc. 
Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  p.  79. 

1873.  Eocidaris  ?  squatnosus.     Meek  and    Worthen,    Geol. 
Surv.  111.,  vol.  5,  p.  478,  pi.  9,  fig.  15. 

1874.  Lepidocidaris  squamosus.     Love'n,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vet- 
ens.  Akad.  HandL,  Bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  44. 

1889.  Lejjidocidaris squatnosus.     N.  Amer.  Geol.  Pal.,p.  258. 

1895.  Lepidocidaris  squamosus.     Keyes,  Proc.  Iowa.  Acad. 
Sci.,  vol.  2,  p.  193. 

1896.  Lepidocidaris  squamosus.     Jackson,  Bull.  Geol.   Soc. 
Amer.,  vol.  7,  p.  220,  pi.  7,  fig.  41. 

Interambulacral  plates  imbricate  aborally  and  toward  the 
central  column,  except  the  adambulacral  plates  which  imbri- 

*  Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1873,  p.  79. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  IB 

cate  outward.  Large  saucer  shaped  depression  in  tlie  center 
of  each  phite.  Surface  beveled  to  the  margins  of  the  plates. 
Tubercles  smooth,  prominent,  surrounded  by  small  nodes. 
Primary  spines  round,  slender,  closely  striated  longitudinally. 

Ambulacra  narrow,  imbricating  adorally.  Plates  very 
unequal  in  size  and  form  and  irregularly  arranged.  Plates 
pierced  by  two  pores  each. 

Geological  formation  and  locality :  Lower  Burlington  Lime- 
stone, Burlington,  Iowa. 

DOUBTFUL    GENERA. 

a.  DiscocYSTis  Gregorv  1897.* 
b.  EcHiNODiscus  Worthen  and  Miller  1883. f 

1.    ECHINODISCUS  KASKASKIENSIS  Hall. 

1858.  Agelacrinus  kaskashiensis .     Hall,  Geol.  Iowa,  vol.  1, 

pt.  2,  p.  696,  pi.  25,  fig.  18. 
1894.  Echinodiscus  kaskaskiensis .     Keyes,  Mo.  Geol.  Surv. 
vol.  4,  p.  133,  pi.  18,  fig.  3. 
Geological  formation    and  locality :   Kaskaskia  Limestone, 
Kaskaskia,  111. ;  Ste.  Mary's,  Mo. 


2.  EcHTNODiscus  OPTATUS  Worthen  and  Miller. 

1883.  Ecldnodlscusoptatus.   Worthen  and  Miller,  Geol.  Surv. 
111.,  vol.  7,  p.  336,  pi.  31,  fig.  9. 
Geological    formation    and    locality:   Chester    Limestone, 
Monroe  and  Pope  Cos.,  111. 


3.  EcHiNODiscus  SAMPSONi  Miller. 

1891.  Uchinodiscus  sampsoni.    Miller,    Adv.     Sheets,    17th 
Rep.  Geol.  Surv.  Ind.,  p.  76,  pi.  12,  fig.  6. 


*  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  53,  p.  112. 
t  Geol.  Surv.  111.,  vol.  7,  p.  335. 


74  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1892.  Echinodiscus  sampsoni.    Miller,  17th  Rep.  Geol.  Surv. 

Ind.,  p.  686,  pi.  12,  lig.  16. 
1894.  Echinodiscus  saynpsoni.     Keyes,Mo.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol. 

4,  p.  133. 
Geological   formation    and    locality :     Keokuk  Limestone, 
Boonville,  Mo. 

c.  EoTiARis  Lambert  1900.* 

d.  KoNiNCKOciDAEis  Dollo  and  Buisseret  1888. t 

e.  Leptechinus  Tornquist  189 7. t 

1.  Leptechinus  gracilis  Tornquist. 

1897.  Leptechinus  gracilis.     Tornquist,  Abhdl.  Geol.  Karte 
Elsass-Lothr.,  bd.  5,  heft  6,  p.  785,  taf.  20,  fig.  5. 
Geological  formation  and  locality:    Carboniferous,  Huns- 
riickenwald,  Germany. 

f.  Myriastiches  Sollas  1899. § 

1.  Myriastiches  gigas  Sollas. 

1899.  Myriastiches  gigas.     Sollas,  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc. 
Lond.,  vol.  55,  pt.  4,  p.  700,  fig.  5. 
Geological  formation  and  locality :   Lower  Ludlow  Lime- 
stone, England. 

g.  Permocidaris  Lambert  1900.  || 
h.  Proterocidaris  De  Koninck  1881. If 

1.  Proterocidaris  giganteus  De  Koninck. 

1881.  Proterocidaris  giganteus.  De  Koninck,  Compt.  Rend, 
de  r Assoc.  Franc,  pour  I'Avance.  des  Sci.  lOe  Sess., 
p.  514,  pi.  8. 


*  Bull.  Soc.  Yonne,  t.  53,  1  er  Sem.,  pt.  2,  p.  40. 
t  Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  Paris,  t.  106,  no.  13. 
t  Abhdl.  Geol.  Karte  Elsass-Lothr., bd.  5,  heft  6,  p.  785. 
§  Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  65,  pt.  4, p.  700. 
II  Bull.  Soc.  Yonne,  t.  53,  ler  sem.,  pt.  2,  p.  39,  47. 

1  Assoc.  Franc,  pour  I'Avance.  des  Sci.  Compt.  Eend.   de  la  lOe  Seas., 
Alger  1881,  p.  514. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palaeechinoidea.  75 

Geological  formation  and  locality:   Carboniferous,  Loyers, 
Belgium. 

i.  Protocidaris  Whidborne  1898.* 
1.  Protocidaris  acuaria  Whidborne. 

1898.  Protocidaris  acuaria.  Whidborne,  Palaeont.  Soc,  vol. 
52,  p.  203,  pi.  25,  figs.  1-2  a. 

1899.  Protocidaris .    Sollas,  Quart.  Journ.    Geol.  Soc. 

Lond.,    vol.  55,  pt.  4,  p.  709. 

Geological    formation  and  locality:   Pilton  Beds,  East    of 
Barnstaple. 

j.  Protoechinus  Austin  1860. f 
1.  Protoechinus  anceps  Austin. 

1860.  Protoechinus  anceps.     Austin,    Geologist,  vol.    3,    p. 

446. 
1874.  Protoechinus  anceps.     Loven,  Kongl.    Svens.  Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  42. 
Geological  formation    and  locality:   Carboniferous,   Wex- 
ford, England. 

k.  Spatangopsis  Torell  1869.$ 

1 .  Spatangopsis  costata  Torell . 

1869.  Spatangopsis   costata.      Torell,     Acta  Univ.     Lund., 
Math,  et  Natura,  1869,  art.  8,  p.  11.    .K 
Geological  formation  and  locality :   Cambrian,  Lugnas  and 
Timmerdala,  Sweden. 

1.  Xenocidaris  Schultze  1866. § 

1.  Xenocidaris  clavigera/ Schultze. 

1866.  Xenocidaris  clavigera.  Schultze,  Denkschr.  Akad. 
Wiss.  Wien,  Math.  Naturw.  CI.,  no.  26,  p.  126,  tab. 
13,  figs.  3-3  h. 


*  Monog.  Palaeont.  Soc.  London,  vol.  52,  p.  203. 

t  Geologist  vol.  3,  p.  446. 

X  Acta  Univ.  Lund.,  Math,  et  Natura,  1869,  art.  8,  p.  11. 

I  Denkschrift  Akad.  Wiss.  Wivin,  Math.  Naturwiss.  CI.,  no.  26,  p.  126. 


76  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1874.  Xenocidaris  davigera.     Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  44. 
1900.  Xenocidaris    davigera.     Hesse,    Neu.    Jahrb.    Miner. 

Geol.  11.  Pal.,  beil.  bd.  13,  p.  212. 
Geological  formation  and  locality:   Devonian,  Miihlenberg 
near  Gerolstein. 

2.  Xenocidaris   conifera   Schliiter. 

1881.  Xenocidarin    conifera.      Schliiter,  Verhdl.    Nat.    Ver. 

Preuss.  Eheinl.  u.  Westfal.  Bonn,  Sitzungsb.,  bd.  38,  p. 

212. 
Geological  f  )rmation  and  locality:  Middle  Devonian,  Hilles- 
heimer-Mulde  between  Kerpen  and  Nollenbach. 

3.  Xenocidaris  cylindrica  Schultze. 

1866.  Xenocidaris    cylindrica.      Schultze,  Denkschr.  Akad. 

Wis.  Wien,    Math.    Naturw.   CL,  no.  26,  p.  126,  taf. 

13,  figs.  4-4  c. 
1874.   Xenocidaris  cylindrica.    Loven,  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens. 

Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  p.  42. 
Geological  formation  and   locality:    Devonian,  Gerolstein. 


BIBLIOGKAPHY. 

*1  Agassiz  (A.).  Report    on    the    Echiaoidea    dredged    by 
H.  M.  S.  Challenger.     1881. 

t2 .  A  Bibliography  of  the  Echinodermata. 

Bull.  Mu>.  Comp.  ZjoI.,  vol.  10,  no.  2,  1882. 

3 .  Calamocrinus    diomedae,    a  new  stalked  Crinoid, 

with  notes  on  the  Apical  System  and  the  Homol- 
ogies of  the  Echinoderms. 

Mem.  Mus.  Comp.  Zool.,  vol.  17,  no.  2,  1892. 


*  An  asterisk  prefixed  to  a  title  indicates  that  the  author  has  not  seen 
thp  article. 

t  A  dagger  prefixed  to  a  title  indicates  that  the  article  is  in  the  library 
of  Dr.  Hambach. 


Klem — Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palaeechinoidea.  77 

*4  Agassiz  (L.).  Prodromes  d'une  Monographie  des  Radi- 
aires  ou  Echinodermes. 

M^m,  Soc.  Sci.  Nat.  Neuchatel,  vol.  1,  1836. 

*5 ,  et  Desor  (E.).    Catalogue  raissonne  des  families, 

des  genres,  et  des  esp^ces  de  la  classe  des  Echino- 
dermes. 
Ann.  des  Sci.  Nat.  6,  7,  8,  1846-47. 

t6 ,  Desor    (E.),    et   Valentine  (G.).    Monographies 

d'Echinodermes  vivans  et  fossiles. 
Num.  1-4  et  Anatomie  Num.  1-4,  1838-42. 

*7  Austin  (Thomas).   Some  observations  on  the  Genus  Pal- 
aechinus. 
Geologist,  vol.  3,  1860. 

t8  Baily  (Wm.  H.).  Notes  on  the  Structure   of    Palaechi- 
nus. 
Journ.  Roy.  Geol.  Soc.  Ireland,  n.  s.  vol.  1,  pt.  1,  18G5. 

t9 •  On  some   New  Points  in.  the  Structure  of  Palae- 

chinus. 
Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  2,  1865. 

10 .  On  some  New  Points  in  the   Structure  of  Palae- 

chinus. 
Dub.  Quart.  Journ.  Sci.,  vol.  5, 1865. 

11 .  Some  additional  notes   on  the  Structure  of  Palae- 

chinus. 
Dub.  Quart.  Journ.  Sci.,  vol.  5,  1865. 

tl2 .  Some  additions  to  the  Structure  of  Palaechinus. 

Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  2,  1865. 

tl3 .  Remarks  on  the  Palaeozoic  Echinidae  (Palaechi- 
nus and  Archaeocidaris). 
Journ.  Roy.  Geol.  Soc.  Ireland,  ser.  2,  vol.  4,  pt.  1,  1874. 

1 14 .  Figures  of  Characteristic  British  Fossils  :  with  de- 
scriptive remarks. 
Palaeozoic,  vol.  1,  1875. 


78  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

* 
15  Barrois  (Charles).   Sur  le  calcaire  carbonifere  du  Nord 

de  I'Espagne. 

Assoc.  Franc,  pour  I'Avance.  des  Sci.,  Compte-rendu  de 
la  lOe  session  Alger,  1881. 

*16 .  Recherches  sur  les  Terrains  Anciens  des  Asturies 

et  de  la  Galice.     1882. 

tl7  Bather  (F.  A.).  A  record  of,  and  Index  to  the  Litera- 
ture of  Echinoderma.     1893-1902. 

*18 .  Echinodermata. 

Encycl.  Britan.  Supplement  27,  1902. 

.   See  (117). 

tl9  Beechler  (Chas.).   Corrected   list   of   Fossils   found   at 

Crawfordsville,  Indiana. 
Ann.  Rep.  Geol.  Nat.  Hist.  Ind.  1888. 

20  Beede  (J.  W.).  On  the  correlation  of  the  Coal  Measures 
of  Kansas  and  Nebraska. 

Trans.  Kas.  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  16,  1897-98. 

t21 .  New  Fossils  from  the  Kansas  Coal  Measures. 

Kas.  Univ.  Quart.,  ser.  A,  vul.  8,  no.  3,  1899. 

22 .  Carboniferous  Invertebrates. 

Kas.  Univ.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  6,  1900. 

t23 and  Rogers  (A.  F.).  Coal    Measure  faunal    stud- 
ies. I. 
Kas.  Univ.  Quart.,  ser.  A,  vol.  9,  1900. 

24 and .  Coal  Measure  faunal  studies.  II. 

Kas.  Univ.  Bull.,  vol.  1,  1902. 

125  Bennett  (J.  A.).  A  preliminary  catalogue  of  the  In- 
vertebrate Palaeontology  of  the  Carboniferous  of 

Kansas. 
Kas.  Univ.  Geol.  Surv.,  vol.  1, 1896. 

26  Beyrich  (E.).  Palaechinus  rhenanus. 

Zeitschr.  Deut.  Geol.  Gesell.  Berlin,  bd.  9,  1856. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  79 

27  Bierbauer  (Bruno).  A  check  list  of  the  palaeozic  fos- 
sils of  Wisconsin,  Minnesota,  Iowa,  Dakota  and 

Nebraska. 
Bull.  Minn.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  vol.  3,  no.  2,  1891. 

t28  Bronn  (H.  G.).  Lethaea  Geognostica. 

II  Auflflge,  bd.  1,  1833-38;  III  Auflage,bd.  1,  1851-36. 

129 .   Index  Palaeontologicus. 

Abth.  1  u.  2,  1848-49. 

fSO .  Die    Klassen   und    Ordnungen     des    Thier-Reichs 

wissenschaftlich  dargestellt  in  Wort  und  Bild. 
Bd.  2,  I860. 

.   See  (123). 


*31  Buch  (L.  von).  Beitrage  zur  Bestimmung  der  Gebirgs- 
formation  in  Russland. 

Karstens  und  Dechens  Archiv  fur  Miner.,  etc.,  1842. 

Buisseret  (A.).     See  (43). 

32  Carus  (J.  Victor).    Zoologischer  Anzeiger. 

Bd.  1-25,  1878-1902. 

Casseday  (S.  A.).    See  (126). 

33  Clarke  (John  M.)  and  Buedemann  (Rudolph).     Cata- 

logue of  Type  Specimens  of  Paleozoic  Fossils  in 
the  New  York  State  Museum. 

N.  Y.  state  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.  Bull.,  No.  66,  1903. 

t34  Dana  (James  D.).  Manual  of  Geology. 
Revised  edition,  1867. 

t35  Darton  (Nelson  H.).  Record  of  North  American  Geol- 
ogy for  1886,  1887-1889  incl.,  1890,  1891. 

Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  Nos.  44,  75,  91,  99. 

t36 .  Catalogue  and   index   of   contributions   to   North 

American  geology  1732-1891. 
Bull.  U.  S.  Geol  Surv.,  No.  127,  1896. 

t37  Desor  (E.).  Synopsis    des   Echinides   fossiles.      Paris, 
1858. 


80  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

38 .  Note  sur  la  classification  des  Cidarides. 

Bull.  Soc.  Sci.  Nat.  Neuchatel,  t.  4,  1858. 
.  See  (5  and  6). 

*39  Destinez  (P.)-    Nouveaux  fossiles  des  calcaires  de  Pair 
(Clavier). 
Ann.  Soc.  Geol.  Belgique,  vol.  21,  M^m.,  1895. 

40 .  Kecherches  sur  les  fossiles  du  marbre  noir,  viseenb, 

de  Petit-Modave. 
Ann.  Soc.  Geol.  Belgique,  vol.  22,  1895. 

41 .  Sur  les  fossiles  du  calcaire  k  palechinides  de  Poul- 

seur. 
Ann.  Soc.  Geol.  Belgique,  T.  22,  Bull.  1897. 

*42  Doderlein  (Ludwig).  Die  japanischen  Seeigel. 
Th.  1,  1887. 

.  See  (194). 

*43  Dollo  (L.),    et  Buisseret  (A.).     Sur  quelques  Palechi- 
nides. 
Compt.  Rend.  Acad.  Sci.  Paris,  T.  106,  Num.  13,  1888. 

t44  Dujardin  (M.  F.)  et  Hupe  (M.  H.).  Histoire  naturelle 
des  Zoophytes.  Echinodermes.     Paris,  1862. 

t45  Duncan  (P.  Martin).      Structure  of  the  ambulacra    of 
some   Fossil    Genera     and    Species    of    Regular 
Echinoidea. 
Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  vol.  41,  pt.  3,  1885. 

I46 .  On  some    points  in  the  anatomy  of  the    species 

Palaechinus    (Scouler)    M'Coy,   and   a  proposed 
classification. 
Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  6,  vol.  3,  no.  15,  1889. 

47 .  A  Revision  of  the    Genera  and   Great  Groups  of 

the  Echinoidea. 
Journ.  Linnean  Soc.  London,  Zool.,  vol.  23,  1889. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  81 

t48  Eastman  (Chas.  R.).  Text-book  on  Palaeontology  by 
Karl  A.  Zittel. 

Translated  and  edited,  Vol.  1,  pt.  1,  London,  1896. 

*49  Eichwald  (E.).  Die  Thiere  des  alten  rothen  Sandsteins 
und  Bergkalks  im  Novograd.     1840. 

*50 .  Lethaea  Rofcsica.     1853-69. 

51  Engelmaau  (G.).  Remarks  on  Melonites  multipora. 
Amcr.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  2,  vol.  3,  1874. 

*52  Ernest  (A.).  The  Organic  Remains  of  the  Permo-Carbon- 
iferous  System,  Chap.  22  of  The  Geology  and 
Palaeontology  of  Queensland  and  New  Guinea,  by 
R.  L.  Jack  and  R.  Etheridge,  Jr.     Brisbane,  1892. 

t53  Etiieridge  (R.  Jr.).  Palaeozoic  Echinoderms,  with  over 
lapping  plates. 

Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  10,  1873. 

t54 .  On  the  relationship  existing  between  the  Echino- 

thuridae,    Wyville    Thomson,  and   the  Perischo- 
echinidae  M'Coy. 
Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  Lend.,  vol.  30,  1874. 

t55 .  A  Monograph  of   the  Carboniferous  and  Permo- 

Carboniferous  Invertebrata  of  New  South  Wales. 
Part  II  —  Echinodermata,  Annelida,    and    Crus- 

Mem.  Geol.  Surv.  N.  S.  W.,  Pal.  No.  5,  1892. 

*56  Fischer  (Georg  von  Waldheim).  Oryctographie  du  Gou- 
vernement  de  Moscou.     1837. 

57 .  Notice  sur  quelques  Fossiles  de  la  Russie. 

Bull.  Soc-  Imp.  Nat.  Moscou,  vol.  21,  pt.  1,  1848. 

*58  Fleming  (J.).  History  of  British  Animals.     1828. 

*59  Forbes  (E.).  Palaechinus  Phillipsiae. 

Mem.  Geol.  Surv.  Great  Britain,  dec.  2,  pt.  1,  1848. 


82  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

60  Forir  (H.),  et  Lohest  (M.).  Decouverte  du  niveau  a 
palechinides  dans  la  bande  carbonifere  de  la 
Mense. 

Ann.  Soc.  Geol.  Belgique,  t.  22,  1894. 

*61  Fritel  (P.  H.).  Echinodermes  fossiles.  Les  Oursins. 
Naturaliste,  vol.  24,  1902. 

*62  Gaudry  (A.).  Essai  de  Paleontologie  philosophique. 
Paris,  1896. 

*63  Geinitz  (HansB.).  Die  Versteinerungen  des  Zechstein- 
gebirges  und  Rothliegenden  oder  Permiscben 
Systemes  in  Sacbsen.     1848. 

*64  • .  Die  animaliscbe  Ueberreste  der  Dyas.     1861. 

■|-65 .  Carbonformation  und  Dyas  in  Nebraska. 

Verhd].  Kais.  Leop.  Carol.  Deut.  Akad.  Naturforscher,  bd. 
33,  1867. 

66 .    Die  Versteinerungen  des  Herzogthums  Sachsen- 

Altenburg. 

Mitth.  Naturfor.  Gesell.  Osterlands.  zu  Altenburg,   N.  F. 
bd.  5,  1892. 

67  Geological  Record. 

1878-1884,  incl. 

168  Girty  (George  H,).  The    Carboniferous  Formations  and 

Faunas  of  Colorado. 
U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Professional  Papers,  No.  16,  1903. 

Goodrich  (E.  S.).  See  (117). 

69  Gregory  (J.  W.).  The  Relations  of  the  American  and 
European  Echinoid  Faunas. 
Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,vol.  3,  1892. 

170 .  On  Echinocystis  and  Paleodiscus. 

Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  55,  pt.  1,  1897. 

.  See  (117). 


*71  Gunn  (W.).  The  Geology  of  Belford,  Holy  Island,  and 
the  Fame  Islands,  Northumberland. 
Mem.  Geol.  Surv.  U.  K.  (Expl.  sheet  4,  n.  s.),  1900. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palaeechinoidea.  83 

Gurley  (F.  E.).  See  (145  and  146). 

t72  Hall  (James).  Palaeontology. 

Geol.  Surv.  Iowa,  vol.  1,  pt.  2,  1858. 

t73 .  Description  of  new  species  of  Crinoidea  from  in- 
vestigations of  the  Iowa  Geological  Survey. 
Preliminary  notice  1861. 

t74 .  Note    on   the  Genus    Palaeaster   and   other  fossil 

Starfishes. 
20th  Ann,  Rep.  N.  Y.  State  Cab.  Nat  Hist.,  1868. 

t75 .  Note    on  the  Genus  Palaeaster    and    other   fossil 

Starfishes. 

20th  Ann.  Rep.  N.  Y.  State  Cab.  Nat.   Hist.,  revised  ed., 
1870. 

t76  Hambach  (G.).  Description  of  new  species  of  Palaeozoic 
Echinodermata. 
Trans.  St.  Louis  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  4,  no.  3,  1884. 

t77 .  A  Preliminary  Catalogue  of  the  Fossils  Occurring 

in  Missouri. 

Bull.  Geol.  Surv.  Mo.,  No.  1,  1890. 

t78  Harte  (Wm.).  On  a  New  Echinoderm  from  the  Yellow 
Sandstone  of  Donegal. 
Journ.  Roy.  Geol.  Soc.  Ireland,  ser.  2,  vol.  1,  pt.  1,  1864-65. 

79 .  On  a  New  Echinoderm  from  the  Yellow  Sandstone 

of  Donegal. 
Dub.  Quart.  Journ.  Sci.,  vol.  5,  1865. 

Hawn  (F.).  See  (196). 
Hayden  (F.  V.).  See  (129). 

80  Hesse  (Erich).  Die  Mikrostructur  der  fossilen  Echinoi-- 

den-stacheln  und  deren   systematiche  Bedeutuncy..- 

Leipzig,  1900. 

81  Hind  (W.).  On   the    characters   of   the    Carboniferous 

rocks  of  the  Pennine  system. 
Proc.  Yorks.  Geol.  Soc,  vol.  14,  1902. 


84  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

t82 ,  and  Howe  (J.  A.).  The  Geological  succession  and 

Palaeontolog}'  of  the  beds  between  the  Mill- 
stone Grit  and  Limestone-Massif  at  Pendle  Hill 
and   their   equivalents    in   certain  other  parts  of 

Britain. 
Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  57,  1901. 

1 83  Hoernes  (Rudolf).  Elemente  der Palaeontologie.     1884. 
Howe  (J.  A.).  See  (82). 

*84  Howse.  A  Catalogue  of  the  Fossils  of  the  Permian  Sys- 
tem of  the  Counties  of  Northumberland  and  Dur- 
ham. 
Trans.  Tyneside  Nat.  Field  Club,  vol.  1,  1848. 

Hupe  (M.  H.).   See  (44). 

85  Jackson  (Robert  T.).  The   Development  of  Oligoporus 
(abstract  of  a  paper  read). 
Science,  n.  s.,  vol.  2,  Nov.  22,  1895. 

t86 .   Studies  of  Palaeechinoidea. 

Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  vol.  7,  1896. 

t87 ,  and   Jaggar  (Thos.    A.).  Studies     of    Melonites 

multiporus. 
Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  Amer.,  vol.  7,  1896. 

t88  Jaekel  (Otto).  Ueber    die    alteste    Echiniden    Gattung 
Bothriocidaris. 
Sitzb.  Gesell.  Naturforsch.  Freuude,  Berlin,  1894,  no.  10. 

-Daggar  (Thos.  A.).   See  (87). 

*89  Japan.  Imperial    Geological    Survey.     Outhnes    of    the 
Geology  of  Japan.     Tokyo,  1902. 

90  Julieu  (A.).  Sur  une  faune  carbonifere  marine  descou- 

verte  aux  environs  de  I'Ardoisiere  dans  la  valle'e  du 

Sichon  (Forez). 
Conaptes-rendus  Acad.  Sci.  Paris,  5  Janvier,  1874. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  85 

91 .  Note  sur  le  terrain  carbonif fere  duMorvan,  suivie 

de  quelques  observations  relativement  aux  especes 

fossiles  qui  y  ont  ete  recueillies  par  L-G.  de  Ko- 

ninck. 
Bull.  Acad.  Koy.  Sci.  Belgique,  s6r.  3,  t.  9,  num.  5,  1885. 

92 .  Re'sultats  generaux  d'une  e'tuded' ensemble  ducar- 

boniffere  marin  du  Plateau  Centrale. 

Comptes-rendus  Acad.  Sci.  Paris,  31  mars,  1890. 

93  .   Le  Terrain  Carboniffere  Marin  de  la  France  Cen- 

trale.    Paris,  1896. 

94  Kayser  (E.).   Studien  aus  dem  Gebiete  des  rheinischen 

Devon. 

Zeitschr.  Deut-  Geol.  Gesell.  Berlin,  bd.  33,  1871. 

t95  Keeping  (Wm.).  Note  on  Paleozoic  Echini. 

Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  Lond.,  vol.  32,  pt.  1,  187(1. 

f  96 .  On  the  Discovery  of  Melonites  in  Britain. 

Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  vol.  32,  pt.  4,  1876. 

97  Keyes  (C.  R.).  Fossil  Faunas  in  Central  Iowa. 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1891. 

■j-98 .  Bibliography  of  Iowa  Geology. 

First  Ann.  Rep.  Iowa  Geol.  Surv.,  1892. 

f  99 .  Palaeontology  of  Missouri. 

Geol.  Surv.  Mo.,  vol.  4,  1894. 

1 100 .   Synopsis  of  American  Paleozoic  Echinoids. 

Proc.  Iowa  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  2,  1894. 

f  101  .  A  Bibliography  of  North  American  Palaeontology 

1888-1892. 
Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  No.  121,  1894. 

1102 .   Stratigraphic  Catalogue. 

Geol.  Surv.  Mo.,  vol.  5,  1894. 

flOS .  List   of  Carboniferous  Fossils  from  Des  Moines, 

Iowa. 
Rep.  Geol.  Surv.  Iowa,  vol.  7,  1897. 

Keyserling  (A.  Conte).   See  (154). 


86  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

*104  King  (Wm.).  A  Catalogue  of  the  Organic  Remains  of 
the  Permian  Rocks  of  Northumberland  and  Dur- 
ham.    1848. 

■j-105 .  A  Monograph  of  the  Permian  Fossils  of  England. 

1850. 

106  Kirkby  (J.  W.).  On  the  Occurrence  of  the  Carbonifer- 
ous  Limestone  fossils  at  Viewforth,  near  Largo, 

Fife. 
Trans.  Edinb.  Geol.  Soc,  vol.  7,  pt.  4,  1899. 

tl07  Koken  (Ernst).  Die  Leitfossilien.  Leipzig.     1896. 

*108  Kolesch  (Karl).  Ueber  E.  Keyserhngi  Gein. 
Jenaische.  Zeitschr.  f.  Naturwiss.,  bd.  20,  1887. 

*109  Kouinck  (L.  de).  Descriptions  des  Animaux  Fossiles 
Carbonifere  de  la  Beige.     1842. 

*110 .  Fossiles  Paleozoic  de  rinde.      1863. 

fill .  Description  of  some  Fossils  from  India  discovered 

by  Dr.  A.  Fleming  of  Edinburgh. 
Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  vol.  19,  1863. 

112 .   Sur  quelques  echinodermes  remarquables  des  ter- 
rains paleozoiques. 

Bull.  Acad.  Roy.  Bruxelles,  ser.  2,  vol.  28,  1869. 

f  113 .  On    some    New    and    Remarkable    Echinodermes 

from  the  British  Palaeozoic  Rocks. 
Geol,  Mag.,  vol.  7,  1870. 

114 .  Notice  sur  un  Echinoide  Gigantesque  du  Calcaire 

Carbonifere  de  Belgique. 

Assoc.  Franc,  pour  I'Avanc.  des  Sciences,  Compte  rendu  de 
la  lOe  session,  Alger,  1881. 

115  Lambert  (J.).  Echinodermes.  Revue  Critique  de  Paleo- 
zoologie  public  sous  la  direction  de  Maurice  Coss- 
mann. 
Paris,  Ann^e  1,  1897.— 


E:iem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palaeechinoidea.  87 

116 .  fitude  sur  quelques  Echinides del' Infra  —  Lias  et 

du  Liiis. 
Bull.  Soc.  Yonne,  vol.  53,  ler  semestre,  pt.  2,  1900. 

tll7  Lankester  (E.  Ray).  A  Treatise  on  Zoology,  Part  3. 
The  Echiuoderma  by  F.  A.  Bather  assisted  by 
J.  W.GregoryandE.  S.Goodrich.    London,  1900. 

118  Leyh  (C.  Fr.)  Beitriige  zur  Kenntniss  des  Palaeozoicum 
der  Umgegend  von  Hof  a.  Saale. 
Zeitsch.  Deut.  Geol.  Gesell.  Berlin,  bd.  49,  1897. 

119 .  Lohest  (M.).   Sur  la  presence  d'un  banc  de  cal- 

caire  ii  echinides  k  la  partie  superieure  du  calcaire 
a  crinoides  exploite  pour  pierres  de  taille. 
Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  Belgique,  t.  19,  1892. 

120 .   Sur  I'age  du  calcaire  de  Lens  et  de  la  dolomie  de 

Cambron. 
Ann.  Soc.  Geol.  Belgique,  t.  21,  1894, 

.  See  (60). 

121  Liove'n  (Sven.).    Etudes  surles  Echinoide'es. 

Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens.  Akal.  Handl.,  bd.  11,  no.  7,  1872. 

122 .  Echinologica. 

Bihang  till  Kongl.  Svens.  Vetens.  Akad.  Handl.,  bd.  18, 
no.  4    1892. 

*123  Ludwig  (H.).    Bronn's    Klassen  und  Ordnungen  des 

Thier-Reichs. 
Auflage  2,  bd.  2,  abth.  3,  Echinodermen. 

tl24  Ludwig  (Phil.  H.).  Morphologische  Studien  an  Echi- 
nodermen,    Leipzig,  1877-1882, 

Lydekker  (R,  A.).  See  (161). 

tl25  Lyell  (Chas.).  A   Manual  of  Elementary  Geology.  Re- 
print of  the  sixth  edition.     New  York,  1858. 

126  Lyon  (S,  S.),  and  Casseday  (S.  A.).  A  Synonymic  list 

of  the   Echinodermata    of   the  Palaeozoic  Rocks 

of  North  America. 
Proc.  Amer.  Acad.  Arts  and  Sci.,  vol.  4,  1859. 


88  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

tl27  Meek  (F.  A.).  United  States  Geological  Survey  of  Ne- 
braska.    1872. 

128 .  Notes  on  some  of  the  fossils  figured  in  the  re- 

centlj  issued  fifth  volume  of  the   Illinois    State 
Geological  Eeport. 
Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  3,  vol.  7,  no.  4,  1874. 

129 ,  and  Hayden   (F.  V.).    Geological    Explorations 

in  Kansas  Territory. 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1859. 

130 ,  and    Worthen    (A.    H.).    Descriptions    of    new 

species    of    Crinoidea    and    Echinoidea  from  the 
Carboniferous  rocks  of  Illinois,  and  other  West- 
ern States. 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1860. 

tl31 ,  and .  Descriptions  of  Invertebrates. 

Geol.  Surv.  III.,  vol.  2,  1866. 

tl32 ,  and .  Remarks  on  some  types  of  Carbonif- 
erous   Crinoidea,  with  descriptions  of  new  genera 
and  species  of  the  same,  and  of  one  Echinoid. 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1868. 

tl33 ,  and .  Palaeontology. 

Geol.  Surv.  111.,  vol.  3,  1868. 

134 ,  and .  Description  of  new  Crinoidea  and  Echi- 
noidea from  the  Carboniferous  rocks  of  the  West- 
ern States,  with  a  note  on  the  Genus  Onychaster. 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1869. 

tl35 ,  and .  Description  of  new  species  and  genera 

of    Fossils    from    the    Palaeozoic    rocks  of    the 
Western  States. 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1870. 

tl36 ,  and .  Palaeontology  of  Illinois. 

Geol.  Surv.  111.,  vol.  5,  pt.  2,  1873. 

tl37  M'Coy  (F.).  Synopsis  of  the  Carboniferous  Limestone 
Fossils  of  Ireland.     1844. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  89' 

tl38 .  On  some  new  Palaeozoic  Echinodermata. 

Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  2,  vol.  3,  1849. 

f  139 ,  Palaeozoic    Echinodermata    in   Contributions   ta 

British  Paleontology.     1854. 

1 140  Miller    (S.  A.).  The  American  Palaeozoic  Fos.sils.     A. 

Catologue  of  the  Genera  and  Species. 
Cincinnati,  1877. 

tl41 .  Remarks  upon  the  Kaskaskia  Group. 

Journ.  Cinn.  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  2,  no.  1,  1879. 

tl42 .  North  American  Geology  and  Palaeontology. 

1889. 

tl43 .  Palaeontology  Sub-Kingdom  Echinodermata. 

Adv.  Sheets,  17th  Rep.  Geol.  Surv.  Indiana,  1891. 

tl44 .  Palaeontology  Sub-Kingdom  Echinodermata. 

17th  Rep.  Geol.  Surv.  Indiana,  1892. 

.  See  (228). 


tl45 ,  and  Gurley   (F.  E.)  Description    of    some    new 

genera    and  species  of  Echinodermata  from  the 
Coal   Measures  and    Subcarboniferous    Rocks  of 
Indiana,  Missouri  and  Iowa. 
16th  Rep.  Geo],  Surv.  Indiana,  1888. 

tl46 ,  and .  Description   of    some  new   species  of 

Invertebrates     from     the    Palaeozoic    rocks     of 
Illinois. 
Bull.  111.  state  Mus.  Nat.  Hist.,  no.  3,  189t. 

147  Mitchell  (J.).  On  the  occurrence  of  the  genus  Palae- 
chinus  in  the  Upper  Silurian  rocks  of  New  South 
Wales. 
Proc,  Linn.  Soc.  N.  S.  W.,  vol.  22,  1897. 

*148  Morris  (John).  Catalogue  of  British  Fossils.     London, 
1843. 

*149  Morton   (G.  H.).  Carboniferous    Limestone    northeast 
of  Anglesey. 
Proc.  Liverpool  Geol.  Soc,  vol.  9,  1901. 


90  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

*150  Muller  (Job.).  Ueber  den  Bau  der  Echinodermen. 
Abhdl.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1854. 

tl51 .  Ueber  neue  Echinodermen  des  Eifeler  Kalkes. 

Abhdl.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1856. 

152 .   Ueber  einige  Echinodermen  der  rheinischen  Grau- 

wache  und  des  Eifeler  Kalkes. 
Monatsber.  K.  Preuss.  Akad.  Wiss.  Berlin,  1858. 

tl53  Munster  (Georg   Graf   zu).  Beitrage   zur   Petrefacten 
Kunde. 
Zweite  Auflage,  Heft  1,  Bayreuth,  1843. 

154  Murchison  (E.  I.),  Verneuil  (E.  de)  et  Keyserling 
(Conte  A.).  Geologic  de  la  Russie  d' Europe  et 
des  montagnes  de  I'Oural. 

Vols.  1,  2,  1845. 

*155  Neilson  (J.).  On  the  Calderwood  Limestone  and  Ce- 

mentstone,  with  their  associated  Shales. 
Trans.  Geol.  Soc.  Glasgow,  vol.  10,  1895. 

tl56  Neumayr  (M.).  Morphologische    Studien  iiber    fossile 
Echinodermen. 

Sitzber.  Akad.   Wiss.  Wien,  Abth.  1,   Math.-Naturw.  CI., 
Bd.  84,  1881, 

tl57 .  Die  Stamme  des  Thier-reiches. 

Bd.  1,  Wien,  1889. 

*158 .  Ueber  Palaechinus  Typhlechinus  und  die  Echi- 

nothuriden. 
Neu.  Jahrb.  Min.  Geol.  Palaeont.,  bd.  1,  heft.  1,  1890. 

tl59  Newberry  (J.  S.).  Geological  Report,  pt.  3,  chap.  11, 
Palaeontology. 
Ives.  Rep.  Colo.  River  of  the  West,  1861. 

tl60  Nickolson  (H.  Alleyne).  The  Ancient  life  History  of 
the  Earth.     1876. 

.  See  (226,  227). 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  91 

tl61 ,  and  Lydekker    (E.    A.).  Manual    of    Palaeon- 

toloo;y. 
3rd  edition,  vol.  1,  chap.  23,  Ecliinozoa,  1889. 

162  Norwood  (J.  G.),  and  Owen  (D.  D.).  Description  of  a 
remarkable   fossil   Echinoderm  from   the    Lime- 
stone Formation  of  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 
Amer.  Journ.  Sci.,  ser.  2,  vol.  2,  1846. 

*163  Ogilvie-Gordon  (Maria  M.).   History  of  Geology  and 

Palaeontology    to    the    end    of    the    Nineteenth 

Century. 

Translation  of  Zittel'^  Geschichte  der  Geologic  und  Pal- 
aeontologie  bis  Ende  das  19  Jahrhunderts.    London,  1901. 

*164  D'Orbigny  (A.).  Cours  elcmentaire  de  Paleontologie  et 
de  Geologie  Stratigraphiques.      1849. 

tl65 Prodrome  de  Paleontologie. 

Vol.  1,  1850. 

Owen  (D.  D.).  See  (162). 

*166  Peach  (B.  N.).  Palaeontological  notes. 

Mem.  Geol.  Surv.   Scotland,   Explan.    sheet  5,    Kirkcud- 
brightshire, 1896. 

*167 .  Appendix.  Part  1  Palaeontological  in  Geology  of 

Central    and   Western   Fife  and    Kinross  by    A. 

Geikie. 
Mem.  Geol.  Surv.  Scotland,  1900. 

tl68  Philipps  (John).  Illustrations  of  the  Geology  of  York- 
shire, vol.  2,  the  mountain  limestone  district.   1836. 

*169  Pictet  (F.  J.).  Traite'  de  Paleontologie.     1857. 

*170  Pomel  (A.).  Classification  methodique  et   general   des 

Echinides  vivants  et  fossiles. 
Thhse  doctorale,  Paris,  1883. 

1171  Portlock  (J.  E.).  Report  on  the  Geology  of  the  county 
of  Londonderry  and  of  parts  of  Tyrone  and 
Fermanagh.     Dublin,    1843. 


92  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

172  Posser  (C.  S.).  Comparison  of  the  Carboniferous  and 
Permian  Formations  of   Nebraska  and  Kansas. 
Journ.  Geol.,  vol.  5,  1897. 

tl73  Quenstedt  (F.  A.).  Petrefactenkunde  Deutschlands. 
Bd.  3,  Abth.  1,  Echinodermen,  1875. 

*174  Roebuck  (W.  D.).  Bibliography:    Papers  and  records 

published  with  respect  to  the  natural  history  and 

physical  features  of  the  North  of  England.    Echi- 

nodermata  1884  to  1892. 
Naturalist,  1894. 

tl75  Roemer  (F.).  Ueber  den  Bau  von  Melonites. 
Wiegmann's  Archiv,  Jahrg.  21,  bd.  1,  1855. 

*176 .  Lethaea  Paleozoica.     1876-1883. 

Kogers  (A.  F.).  See  (23  and  24). 

Kuedemann  (Rudolph).  See  (33). 

tl77  Safford  (James  M.).  Geology   of  Tennessee.     Nash- 
ville, 1869. 

St.  John  (O.).   See  (228). 

178  Salter  (J.  W.).  On  some  New    Palaeozoic    Starfishes. 
Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  2,  vol.  20,  1857. 

*179  Sandberger  (G.)  u.  (F.).  Versteinerungen  des  Ehein- 
ischen  Schichtensystems. 

180  Schluter  (Clem.).  Ein    neuer    Echinide    (Xenocidaris 
conifera)  aus  dem  Mittel  Devon  der  Eifel. 

Verhdl.  Naturw.  Ver.  Pieuss.  Rheinl.  u.  Westf.  Sitzb.,bd. 
38.  Bonn,  1881. 

tl81  Schmidt  (F.).  Miscellanea  Silurica  II. 

M^m.  Acad.  Imp.  St.  Petersbourg,  ser.  7,  vol.  21,  no.  11, 1874. 

tl82  Schultze  (L.).  Monographic     der    Echinodermen    des 
Eifeler  Kalkes. 

Denkschr.  K.  Akad.  Wiss.  Wien,  Math.  Naturw.  CI.,  no. 
26,  1866. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  93 

tl83  Shumard  (B.  F.).  Catalogue  of  Palaeozoic  Fossils  of 

North  America. 
Trans.  St.  Louis  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  2,  1865. 

tl84 ,  and  Swallow  (G.  C).  Descriptions  of  New  Fos- 
sils from   the    Coal   Measures    of    Missouri   and 
Kansas. 
Trans.  St.  Louis  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  1,  1858. 

*185  Smith  (J.)-  The  Carboniferous  Echinodermata  of  the 
Clyde  Drainage  Area.  Fauna,  Flora  and  Geology 
of  the  Clyde  Area.      Glasgow,  1901. 

186  SoUas  (W.  J.).  On  Homotoechus  (Archaeocidaris  Har- 
teanaBaily)  a  new  genus  of  Palaeozoic  Echinoids. 
Sci.  Proc.  Roy.  Dub.  Soc,  n.  s.  vol.  7,  pt.  3,  1892. 

tl87 .  Fossils  in  the  University  Museum  Oxford.  I.     On 

Silurian  Echinoidea  and  Ophiuroidea. 
Quart.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.  London,  vol.  55,  1899. 

j"188 .  Fossils  in  the  University  Museum  Oxford.  I.  On 

Silurian  Echinoidea  and  Ophiuroidea. 
Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  7,  vol.  3,  no.  17, 1899. 

tl89 .  Fossils    in  the    University    Museum    Oxford.   I| 

On  Silurian  Echinoidea  and  Ophiuroidea. 
Geol.  Mag.,  n.  s.  dec.  4,  vol.  6,  no.  6,  1899. 

f"190 .  Fossils   in  the    University  Museum    Oxford.     I. 

On  Silurian  Echinoidea  and  Ophiuroidea. 

Proc.  Geol.  Soc.  Quart.   Journ.  Geo!. Soc.  London,  vol.  55, 
no.  218,  1899. 

191  Spandel  (E.).  Die  Echinodermen  des  deutschen  Zech- 

steines. 
Abhdl,  Naturhist.  Gesell.  Niirnberg,  bd.  11,  1897. 

tl92  Stacke(G.).  Die  Fauna  der  BellcrophonkalkeSiidtirols. 
Verhdl.  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichsanstalt  Wien,  Jahrg.  1876. 

tl93 .  Beitriige  zur  Fauna    der    Bellerophonkalke  Siid- 

tirols,  Theil  1.         ' 
Jahrb.  K.  K.  Geol.  Reichsanstalt  Wien,  bd.  27,  1877. 


94  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

tl94  Steinmann   (Gustav)     und  Doderlein   (Ludwig).  Ele- 
mente  der  Palaontologie.     Leipzig,  1890. 

*195  Stuckenberg  (A.).  Allgemeine  geologische  Karte   von 
Kussland,  Blatt  27. 
Trudui  Geol.  Kom.,  vol.  16,  no.  1,  1898. 

tl96  Swallow  (G.C.)  and  Hawn(F.).  The Eocks  of  Kansas. 
Trans.  St.  Louis  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  1,  1858. 

.   See  (184). 


*197  Thompson  (J.).  On  the  stratified  rocks  of  the  shore- 
line from  Clachland  Point  to  the  Rock  of  Arran. 
Trans,  Geol.  Soc.  Glasgow,  vol.  11, 1898. 

*198  Thompson  (Wyville).  On    a   new   Paleozoic    group  of 

Echinodermata. 
Edin.  New  Phil.  Journ.,  n.  s.,  vol.  13,  1861. 

199  Torell  (Otto).  Petriticata   Suecana   Formationis   Cam- 
bricae. 
Acta  Univ.  Lund.,  Math.  Natura,  1869,  Art,  8. 

t200  Tornquist  (A.).  Vorliiufige  Mittheilung  iiber  neue  Fos- 
sil-funde  im  Untercarbon  des  Ober-Elsass. 

Mittheil.  Geol.  Landesanst.  Elsass-Lothringen,  bd.  4,  heft. 
2,  1893. 

t201 .  Beitrag  zur  Kenntniss  von  Archaeocidaris. 

Neu.  Jahrb.  Miner.  Geol.  Pal.,  1896,  bd.  2,  heft.  1. 

202 .  Das   fossil-fiihrende    Untercarbon    am    ostlichen 

Rossberg-massiv    in     den    Siidvogesen.    Ill    Be- 
schreibung  der  Echiniden  Fauna. 

Abhdl.  Geol.  Karte  Elsass-Lothringen,  bd.  5,  heft.  6.  1897. 

*203 .  Review  of  J.  Lambert,  Etude  sur  quelques  Echi- 

nides  de  1' Infra-Lias  et  du  Lias. 
Neu.  Jahrb.  Miner.  Geol.  Pal.,  1902,  bd.  1. 

204  Trautschold  (H.).  Die  Laterne  des  Diogenes  von  Arch- 
aeocidaris Rossicus. 
Bull.  Soc.  Imp.  Nat.  de  Moscou,  t.  41,  1868. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  95 

■j-205 .  Die  Kalkbriiche  von  Mjatschkowa. 

Nouveaux  M^m.   Soc.  Imp.  Nat.  de  Moscou,  t.  U,   liv.  1, 
1879. 

206  Troost  (G.).  A  list  of  the  Fossil  Crinoids  of  Tennessee. 

Proc.  Amer.  Assoc.  Adv.  Sci.,  Cambridge  Meeting,  1850. 

207  Udden  (J.  A.).  Geology  of  Pottawattamie  County. 

Rep.  Geol.  Surv.  Iowa,  vol.  11,  1901. 

*208  Ure  (David).  History  of  Eutherglen  and  East  Kilbride. 

1793. 

Valentine  (G.).  See  (6). 

t209  Vanauxem  (Lardner).  Geology   of  New  York.  Part  3 
Survey  of  the  Third  Geological  District.     1842. 

*210  Verneuil  (E.  de).  Cidaris. 

Bull.  Soc.  Geol.  Franc,  ser.  2,  vol.  1,  1844. 

.   See  (154). 


+  211.  Vogt  (Carl).  Lehrbuch   der   Geologic    und    Petrefac- 

tenkunde. 
Zweite  Auflage,  bd.  1,  u.  2,  Braunschweig,  1854. 

t212  Waagen  (Wm.).  Palaeontologica  Indica. 

Mem.    Geol.   Surv.  India,  ser.   13,  Salt-Range  Fossils.   I. 
Productus  —  Limestone  Fossils.  1885. 

t213  Walcott  (Chas.  D.).  Palaeontology  of  the  Eureka  Dis- 
trict. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv,  Monog.,  No.  8,  1884. 

t214  Weeks  (Fred  B.).  Bibliography  and  index  of  North 
American  geology,  palaeontology,  petrology  and 
mineralogy  for  1892  to  1901,  inclusive. 

Bull.  U.  S.    Geol.  Surv.,  Nos.  130,  135,  146,  149,  156,  162, 
172,  188,  189,  203. 

t215  Weller  (Stuart).  A     Bibliographic     Index    of     North 
American  Carboniferous  Invertebrates. 
Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.,  No.  153,  1898. 


"96  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

*216  Whidborne  (G.  F.).  A  Monograph    of  the    Devonian 
Fauna  of  the  south  of  England,  vol.  3,  pt.  3. 
MoDOg.  Palaeoat.  Soc,  vol.  52,  1899. 

1217  White  (C.  A).  Contributions  to  Invertebrate  Palaeon- 
tology, No.  6. 

Geol.  Geog.  Surv.  Terr.  1873,  pt.  1. 

t218 .  Contributions     to     Invertebrate     Palaeontology, 

No.  8. 

Geol.  Geog.  Surv.  Terr.  1873,  pt.  1. 

t219 .  Preliminary  Keport  on  Invertebrate  Fossils,  with 

descriptions  of  new  species. 

Wheeler's  Geog.  Geol.  Expl.  W.  100  Merid. 

1 220 .  Invertebrate  Palaeontology  of   the  Plateau  Pro- 
vince . 

Powell's  Rep.  Geol.  Uinta  Mts.,  1876. 

t221 .  Report  upon  the  Invertebrate  Fossils  collected  in 

portions  of  Nevada,  Utah,  Colorado,  New  Mexico 

and    Arizona  by    parties    of  the    Expeditions  of 

1871,  1872,  1873  and  1874. 

Wheeler's   Rep.  U.   S.  Geog.  Surv.  W.  100  Merid.,  vol.  4, 
pt.  1,  1877. 

222 .  Description  of  New  Species  of  Invertebrate  Fos- 
sils from  the    Carboniferous  and  Upper  Silurian 

rocks  of  Illinois  and  Indiana. 
Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  1878. 

223 .  Description  of  new  Species  of  Carboniferous  In- 
vertebrate Fossils. 

Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mas.,  vol.  2,  1880. 

f  224 .   Fossils  of  the  Indiana  Rocks,  No.  2. 

nth  Rep.  Geol.  Surv.  Ind.,  1881. 

f225 .  Carboniferous  Invertebrate  Fossils  of  New  Mexico. 

U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  W.  100  Merid.,  vol.  3,  supp.  Appendix, 
1881. 

-^226 ,  and   Nickolson    (H.   Alleyne).  Bibliography    of 

North  American  Invertebrate  Palaeontology. 
U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Terr.  Misc.  Pub.  No.  10,  1878. 


Klem  —  Revision  of  the  Palaeozoic  Palae'echinoidea.  97 

1227 ,  and .  Supplement    to   the    Bibliography    of 

North  American  Invertebrate  Palaeontology. 

Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Geog.    Surv.  Terr.,  vol.  5,  no.  1,  art.  9, 
1879. 

t228  Worthen    (A.    H.),    St.    John     (Orestes)   and    Miller 
(S.  A.).  Palaeontology. 
Geol,  Surv.  111.,  vol.  7,  1883. 

.  See  (130  to  13G  incl.). 

1225)  Wright  (Jos.).  Description  of  a  new  species  of  Palae- 
chinus. 
Journ.  Roy.  Geol.  Soc.  Ireland,  n.  s.  vol.  1,  pt.  1,  1865. 

230 .  Description    of   a   new    Palaechinus  (P.   quadri- 

serialis.) 

Dub.  Quart.  Journ.  Sci.,  vol.  5,  1865. 

*231  Young  (John).  On  Archaeocidaris  urei. 

Proc.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  Glasgow,  vol.  1,  1858-69. 

1232  .  On  a  Carboniferous  Genus  of  Echinoderm  with 

overlapping  plates. 
Geol.  Mag.,  vol.  10,  1873. 

233 .  Notes  on  Archaeocidaris,  a  Carboniferous  Echi- 
noderm with  overlapping  plates. 
Proc.  Nat.  Hist.  Soc.  Glasgow,  vol.  2,  pt.  2,  1876. 

t234  Zittel  (Karl  A.).   Handbuch  der  Palaeontology. 
Bd.  1,  abth.  1,  1876-80. 

*23.5 .  Grundziige  der  Pal.aontologie.     1895. 

1236 .  Geschichte    der   Geologic    und  Paliiontologie    bis 

Ende  des  19  Jahrhunderts.     Miinchen,  1899. 

.  See  (48  and  163). 


98  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


EXPLANATION  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 
Plates  I-VI. 

Plate  I. — 1.  Interarabulacra  of  Melonites  multiporus.  —  2,  Interambu- 
lacra  of  Melonites  crassus  (type  specimen) .  —  3,  Interambulacra  of  an 
Oligoporus  from  the  Warsaw  Limestone  at  Boonville,  Mo. 

Plate  II.  —  4,  Interambulacra  of  Melonites  multiporus.  —  5,  Interambu- 
lacra of  a  small  Oligoporus  from  Boonville,  Mo. 

Plate  III.  —  6,  Interambulacra  of  Melonites  multiporus,  showing  the 
genital  plates.  —  7,  Interambulacra  of  Melonites  multiporus. 

Plate  IV.  —  8  a-e,  Interambulacra  of  Melonites  multiporus.  — 8  f ,  Teeth 
of  Melonites  multiporus  figured  in  8  a-e.  —  9  d,  Apical  system  of  Melonites 
multiporus  figured  on  PI.  V.,  figs.  9  a,  b. 

Plate  V.  —  9,  Melonites  multiporiis.  Interambulacra  of  a  large  specimen 
showing  the  successive  enlargement  of  the  individual  pieces. — 10,  Inter- 
ambulacra of  Melonites  multiporus,  showing  the  same  feature.  —  II,  Apical 
system  ot  Melonites  multiporus  (?)  (Magnified  two  diameters).  —  12  d, 
Apical  system  of  Melonites  multiporus  figured  on  PL  VI.,  figs.  12  a-c. 

Plate  VI.  —  10  c,  Interambulacrum  of  Melonites  multiporus  showing  the 
mode  of  lateral  expansion  by  the  deposition  of  rings  of  calcareous  sub- 
stance. —  12,  Interambulacra  of  Melonites  multiporus.  —  13,  Interambulacra 
of  Melonites  multiporus. 

Issued  May  5,  1904. 


Trans,  acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis,  vol.  XIV. 


Plate  I. 


Trans.  Acad.  sci.  of  St.  Louis,  Vol.  xiv. 


Plate  II. 


Tkans.  ACAD.  Sci.  or  St.  Louis,  Vol.  XIV. 


Platk  III. 


Trans.  Acai>.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis.  Vol.  XIV. 


Plate  IV. 


Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Lours,  Vol.  XIV. 


I'LATE   V. 


Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis,  Vol.  XIV. 


Plate  VI. 


PUBLICATIONS. 

The  following  publications  of  the  Academy  are  offered  for  sale  at  the 
net  prices  indicated.  Applications  should  be  addressed  to  The  Librarian, 
The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  3817  Olive  St.,  St.  Lcuis^  Mo. 

TRANSACTIONS  (In  octavo). 


Vol. 

Number. 

Price  per 

uumberc 

Price  per  vol. 

Price  iu  set. 

1* 
3t 

^7.50 
(Nos.  2-i  only.) 

1 

$4.00 
2.00  each. 

$7.00 
(Nos.  2-4  only.) 

2 

1  to  3 

2.00  each. 

5,50 

5.00 

3 

1  to  4 

2.00  each. 

7.50 

7.00 

4 

1  to  4 

2.00  each. 

7.50 

7.00 

5 

1-2,  3-4     1 

4.00  each, 
(double  unmber?) 

7.50 

7.00 

6t 

1;  2,  6,  8, 

10,  11-  IG,  17 

i,  5, '7,  13, 

14,1.5,  18 

3,  9 

12 

I  25  cts.  each. 

j-   50  cts.  each. 

75  cts.  each. 
$1.00 

7,50 

7.00 

7t 

2,  3,  4,  6,  7,  8. 
13,  15,  IG, 

18,  19 

5,  9  to  12, 

14,  20 

17 

1 

I  25  cts.  each. 

>   60  cts.  each. 

75  cts. 

$;1.00 

7.50 

7X0 

8J 

1,  3  to  6 

8,  10,  12 

2,  7,  9,  11 

1  25  cts.  each. 
60  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

n 

1>  3,  4,  7,  9 
2,  5,  8 

G 

25  cts,  each. 
50  c'cs.  each. 
$51.25 

10  'cts. 
25  cts.  each. 

40  cts. 
50  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

lot 

9 

2,  4,  5,  10 

1 

3,6.  7,8,11 

3.75 

3.50 

iii 

2,  3 

0-8,  10,  11 

1 

t 

15  cts.  each. 
25  ctp.  each. 

45  cts, 

75  cts, 
1.00 

8.75 

3.50 

12t 

],9,10 

y 

8,8 

2.4,6,7 

25  cts.  each. 

35  cts. 
45  cts.  each. 
£0  CIS.  e.:4ch. 

3.75' 

3.50 

m 

2,  3,  5-9 
4 
1 

25  cts.  each. 

75  cfcs. 

1.50 

1 
3.75             !           3.50 

MEMOIRS  (in  quarto). 

Contributions  to  the  archaeology  of  Missouri,  by  the  Archaeological  Section. 
Parti,     Pottery.     1880.     $2.00. 

The  total  eclipse  of  the  sun,  January  1,  1889.  A  report  of  the  observations 
made  by  the  Washington  University  Eclipse  Party,  at  Norman,  Califor- 
nia.    1891.     $2.00. 


*  Supply  exhausted. 

t  Can  be  sold  only  to  purchasers  of  the  entire  volume, —  50  far  as  this  can  be 
supplied. 

J  Each  number  is  a  brochure  containing  one  complete  paper  (or  mreb'  t^ro). 


•H  ■  > 


\A^ 


Transactions  of  The  Academy  of  Science  of  Si.  Louis. 

VOr^.   XIV.       No.    2. 


THE  MOLLUSCAN  FAUNA  OF  THE  DELLS  OF 

WISCONSIN. 


FRANK  COLLINS  BAKER. 


Is.^ULd  May  11,  1904. 


WAY    30    1904 


THE  MOLLUSCAN  FAUNA  OF  THE  DELLS  OF 

WISCONSIN.* 

Frank  Collins  Baker. 

Contents. 

I.  Introduction. 
II.  Topography  of  the  region. 

III.  Comparison  of  the  material. 

IV.  Systematic  catalog  of  species. 

I.  Introduction. 

The  1903  Field  Day  of  the  Chicago  Academy  of  Sciences 
is  one  that  will  long  be  remembered  by  those  who  took 
advantage  of  this  opportunity  to  visit  one  of  nature's  choicest 
retreats,  at  Kilbourn,  in  the  Dells  of  the  Wisconsin  River. 
It  was  the  good  fortune  of  the  writer  to  spend  a  week  in 
this  delightful  region,  from  July  6  to  13,  which  made  possible 
a  very  complete  natural  history  survey  of  the  Dells.  Ac- 
knowledgments are  due  to  Mr.  Nat  Wetzel  and  Mr.  Frank 
R.  Wheeler,  the  president  and  the  treasurer  of  the  Wisconsin 
Dells  Co.,  to  the  Chicago,  Milwaukee  and  St.  Paul  Railroad 
for  many  courtesies,  and  to  Messrs.  F.  M.  Woodruif  and 
T.  J.  Staley,  Jr.,  for  assistance  in  collecting. 

II.  Topography  of  the  region. 

The  region  of  the  Dells  of  the  Wisconsin  is  situated  in 
Juneau,  Adams,  Sauk  and  Columbia  counties,  Wisconsin,  194 
miles  from  Chicago.  The  overlying  rock  in  this  part  of  the 
State  is  Potsdam  sandstone  of  varying  hardness.     The  Wis- 


*  Presented  by  title  to  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  January  18, 
1904. 

(99) 


100  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

consin  River  has  cut  for  itself  a  devious  channel  in  this  rock, 
from  100  to  150  feet  in  depth  and  from  52  feet  to  half  a 
mile  in  width.  The  area  studied  embraces  a  tract  bordering 
the  river  for  about  four  miles  in  the  Lower  Dells  and  about 
three  and  a  half  miles  in  the  Upper  Dells. 

The  locality  is  a  notably  picturesque  one,  characterized  by 
canons,  glens  and  ravines  which  have  been  cut  by  small 
streams  flowing  into  the  Wisconsin  River.  These  lateral 
canons  and  glens  are  from  100  to  140  feet  in  depth  and  vary 
from  a  few  rods  to  over  a  mile  in  length.  The  sides  of  the 
canons  are  very  precipitous  and  frequently  almost  meet  in 
some  jjlaces,  forming  passages  such  as  "  Fat  Man's  Misery" 
in  Cold  Water  Canon.  The  walls  are  overgrown  with  moss, 
ferns  and  lichens  and  present  an  enticing  spot  for  the 
botanist. 

The  reported  character  of  the  country,  a  Potsdam  sandstone 
covered  with  coniferous  trees,  had  led  me  to  expect  a  very 
poor  fauna,  especially  insects  and  mollusks.  I  was  consider- 
ably surprised,  therefore,  upon  studying  the  region,  to  find 
both  a  varied  and  abundant  fauna,  not  only  of  the  inverte- 
brates, but  of  the  vertebrates  as  well.  This  diversity  of  life 
is  probably  due  to  the  abundance  of  deciduous  trees,  the 
fallen  logs  and  branches  of  which  become  soft  and  afford 
ample  protection  for  many  small  animals.  In  the  glens  and 
canons  the  greatest  variety  is  found,  although  the  wooded 
plateaus  between  the  canons  and  glens  also  support  a  rich 
fauna,  especially  of  insects  and  spiders.  The  whole  region  is 
a  curious  mixture  of  coniferous  and  deciduous  trees.  In  some 
places  the  two  kinds  are  mixed  together,  while  in  others  each 
kind  occupies  a  separate  and  restricted  area.  Fungi, 
lichens  and  mosses  are  everywhere  abundant  and  the  ground 
is  moist  about  the  decaying  tree  trunks,  affording  excellent 
retreats  for  the  smaller  land  snails. 

We  have  been  led  to  declare,  as  a  rule,  that  snails  will  not 
flourish  in  a  sandstone  region,  and  particularly  in  a  locality 
where  pine  trees  are  abundant,  but  the  Dells  region  is  an 
exception  to  this  rule,  for  snails  were  found  here  under  logs 
which  lay  on  beds  of  pine  needles,  in  the  midst  of  pine 
woods. 


Baker —  The  Molhiscan  Fauna  of  the  Dells  of  Wisconsin.      101 


III.  Comparison  of  the  material. 

A  comparative  study  of  the  fauna  of  the  different  canons 
and  glens  is  of  some  interest.  Several  species,  as  Pyramidula 
alternata,  were  abundant  everywhere,  while  others,  as  Euco- 
nulus  fulvus  and  Cochlicopa  lubrica,  were  found  only  in  one 
caiion  or  glen.  It  will  be  seen  by  comparing  the  annexed 
table  that  the  restricted  species  are  Bifidaria  corticaria,  Philo- 
mycuscarolinensis,  Euconulus  fulvus  and  Cochlicopa  lubrica. 
Strobilops  aiBnis  was  the  most  abundant  small  mollusk,  and 
was  found  under  almost  every  stick  or  log.  The  large  snail, 
Polygyra  multilineata,  seemed  to  be  very  rare,  scarcely  a  dozen 
specimens  being  found  during  the  eight  days  of  collecting. 


102 


Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


o 

& 

I— I 
H 


O 

1-3 
» 

> 

< 

o 
o 


en 

H 
Q 

O 

p.  monodon  fraterna 
Pyramidula  alternata 

Zonitoides  arboreus 
Zonitoides  nitidus 
Strobilops  affinis 

! 

6 

72 

0 

o 
a 

3 

2 

eS 

'•  "a    • 

:s  : 
;  *  • 

•  a,  • 

•  o  : 
'•  5  : 

.  o    • 
.    ;-i     • 
.  *^     . 
■  50    • 

'    00 

3 
■*^ 
oS 

-  «  m 

."  a 
-.  o 

03  a 
la 

O  c3 
""  »-. 

: 

o3 
O 

3 
S3 
O 

o 

o 

'^ 

Witches  Gulch. 

Pyramidula  alternata 
Pyramidula  striatella 
Zonitoides  arboreus 

Strobilops  affinis 
Strobilops  virgo 

!5 

C 

CD 

Pi 

<3 

Polygyra  multilineata 
P.  monodon  fraterna 
Pyramidula  alternata 

Zonitoides  arboreus 

Strobilops  affinis 

2   • 

■J    ; 

o    - 
o    • 

5   • 

H         * 

j3     • 

3     . 

a    . 

5  '. 

Philomycus  carolinensis 
Agriolimax  campestris 

O 

o 

o 
>-] 
o 
o 

a3 

CS 

a 

3 

s 

c3 

>, 
SI 

o 

S3 

a 

c3 

a 

o 

o 

a 
o 

g 

03 

03 

a 

3 

■a 

a 

si 

3 

o 
.? 

00 

o 

'S 
o 
N 

Zonitoides  nitidus 
Strobilops  affinis 
Strobilops  virgo 

'    CO 

.    > 

;  n 
.  "(^ 

.   ai 

•  3 

•  3 

•  a 

•  o 

•  o 

;  3 

3 

a 

3 
o 

.2 

o 
o 

•  r- 1 

n 
o 

S 

S 

.a 

03 

0) 

> 

00 

'5 

s 
a> 

a 

o 

;h 
03 
U 

J3 
3 
O 

S 
o 

30 

■(J 

00 

a, 

a 

S3 
O 

a 

.2 

£1) 

<3 

Baker —  The  Molluscan  Fauna  of  the  Dells  of  Wisconsin.     103 

Systematic  Catalog  of  Species. 
Class  PELECYPODA. 

Family  Unionidae. 

The  following  species  were  seen  from  the  Lower  Dells. 
The  height  of  the  river  prevented  the  collection  of  the  fresh- 
water clams,  which  were  said  to  be  common  at  low  water. 

Lampsilis  alata  Say. 

Lampsilis  gracilis  Barnes. 

Lampsilis  ligamentina  Lamarck. 

Class  GASTROPODA. 

Order  PULMONATA. 

Suborder  Basommatophora. 

Family  Physidae. 
Physa  gyrina  Say. 

Several  specimens  of  this  species  were  found  in  Cold  Water 
Caiion,  and  in  a  small  pond  near  the  road  which  enters 
Witches  Gulch  a  large  number  were  found.  The  shells  are 
very  black. 

Limnaea  desidiosa  Say. 

Abundant  in  small  pond  near  Witches  Gulch. 

Limnaea  humilis  Say. 

One  specimen  was  found  near  Cold  Spring. 

Suborder  Styloinmatophora. 
Family  Cochlicopidae. 

CocHLicoPA  LUBRiCA  MiiUcr. 

A  single  specimen  of  this  species  was  found  by  Mr.  Wood- 
ruff near  Cold  Spring. 


104  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


Family  Pupidae. 

Bifid  ARIA  corticaria  Say. 

This  species  was  very  abundant  in  old  logs  on  the  sides  of 
Artists'  Glen.  All  of  the  specimens  collected  had  a  single 
tooth  on  the  parietal  wall.     They  were  most  abundant  under 

started"  bark,  a  single  piece  of  bark  often  concealing  a 
dozen  specimens. 


( ( 


Strobilops  affinis  Pilsbry. 

This  was  the  most  abundant  small  snail  and  was  found 
everywhere. 

Strobilops  virgo  Pilsbry. 

Apparently  quite  rare  and  seemingly  restricted  to  Cold 
Water  Caiion  and  Witches  Gulch.  While  trying  to  identify 
these  small  shells  the  writer  hit  upon  the  plan  of  moistening 
the  base  of  the  shell  and  holding  it  near  the  light,  so  that  the 
number  and  position  of  the  small  lamellae  within  the  last 
whorl  could  be  distinctly  seen.  This  has  proren  quite  suc- 
cessful and  does  away  with  breaking  the  shell  to  see  the 
lamellae. 

Family  Endodontidae. 

Helicodiscus  lineatus  Say. 

Found  only  in  Cold  Water  Canon  and  at  Cold  Spring,  and 
not  common  at  either  place.  The  few  specimens  collected 
were  very  large. 

Pyramidula  alternata  Say. 

Abundant  everywhere.  The  jelly-like  eggs  of  this  species 
were  very  common.  In  many  places  the  young  snails,  about 
3  mm.  in  diameter,  had  hatched  and  were  actively  crawling 
about. 

Pyramidula  striatella  Anthony. 

Abundant  in  Cold  Water  Canon,  Witches  Gulch,  the  Lower 
Dells  and  at  Cold  Spring. 


Baker—  The  Molluscan  Fauna  of  the  Dells  of  Wisconsin.     105 

Philomycus  carolinensis  Bosc. 

This  slug  was  very  abundant  in  the  woods  in  and  bordering 
Artist's  Glen  and  in  the  woods  bordering  Cold  Water  ('afion. 
In  the  latter  place  it  was  found  feeding  on  the  fungus  Pluteus 
cervinus,  in  the  early  morning.  Every  log  which  was  damp 
beneath  supported  one  or  more  of  these  curious  animals.  I 
have  stated  elsewhere  that  Philomycus  is  solitary  in  habit, 
and  while  this  may  be  true  in  some  localities  it  is  not  so  for 
the  Dells  region,  for  as  many  as  four  or  five  specimens  were 
found  under  a  single  log,  many  times  bunched  together. 

Agriolimax  campestris  Binney. 

Found  abundantly,  associated  with  the  last  species. 

Family  Zonitidae. 

ZONITOIDES  ARBOREUS  Say. 

Very  common  in  Cold  Water  Canon,  Witches  Gulch, 
Lower  Dells  and  Artist's  Glen,  associated  with  Strobilops 
affinis  and  Vitrea  hammonis. 

ZoNiTOiDES  NiTiDUS  Miillcr. 

Cold  Water  Canon  and  Lower  Dells ;  not  common. 

EucoNULUS  FULVus  Drapamaud. 
Cold  Water  Canon,  rather  common. 

ViTREA  HAMMONIS  Strom.  (radiatula  Alder). 

Cold  Water  Canon  and  Cold  Spring,  not  common. 

Family  Helicidae. 

POLYGYRA  MULTILINEATA  Say. 

Artist's  Glen  and  Cold  Water  Canon,  not  common.  It  is 
probable  that  the  lack  of  limestone  in  this  region  discourages 
the  laro-er  helices  from  inhabiting  this  area  in  any  number. 

PoLYGYRA  MONODON  Rackett.  Var.  fraterna  Say. 

Artist's  Glen,  Cold  Water  Canon,  and  Lower  Dells. 
This  is  one  of  the  most  abundant  helices  in  this  region. 

Issued  May  11,1904. 


PUBLICATIONS. 


The  following  publications  of  the  Academy  are  offered  for  sale  at  the 
net  prices  indicated.  Applications  should  be  addressed  to  The  Librarian, 
The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  3817  Olive  St.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

TRANSACTIONS  (in  octavo). 


Vol. 

Number, 

Price  per 
number. 

Price  per  vol. 

Price  in  set. 

1* 

2t 

3,4: 

$7.50 
(Nos.  2-4  only.) 

1 

$4.00 
2.00  each. 

^7.00 
(Nos.  2-4  ouly.) 

-  2 

1  to  3 

2.00  each. 

5.50 

5.00 

3 

1  to  4 

2.00  each. 

7.50 

7.00 

4 

1  to  4 

2.00  each. 

7.50 

7.00 

6 

1-2,3-4      { 

4.00  each, 
(double  numbers) 

7.50 

7.00 

ej 

1;  2,  6,  8, 

10,   11;    10,   17 

4,  5,  7,  13, 
14,  15,  18 

12 

>   25  cts.  each. 

i   50  cts.  each. 

'75  cts.  each. 
-lil.OO 

7.60 

7.00 

n 

2,  3,  4,  6,  7,  8. 
13,  15,  la, 

18,  19 

5,  9  to  12, 

14,  20 

17 

1 

I   25  cts.  each. 

I   cO  cts.  each. 

75  cts. 

#1.00 

7.50 

7,  CO 

m 

1,  3  to  (5 

8,  10,  12 

2,7,9,11 

I"  25  cts.  each. 
50  cts.  each. 

3.76 

3,50 

ot 

1,  3,  4,  7,  9 

2,5,8 

25  cts.  each. 
50  ctg.  each. 
#1.25 

8.75 

3.50 

lot 

9 

2,  4,  5,  10 

1 

3,  6;  7,  8,  11 

10  cts, 
25  cts.  each.  . 

40  cts. 
50  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

lit 

2,8 

5-8,  10,  11 

I 

9               ! 

15  cts.  each. 
25  cts.  each. 

45  cts. 

75  cts. 
1.00 

3.76 

i 

3.50 

12t 

i 

1,9,10 

5 

8,8 

2,  4,  6,  7 

25  ct.s.  each. 

35  cts. 
45  cts.  each. 
50  cts.  each,    j 

3.75            I 

3.50 

ist 

2,3,5-9 
4 
1 

25  cts.  each, 

75  cts. 

1.50 

3.75 

3.60 

MEMOiES  (in  quarto). 

Contributions  to  the  archaeology  of  Missouri,  by  the  Archaeological  Section. 
Part  1.     Pottery.     1880.     #2.00. 

The  total  eclipse  of  the  sun,  January  1,  1889.  A  report  of  the  observations 
made  by  the  Washington  University  Eclipse  Party,  at  Norman,  Califor- 
nia.    1891.     #2.00. 


*  Supply  exhausted. 

t  Can  be  sold  ouly  to  purchasers  of  the  entire  volume,  — so  far  as  this  can  be 
fupplied. 

t  Enoh  number  is  a  brochure  containing  one  complete  paper  (or  rarely  two). 


WAY    ^^      "■' 


Transactions  of  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis. 


VOL.  XIV.       No.    3. 


NOTES   ON  FLANORBISTRaNCATUS  MILES. 


FRANK    COLLINS  BAKER. 


J.'^sued  May  11,  19041 


WAY  30  1904 


NOTES  ON  PLANORBIS  TRUNCATUS  MILES.* 

Frank  Collins  Baker. 

On  page  291  of  the  "  Mollusca  of  the  Chicago  Area"  the 
writer  stated  his  opinion  that  Plauorbis  truncatus  and  Plan- 
orbis  trivolvis  were  closely  related,  the  latter  being  thought 
to  be  the  ancestor  of  the  former.  A  detailed  study  of  the 
two  species  has  brought  to  light  some  interesting  facts  which 
seem  of  enough  importance  for  pul)hcation. 

The  principal  characteristics  of  truncatus  are  its  very  Hat 
spire,  angulated  whorls  and  strong  spiral  sculpture,  the  latter 
being  confined  to  the  base  and  periphery,  but  not  appearing  on 
the  upper  surface  of  the  whorls.  These  lines  are  strongest 
on  the  periphery  and  become  fainter  as  they  approach  the 
wide  umbilicus.  The  flat  spire  is  bordered  by  a  strongly 
raised  keel,  and  the  lines  of  growth  are  strong,  elevated  and 
more  or  less  curved.  The  color  of  most  specimens  examined 
is  light  horn,  similar  to  some  of  the  Polygyras. 

While  examining  several  thousand  Planorbis  trivolvis  under 
the  microscope,  it  was  discovered  that  all  of  the  young  shells, 
up  to  and  including  the  second  whorl,  were  marked  with  spiral 
lines  in  precisely  the  same  manner  as  truncatus,  so  that  the 
presence  of  these  lines  is  not  a  sufficient  character  by  which  to 
separate  the  young  of  the  two  species,  as  both  have  flat 
spires  and  spiral  lines.  There  are  several  characteristics, 
however,  which  will  separate  even  the  young  of  these  two 
species.  The  fir^t  is  the  conspicuous  size  of  the  whorls, 
those  of  truncatus  being  about  twice  as  large  as  those  of  trivolvis 
up  to  the  third  whorl,  when  the  latter  increases  in  a  much 
larger  ratio.  Truncatus  has  4  whorls  when  full  grown,  while 
trivolvis  has  4^  to  5  (although  in  all  the  books  it  is  de- 
scribed as  with  4  whorls). 


♦  Presented  by  title  to  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  January  18, 

1904. 

(107) 


108  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Another  distinguishing  characteristic  is  the  manner  in 
which  the  whorls  of  the  young  shells  form  in  contact.  In 
truncatus  the  spire  is  perfectly  flat  for  all  of  the  whorls  and 
the  sutures  form  strong,  elevated  ridges  from  the  elevation 
of  the  carina  of  the  whorl  above  the  dorsal  plane.  The  nu- 
cleus, also,  is  simply  a  slightly  elevated  oval  disk,  perfectly  in 
accord  with  the  general  truncated  aspect  of  the  whole  spire. 

In  trivolvis  the  whorls  impinge  in  such  a  manner  as  to  form 
a  depressed  suture,  and  each  whorl,  beginning  with  the  second, 
is  raised  a  trifle  above  the  last.  The  nucleus  is  much  smaller 
than  that  of  truncatus  and  is  depressed  a  little  below 
the  first  whorl.  The  whorls  of  truncatus  are  all  rather  tightly 
coiled,  while  those  of  trivolvis  are  tightly  coiled  in  the  young 
shell  (2-4  whorls)  but  become  loosely  coiled  in  the  adult. 

It  is  the  opinion  of  the  writer  that  truncatus  is  the  ances- 
tral form  of  trivolvis,  and  not  vice  versa,  as  was  stated  in  the 
"  Molluscaof  the  Chicago  Area,"  the  close  relationship  being 
shown  in  the  spiral  lines  and  truncated  spire  of  the  young  of 
both  species.  I  have  not  seen  the  occurrence  of  fossil  speci- 
mens of  truncatus  recorded,  but  it  should  certainly  be  found 
in  the  Pleistocene  deposits  of  Michigan. 

The  geographical  distribution  of  truncatus  is  somewhat 
limited  judging  by  the  records,  which  give  the  following  local- 
ities: Saginaw  Bay,  Michigan  (Miles);  Elk  Eiver,  Antrim 
Co.,  Michigan  (Walker);  Millers,  Indiana  (Higley) ;  North 
Branch  Chicago  River  and  George  Lake  (Jensen) ;  Chicago 
Drainage  Canal,  Summit,  Illinois  (Baker);  Port  Austin, 
Mich.  (C.  A.  Davis);  Bayport,  Mich.  (Mrs.  A.  C.  Lane). 

The  species  seems  to  be  extremely  rare  and  but  a  half  dozen 
specimens  have  rewarded  the  efforts  of  the  Chicago  Conchol- 
ogists  during  the  past  twenty  years.  It  is  one  of  the  hand- 
somest of  the  Planorbes  and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  further 
search  will  add  new  localities  and  bring  a  number  of  specimens 
to  light. 

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 

1860.  Miles,  Manley.  Catalogue  of  the  Mollusks  of  Michi- 
gan. Winchell's  Rep.  Geol.  Surv.  Mich.,  1861, 
p.  238. 


Baker  — Notes  on  Planorhis  Truncatus  Miles.  109 

1865.  Binney,  W.  G.,  and  Bland,  Thomas.  Land  and 
Fresh  Water  Shells  of  North  America,  Part  II, 
Pulmonata  Limuophila  and  Thalassophila,  p.  121, 
fig.  202,  Smith  Miscel.  Coll.,  No.  143. 

1868.  Currier,  A.  O.  List  of  the  Shell-bearing  MoUusca  of 
Michigan.     Kent  Sci.  Inst.  Miscel.  Pub.  No.  1. 

1870.  Ti/ron,  George  W.  Continuation  of  Haldeman's 
Monograph  of  the  Fresh-water  Univalve  Mollusca 
of  th^  United  States,  p.  204,  pi.  6,  figs.  17,  18,  19. 

1879.  Walker,  Bryant.  Catalogue  of  the  Shell-bearing 
Mollusca  of  Michigan.  Journ.  of  Conch.,  II,  p. 
325. 

1881.  De  Camp,  W.  H.  List  of  the  Shell-bearing  Mollusca 
of  Michigan.     Kent  Sci.  Inst.  Miscel.   Pub.  No.  5. 

1888.  Walker,  Bryant.  On  the  re-discovery  of  Planorbis 
multivolvis  Case  and  P.  truncatus  Miles.  Journ.  of 
Conch.,  V,  p.  330. 

1893.  Walker,    Bryant.     The     Shell-bearing    Mollusca    of 

Michigan.     The  Nautilus,  VII,  p.  136. 

1894.  Walker,  Bryant.     Review  of  Our  Present  Knowledge 

of  the  Molluscan  Fauna  of  Michigan,  pp.  4,  8,  18. 

1896.  Baker,  Frank  C.  On  the  correct  position  of  the 
aperture  in  Planorbis.  Journ.  Cin.  Soc.  N.  H.,  v. 
XIX,  p.  46. 

\%^1.- Baker,  Frank  C.  Notes  on  Radulae.  Journ.  Cin. 
Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  v.  XIX,  p.  85. 

1898.  Baker,  Frank  C.  A  Day  on  the  Chicago  Drainage 
Canal.      The  Nautilus,  XII,  p.  64. 

1898.  Baker,  Frank  C.  Mollusca  of  the  Chicago  Area. 
Part  I,  p.  22. 


110  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1902.  Baker,    Frank   C.     Mollusca    of   the  Chicago  Area. 

Part  II,  p.  290,  pi.  XXX,  fig.  28. 

1903.  Walker,  Bryant  and  Lane,  A.    C.     Recent  Shells  of 

the  Marl.  Geological  Survey  of  Michigan,  vol.  VII, 
pt.  ii,  p.  251. 

Issued  May  21, 1904. 


PUBLICATIONS. 


Tlie  following  publications  of  the  Academy  are  offered  for  pale  at  the 
net  prices  indicatecl.  Applications  should  be  addtessed  to  The  Lil^rariau, 
The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  3817  Olive  St.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

TRANSACTIONS  (in  octavo). 


18j 


;,y,10 
5 
.3.8  . 
2,  4;  6,  "i 


I    25  cts.  each. 
I  35  cts. 

j    45  cts.  each. 
£0  tts.  each. 


-    Vcl. 

Number. 

Price  per 
number, 

Price  per  vol. 

Price  in  set. 

I* 

2t 
3,4 

$7.50 
(Nos.  2-4  only.) 

.    1 

^4.00 
2.00  each. 

■  $7.00 
(Nos.  2-4  only.) 

2 

1  to  3 

2.00  each. 

6.50 

5.00~ 

3 

1  to  4 

2.00  each. 

7.50 

7.00 

4 

1  to  4 

2.00  each. 

7.50 
7.60 

7.00 

6 

1-2,  S-4     1 

4.00  each, 
(douhle  irambers) 

7.00 

m 

1.2,6,8, 

10,  11.  IG,  17 

4,  .%  7,  13, 

U,  15,  18 

3,  6 

a2 

I   25  cte.  each. 

I    50  cts.  each. 

75  cts.  each. 
r?-i.oo 

7.50 

7.00 

n 

2,3,4,0,7,8, 
13.  15,  I'J, 

is,  19 

£, 9  to  12, 

14.  20 

i; 

1 

I  2,0  cts.  each. 

i   50  cts.  each. 

75  cts. 
^hOO 

7.50 

7.00 

8J 

l,3to« 

8,  10,  12 

2,7,9,11 

1   26  cts,  each. 
50  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

n 

1,  3,  4,  7,  9 

2,  5,  8       , 
« 

9 

?,  4,  5.  10 

1 

3,6..  7,8,11 

25  cts,  ench. 
50  ct3.  each. 
$1.26      -• 

3.75 

3.60 

im 

10  cf.s. 
25  cts.  each. 

40.  cts. 
.ro  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.60 

lit 

2/g 

5-8,  10,  11 

1 

J 

15  cts.  each. 
i!5.ctp.  each. 

45  cts. 

75  cts. 
1.00 

3.75 

3.60 

2,  3,  5-y 

I  1 


25  cts.  cacu. 

75  cts. 

1.50 


3.. TO 


5.50 


MEMOIRS  (in  quarto). 

Contrlbmions  to  the  archaeology  of  Missciuri,  by  the  Archaeological  Section. 
Farti.     Pottery.     1880.     $8.00. 

The  total  eclipse  of  the  sun,  January  1,  1889.  A  report  of  the  o])seryations 
made  by  the  Wasliington  University  Eclipse  Party,  at  Norman,  Califor- 
nia.    1831.     S2.00. 


*  Supply  exhausted. 

t  Can  be  sold  only  to  purchasers  of  the  entire  volume,— *o  far  as  this  can  li2 
supplicfl. 

"  K.-irh  number  is  a  brochure  containing  one  complete  paper  (or  rarely  two). 


MAY    ?^    '     ^ 
Transactions  of  The  Academy  of  Science  of  8t.  Louis. 

VOL..  XIV.     Xo.   4. 


PRIMITIVE   CONDITIONS  IN  THE  SOLAR   NEBULA. 


FRANCIS  E.  NIFHER. 


hmed  Maj  18,  1904. 


.  WAY    50    ]9Ci 


PRIMITIVE  CONDITIONS  IN  THE  SOLAR  NEBULA.* 

Francis  E,  Nipiier. 

In  a  recent  number  of  these  Transactions, f  the  author  has 
deduced  the  general  equations  for  the  contraction  of  a  gase- 
ous nebula.  The  nebula  was  considered  as  a  heat  engine. 
The  piston  face  is  any  spherical  surface,  concentric  with  the 
gravitating  center.  The  load  on  the  piston  is  the  weight  of 
layers  of  the  gas  superposed  upon  the  piston  face.  As  con- 
traction proceeds,  this  load  increases  in  a  perfectly  definite 
way,  due  to  the  increasing  weight  of  superposed  layers,  as 
their  distance  from  the  center  decreases.  It  was  showr  that 
in  the  equation  i^y"=yl ,  the  values  A  and  n  were  both  con- 
stant.    The  value  n  was  found  to  be 

2(7y  +  4C       6/c  — 4 
^  ~  2(7^  +  3(7  ~  5/c— 3  " -^■^^^' 

where  Op  is  the  specific  heat  at  constant  pressure;    C  is  the 

/jPv\ 
constant  for  the  gas,  I  yp]  in  heat  units,   and   k  is  the  ratio 

of  the  specific  heats  =  1.41.  In  other  words  the  value  of  7i 
is  constant  for  all  gases. 

The  equations  of  that  paper  enable  one  to  draw  some  very 
interesting  conclusions  concerning  the  nature  of  the  priuiitive 
solar  nebula. 

If  the  nebulous  gas  be  assumed  to  extend  to  an  infinite 
distance,  and  it  be  assumed  that  the  condensation  has  reached 
such  a  stage  that  the  mass  of  the  present  solar  system  is  in- 
ternal to  Neptune's  orbit,  we  may  compute  by  means  of  equa- 
tions (19)  and  (20)  the  pressure  and  density  at  that  radial 


*  Presented  by  title  to  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  March  21, 
1904. 
t  Trans.  Acad,  of  So.  of  St.  Louis,  Vol.  XIII;  No.  6. 

(Ill) 


112 


Trails.  Acad.  iSci.  of  St.  Louis. 


distance  from  the  center.  The  pressure  in  atmospheres  is 
found  to  be  1.74  X  10"'^,  and  the  density  in  grammes  per  cc.  is 
found  to  be  1.40  X  10~^^.  These  values  remind  one  of  the 
conditions  in  a  highly  exhausted  Crookes  tube.  It  is  at  once 
evident  that  we  can  hardly  conceive  planetary  masses  being 
separated  from  a  nebula  having  such  a  high  degree  of  atten- 
uation. 

Of  course  the  assumption  made  implies  that  the  mass  ex- 
ternal to  Neptune's  orbit  is  inJSnite.  The  pressure  at  Saturn's 
distance  from  the  center  would  be  2.85  X  10~^  atmosphere, 
and  nevertheless  more  than  half  of  the  entire  mass  of  the 
solar  system  would  lie  in  the  spherical  shell  between  the 
orbits  of  Saturn  and  Neptune. 

In  order  to  examine  the  case  of  a  nebula  having  a  finite 
mass  we  may  introduce  into  eq.  (10)  of  the  former  paper  a 
constant  of  integration.  This  constant  is  so  chosen  that  the 
pressure  becomes  zero  at  any  radius  i?^.    Eq.  ( 10)  then  becomes 


_2_  /    1    \2—n  I    1      \2-n 


where  B 


I  4:11 

=  1(2= 


4n  —  3n^    \2-ra 
(2  —  7iy27rk) 


In  this  equation,  ^•  is  the  gravitation  constant  =  i  r^no  v  lO^' 
Since  P  =  A8'\  the  density  at  any  distance  R  will  then  be 


—   -   1 


2 
i?2-n 


i?\2- 


1 
2n  -J  n 


-(I) 


(52) 


Since  ^  =  Py=  CT  it   will   be    observed    that  pressure, 

density  and  temperature  all  approach  zero,  as  B  approaches 
Pq.  This  of  course  means  that  the  law  of  a  perfect  gas  does 
not  hold  for  the  outer  layers  of  the  nebula.  It  also  seems 
to  indicate  that  there  is  no  very  serious  danger  of  the  heated 


Nipher  —  Primitive  Conditions  in  the  Solar  Nebula.        113 

gases  from  the  interior  escaping  from   such  a  nebula,   since 
molecular  motion  must  cease  at  the  outer  limit. 
The  mass  internal  to  any  radius  H  is 


P 


M=i7r\   li^dJR 


Making  B  =  xR^  where  the  extreme  limits  in  x  are  0 
and  i,  and  substituting  S  from  the  previous  equation  the 
value  of  M  is 


M=4.'TrA^- 


Cx 
1_    1.    ^~3"    I       1     / 


dx. 


(53) 


The  value  of  f  (»;)  in  this  equation  was  platted  for  values 
of  X  between  0.001  (where  /(a;)  =  4.720)  and  unity.  The 
integrals  determined  by  means  of  the  planimeter  are  given  in 
the  following  table. 

Mr.  James  of  the  mathematical  department  of  Washington 
University  afterwards  pointed  out  that  the 
above  integral   between  the  limits  0  and  1 
could  be  evaluated  in  terms  of  the  Gamma 
function.     Putting 

2— n 

X  =  <  "2^  we  have 


X 


J    f{x)dx 


I 


f[x)dx  = 


2—71     I 


2-n 
t     2n 

4— 3« 
t      2« 


— 1 


l+n 


(1-0 


— 1 


df 


0.1 

0.2167 

0.2 

0.3685 

0.3 

0.5008 

0.4 

0.6188 

0.5 

0.7223 

0.6 

0.8122 

0.7 

0.8870 

0.8 

0.9450 

0.9 

0.9835 

1.0 

0.9976 

Since  rt  =  1.101,  the  function  is  transcendental   and  its 
value  is  finite.     Its  value  is  * 


♦  De  Haan.     Table  1,  No.  8. 


114  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


271 


t/   0 


r  (li^^)  r  (l±l'] 

2  —  n      \     2n     J       \    n    J      /^^x 


lQ—n\ 
\     2n    I 


The   numerical  value  between  0  and  1  is  by  computation 
from  (54)  found  to  be  0.9975. 

The  close  agreement  between  this  value,  and  that  given  in 

the  table  of  integrals  obtained  by  graphical  means,   makes  it 

seem  desirable  to  say  that  the  graphical  values  were   first  de 

termined,  and  on  a  large  diagram  which  was  very  carefully 

constructed    and    measured.     The   value   of    n  as  computed 

Pv 
from  the  independently  determined  constants  C^  and  -y^     for 

oxygen,  hydrogen,  nitrogen  and  air,  only  differs  in  the 
fourth  significant  figure  as  is  shown  in  the  former  paper.  It 
therefore  seems  justifiable  to  assume  that  this  integral  rep- 
resents a  physical  constant  which  may  be  relied  upon  with 
considerable  confidence  in  the  fourth  decimal  place. 

The  mass  of  the  entire  nebula  may  therefore  be  represented 
by  the  equation 

1  _i_         4-3n 

0  i  (2  —  71)2  27^^7  0  V      ) 

The  mass  internal  to  any  radius  B  is 


^0         f 

~0.9975j*' 


M=rr-?^,   \f(x)dx 


The  mass  M^  of  our  solar  system  may  be  taken  as 
1.99  X  10^^  grammes.  The  mass  of  the  planet  Neptune  is 
1.029  X  10^^  grammes.     Let  us  assume  that  the  solar   nebula 


Nipher  —  Primitive  Conditions  in  the  iiolar  Nebula.         115 

has  reached  such  a  stage  in  its  condensation,  that  the  mass  of 
Neptune  is  external  to  Neptune's  present  orbit.  "What  will 
be  the  condition  of  the  gas  at  that  radius,  and  what  will  be 
the  radius  H^  of  the  entire  mass  M^?  At  the  distance  of 
Neptune's  orbit 


J"'      X  ,        /  1.029     \ 


0.9975=0.997449. 


By  interpolation  from  the  table  of  integrals  above  given, 
this  value  corresponds  to  the  value  of  £c  =  0.999634.  Hence 
the  radius  of  the  nebula  is 

li       4.49758X10^^ 
^0=^=      0.999634    -  4-49923  X  10^- ■ 

The  nebula  therefore  extends  beyond  Neptune's  orbit  a 
distance  of  1.65  X  10^^  cm.  or  about  a  million  miles. 

This  computation  cannot  of  course  pretend  to  any  real  pre- 
cision as  applied  to  our  special  case,  since  the  mass  of  Nep- 
tune is  so  small  compared  with  the  mass  of  the  entire  nebula. 
It  does  apply  to  a  case  in  which  M^  is  precisely  what  we  have 
here  assumed  it  to  be.  So  that  we  may  use  this  method  for 
exploring  the  outskirts  of  such  a  nebula  with  a  view  of  learn- 
ing the  physical  conditions  which  must  hold  in  a  gaseous 
nebula. 

If  the  values  now  determined  be  substituted  in  (56)  the 
value  of  A  is  found  to  be  2.396  X  10^2_ 

The  value  of  A  in  (51)  gives  the  pressure  in  C.  G.  S. 
units,  which,  when  reduced  to  atmospheres,  is  found  to  be 
0.000,000,000,149  or  1.49  X  lO-^".  The  same  value  A  in 
(52)  gives  for  the  density  at  Neptune's  place,  the  value 
1.93  X  10~^*  grammes  per  cc.  These  numerical  values  hold 
for  all  gases.  The  value  of  CT  at  this  place  is  therefore 
7.82  X  10^°.     The    temperature  will  therefore  depend  on  the 

nature   of   the    gas.     For    hydrogen  the  value  of  C'  =  ^p-  is 
4.13  X  10^     The  temperature  would  in  that  case  be   about 


116  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1900^  C.  For  air  the  value  of  6Ms  2.88  X  10«  and  the  tem- 
perature would  be  about  27000^  C,  if  the  nebula  were  of  air. 

These  values  show  that  at  this  stage  of  its  history,  if  the 
solar  nebula  had  been  a  gas,  the  mass  would  practically  all 
follow  the  law  of  a  perfect  gas,  since  at  Neptune's  place  the 
temperatures  are  far"  above  the  critical  temperatures  for 
ordinary  gases. 

The  results  also  show  that  the  effect  of  the  outer  layers, 
which  are  too  cool  to  follow  the  law  of  a  perfect  gas,  is  insig- 
nificant so  far  as  temperature  and  pressures  within  the  great 
body  of  the  nebula  are  concerned. 

The  pressures  due  to  them  are  very  small,  and  the  work 
which  they  are  capable  of  doing  on  the  entire  mass  during 
contraction  is  correspondingly  small. 

It  certainly  seems  very  probable  that  these  equations  may 
now  hold  for  the  sun.  But  it  is  clear  that  they  could  not 
have  applied  to  the  solar  nebula  while  the  various  planets  were 
separating  from  the  parent  mass.  The  idea  that  the  nebula 
was  then  a  gaseous  nebula  is  utterly  out  of  the  question.  The 
direction  towards  which  we  must  turn  for  a  solution  of  this 
problem  is  that  indicated  in  the  masterly  discussion  of  G.  H. 
Darwin  in  the  Philosophical  Transactions  of  the  Royal  So- 
ciety A.  1889.*  The  hypothesis  that  the  material  composing 
the  planets  consisted  of  a  swarm  of  meteoric  masses  is  not 
only  a  reasonable  one,  but  it  is  the  only  reasonable  one  that 
has  been  suo;o;ested  in  view  of  the  numerical  results  which 
appear  to  follow  from  these  equations  for  a  gaseous   nebula. 

The  collisions  within  such  a  swarm  of  meteorites  would 
result  in  the  breaking  up  of  those  having  smaller  density  and 
greater  brittleness  more  rapidly  than  those  of  a  metallic  charac- 
ter. The  sorting  of  these  masses  according  to  size,  and  the  ac- 
cumulation of  the  larger  masses  towards  a  gravitating  center, 
discussed  by  Darwin,  explains  the  increase  in  density  towards 
the  center  of  the  earth.  The  recent  remark  of  Rutherford 
concerning  the  distribution  of  radio-active  matter  in  the  earth's 
crust,  calls  in  question  all  of    the  results  which  have  been 


*  Ou  the  Mechanical  Conditions  of  a  Swarm  of  Meteorites,  and  on  Theo- 
ries of  Coemogony. 


Nipher  —  Primitive  Conditions  in  the  Solar  Nebula.        117 

reached  from  a  discussion  of    underground  temperatures  as 
related  to  the  age  of  the  earth,  and  its  past  history. 

It  seems  certain  that  the  material  composing  our  earth 
must  have  been  solid  when  the  moon  separated  from  the 
earth,  and  that  the  outer  parts  of  the  sun  must  have  been 
solid  when  Mercury  separated  from  the  parent  mass.  In  its 
subsequent  history,  the  sun  has  fused  and  vaporized.  Its 
condition  now  is  precisely  what  might  be  expected  from  the 
teachings  of  the  equations  of  the  present  paper.  The  sun  is, 
certainly,  mainly  gaseous.  Its  outer  visible  limit,  is  the  clouds 
formed  of  liquid  drops,  which  occupy  the  external  layers 
where  the  temperature  is  comparatively  low,  and  where  some 
of  the  material  is  not  gaseous. 

The  temperatures  which  will  be  attained  in  a  condensing 
swarm  of  meteorites  will  evidently  be  subject  to  considerable 
variations.  If  the  masses  are  uniformly  distributed  in  a 
spherical  volume,  the  acceleration  will  approach  zero  at  the 
central  parts,  and  will  increase  outwardly  along  a  radius.  If 
it  happen  that  a  central  core  of  solid  matter  has  been  estab- 
lished, then  external  to  this  core,  the  acceleration  will  be  com- 
posed of  two  terms.  The  value  of  one  term  varies  inversely 
as  the  square  of  the  distance  from  the  core  center,  and  that  of 
the  other,  due  to  the  effect  of  the  swarm  external  to  the  core, 
increases  directly  with  the  radius.  It  may  therefore  happen 
that  the  acceleration  will  be  a  minimum  at  some  surface 
within  the  meteoric  swarm,  and  external  to  the  core.  If  the 
whole  mass  is  in  rotation  around  an  axis,  it  is  evident  that  such 
a  distribution  of  matter  would  result  in  the  formation  of  an 
equatorial  ring.  The  masses  external  to  the  position  of  min- 
imum acceleration  would  gradually  gravitate  inward  towards 
the  position  of  minimum  acceleration,  and  those  within  would 
gradually  separate  from  it. 

In  determining  the  resulting  or  maximum  temperature  due 
to  the  ao-gregation  of  such  masses  into  planets,  there  is  much 
wider  limits  for  conjecture,  than  in  the  case  of  a  gaseous 
nebula.  The  variation  in  average  density  throughout  the 
swarm  of  meteorites  will  depend  upon  the  size  and  density 
of  individual  masses.     The  energy  may  be  so  gradually  dissi- 


118 


Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 


pated  by  impacts  and  radiations  that  the  mass  may  never 
become  fused  if  the  total  mass  of  the  planet  is  relatively 
small.  The  possibilities  in  regard  to  the  former  temperature 
of  the  earth  are  under  consideration,  but  no  final  conclusion 
can  as  yet  be  given.  It  does  not  at  present  seem  necessary, 
or  even  probable,  that  the  material  composing  our  earth  was 
ever  in  a  state  of  fusion. 

In  the  case  of  the  central  mass  left  after  the  separation  of 
Mercury,  it  is  of  course  easy  to  understand  how  this  enor- 
mous mass  should  finally  fuse  and  vaporize.  Its  present  con- 
dition may  be  compared  with  what  would  result  if  it  had 
condensed  to  its  present  volume  from  a  gaseous  nebula  filling 
what  might  be  called  an  equitable  part  of  the  vast  space 
whose  radius  is  the  distance  to  the  nearest  fixed  star,  which 
is  3.06  X  10^^  cm.  We  may  now  compare  the  value  of  the 
radius  B  of  any  spherical  isothermal  T  with  the  radius  E^  of 
the  zero  isothermal  forming  the  outer  limit  of  the  nebula. 

By  (51)  and  (52) 

T"" 


n— 1 


2n      n — 1 


im 


•2(71-1) 

•2—n 


R' 


(56) 


Combining  this  equation  with  (55)  by  the  ehmination  of 
A  and  replacing  R  by  xR^  in  the  resulting  equation,  the 
value  of  X  is 


x  = 


1+10.9975 


(4  — 3n)n  2CTRA^i 
(2— n)2     JcM^    I      . 


2—n 
2n 


(57) 


Hence 


R  = 


i+(o, 


2n 


9975 


(4^  —  Sn)n2CTR^Y^i 


\n—\ 


2—n 
2n 


(58) 


Nipher  —  Primitive  Conditions  in  the  Solar  Nebula.       119 

An  inspection  of  this  equation  shows  that  for  any  fixed 
value  of  T,  there  will  be  a  definite  value  of  B^  which  will 
make  the  radius  H  of   the  isothermal  T  a  maximum. 


The  condition  for  this  maximum  is 


dli\ 


rlKJl 


==(9. 


o/r 


The  condition  thus  determined  ic 


^0  = 


-ytl—l 


2(n  —  l) 
i  —  3n 


(2  —  ny 


JcM. 


P , 


0.dd75(4:  —  Sn)n2CT 


(59) 


According  to  this  equation,  the  higher  the  temperature  of 
the  isothermal  the  smaller  must  be  the  radius  of  a  contracting 
nebula  when  the  radius  of  the  isothermal  has  reached  its 
maximum.  This  shows  that  the  outer  isothcrmals  are  con- 
tracting, while  the  inner  ones  are  enlaro;ino;.  The  maximum 
radius  M  of  any  isothermal  is  found  by  substituting  the  value 
i?Q  of  (59)  in  (58).     The  maximum  i?  is 


i2  =  k 


[2(n-l)l 
4  — 3n 

n  — 1 

n 

(2      ny            kiVI^ 

0.9975(4—3/1)71    2CT 

1  + 


2{n—l) 
4  — 3m 


■2 — n 
'2n 


(60) 


In  like  manner  this  value  i?^  in  (57)  gives  for  the  value  of 
X  when  li  for  any  isothermal  is  a  maximum 


(^^o).^^. 


—  x^. 


0/  Ji=max. 


4— 3/i 
2—n 


1-n 
In 


(61) 


In  the  former  paper  it  was  shown  that  for  oxygen,  hydro- 
gen, nitrogen,  and  air,  h=  1.101.     Hence 


x  =  0.901, 


120  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

This  shows  that  in  a  cosmical  gas-kugel  of  such  mixed 
gases,  the  particular  isothermal  which  at  any  time  during 
the  contraction  of  the  nebula  is  at  a  distance  R  ^0.901  R^, 
will  then  be  at  its  maximum.  Isothermals  internal  to  this 
will  be  increasing  in  radius,  while  those  outside  will  be  con- 
tracting. This  condition  is  due  to  the  fact  that  the  outer 
limit  of  the  nebula  has  a  constant  temperature  of  zero.  The 
isothermals  originate  at  the  center  and  enlarge  as  the  con- 
traction proceeds,  while  the  inward  motion  due  to  contraction 
is  greatest  at  the  external  surface,  and  approaches  zero  at 
the  center.  When  an  isothermal  has  reached  a  radius 
0.901  i?Q,  it  continues  to  approach  the  outer  limit  of  the 
nebula,  but  on  account  of  contraction,  its  radius  is  really 
diminishing.  The  temperature  of  this  particular  isothermal 
may  be  computed  from  (59). 

The  isothermal  of  7000°  C.  is  now  probably  at  the  surface 
of  the  sun.  If  the  solar  system  had  been  evolved  from  a 
o-aseous  nebula  from  its  early  stages,  this  isothermal  would 
have  reached  its  maximum  radius,  when  the  radius  of  the 
nebula,  i?Q  =  3.09  X  10'^  an.  This  is  about  one  thousandth 
of  the  distance  to  a  Centauri.  The  radius  of  the  isothermal 
itself  was  0.901  R^. 

Equation  (57)  should  apparently  enable  us  to  compute 
what  may  perhaps  be  called  the  height  of  the  solar  atmos- 
phere. This  is  the  present  distance  from  the  isothermal 
7000°  to  the  outer  limit  of  the  solar  mass  where  the  pressure 
is  zero.  Let  C  ^2.88X  10^  which  is  the  constant  for  air. 
Let  Mq  ■=  1.987  X  10^^,  which  is  the  solar  mass  in  grammes. 
The  solar  radius  will  be  taken  as  7?^=  6.961  X  lO^"  cm.    The 

'gravitation  constant  =  j^  502  x  10^" '     '^^^^  '^ 


0.9975^ 


"  '=:=1.01X10-^^ 


(2— n'-^         kM^ 
The  value  of  x  for  this  isothermal  in  such  a  nebula,  having 


Nipher  —  Primitive  Conditions  in  the  Solar  Nebula.        121 

the  solar  mass  within  the  solar  volume  is  therefore  immeasur- 
ably near  to  unity.  The  distance  from  this  isothermal  to  the 
outer  limit  of  the  nebula  is  a  vanishing  quantity.  The  pres- 
sure at  that  isothermal  is  therefore  correspondingly  small. 
This  result  is,  in  a  general  way,  in  harmony  with  the  evidence 
given  by  the  spectroscope. 

The  fineness  of  the  Fraunhofer  lines  yielded  by  light  from 
the  solar  surface,  is  evidence  that  the  pressure  there  must  be 
very  small. 

It  is,  however,  probable  that  the  real  temperature  of  the 
sun  is  much  lower  than  it  would  be  if  it  had  developed  from 
the  first  as  a  gaseous  nebula. 

Of  course  the  equations  of  this  discussion  assume  a  quies- 
cent cosmical  mass  of  gas  with  no  extern^  matter.  The 
region  around  the  sun  certainly  swarms  with  solid  masses 
which  are  perhaps  in  part  the  remnants  of  the  primitive 
swarm  of  meteorites  from  which  the  solar  system  appears  to 
have  evolved.  These  masses  when  subjected  to  the  fierce 
radiation  from  the  sun,  are  perhaps  in  part  vaporized,  and 
their  presence  must  certainly  modify  the  conditions  which 
exist  in  the  region  immediately  around  the  sun.  The  condi- 
tions at  the  solar  surface  are  precisely  what  might  be  expected 
if  it  is  being  pelted  by  meteoric  matter. 

The  temperature  of  the  material  composing  the  various 
planets  of  our  system  has  been  determined  by  the  heat  devel- 
oped in  each  by  the  gravitation  of  their  own  masses,  after  they 
had  separated  from  the  parent  mass. 

It  should  not  be  understood  that  the  equations  of  this  paper 
are  inconsistent  with  the  existence  of  gaseous  neblae.  The 
reverse  is  true.  It  is  also  probable  that  more  or  less  of  gas  may 
have  accompanied  the  svarm  of  meteoric  masses  from  which 
our  solar  system  appears  to  have  been  evolved.  But  it  does 
not  seem  possible  that  a  planetary  system  can  have  developed 
from  a  gaseous  nebula. 

One  of  the  interesting  results  of  this  study,  is  the  high 
temperatures  which  pervade  the  enormous  volumes  filled  by 
the  outer  layers  of  the  gaseous  nebula  where  the  density  and 


122  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

pressure  correspond  to  what  we  should  call  a  modern  vacuum. 
How  would  a  cosmical  mass  of  gas  having  a  density  of  1.9o  X 
IQ-is  grammes  per  cc.  under  pressure  of  1.49  X  10~^°  atmos- 
pheres and  at  a  temperature  of  27000°  C.  appear,  when  viewed 
as  a  distant  body? 

Iss^te(l  May  18,  1904. 


PUBLICATIONS. 


The  following  publications  of  the  Academy  are  offered  for  pale  at  the 
net  prices  indicated.  Applications  should  be  addressed  to  The  Librarian, 
The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  3817  Olive  St.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

TRANSACTIONS    (h        jtavo). 


Vol. 

Number. 

Price  per 
number. 

Price  per  vol. 

Price  in  set. 

1* 
3,4 

$7.50 
(Nos.  2-4  only.) 

1 

f4,00 
2.00  each. 

$7.00 
(Nos.  2-4  only.) 

2 

1  to  3 

2.00  each. 

6.50 

5.00 

3 

1  to  4 

2.00  each. 

7.60 

7.00 

4 

1  to  4 

2,00  each. 

7.50 

7.00 

5 

1-2,  3-4     ■ 

4.00  each, 
(donhle  numbers) 

7.50 

7.00 

m 

1;  2,  6,  8, 

10,  11.  IG,  17 

4,5,7,13, 

14.-,  15,  18 

3,  9 

12 

\  25  cts.  each. 

I   50  cts.  each. 

75  cts.  each. 
.$1.00 

7.50 

7.00 

n 

2,  8,  4,  6,  7,  8. 
13.  15,  IG, 

18,  19 

5,  9  to  12, 

14,20 

17 

1 

I  25  cts.  each. 

i   60  cts.  each. 

75  cts. 
t.1.00 

7.50 

7.G0 

8t 

1,  3  to  6 

8,  10,  12 

2,  7,  9,  11 

1  25  cts.  each. 
50  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

01 

1,3,4,7,  9 

2,5,8 

6 

25  cts.  each. 
60  cts.  each. 
$1.25 

3.75 

3,50 

101 

9 

2,  4,  5,  10 

1 

3,6,7,8,11 

10  cts. 
25  cts.  each. 

40  cts. 
oO  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

iit 

2,3 

5-8,  10,  11 

1 

4 

9 

16  cts.  each. 
25  cts.  each. 

46  cts. 

76  cts. 
1.00 

3.75 

1 
1 

3.50 

12J 

1,9,10 
5 

3,8 
2,  4,  6,  7 

25  cts.  each. 

35   cts.                                          q    "K 

45  cts.  each.                """'^           ! 
60  cts.  each. 

3.50 

13J 

2,  3,  5-9 
4 

1 

26  cts.  each. 

75  cts.                       3.75 
1.50 

3.50 

MEMOIRS  (iH  quarto). 

Contributions  to  the  archaeology  of  Jlissouri,  by  the  Archaeological  Section. 
Part  I.     Pottery.     1880.     $2.00. 

The  total  eclipse  of  the  sun,  January  1,  1889.  A  report  of  the  observations 
made  by  the  Washington  University  Eclipse  Party,  at  Norman,  Califor- 
nia.    1891.     $2.00.  * 


*  Supply  exhausted. 

t  Can  be  solfl  only  to  purchasers  of  the  entire  volume, —  so  far  as  this  can  be 
•jpplipd. 

J  Ea'-h  number  is  a  brochure  containing  one  complete  paper  (or  rarely  two). 


Transactions  of  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis. 

VOL..   XtV.     NO.   5. 


NOTES  ON  THE  PLEUROTOMIDAE  WITH 

DESCRIPTION  OF  SOME  NEW 

GENERA  AND  SPECIES. 


THOS.  L.  CASEY. 


rf  iMfi 


Issued  May  19,  1904. 


MAY    30    1' 


NOTES  ON  THE  PLEUROTO^IIDAE  WITH  DESCRIP- 
TION OF  SOME  NEW  GENERA  AND  SPECIES. 

Thos.  L.  Casey. 

In  the  "  Structural  and  Systematic  Conchology  "  of  Tryon, 
the  family  Pleurotomidae  is  restricted  to  two  genera  —  Pleu- 
rotoma  and  Halia.  The  latter  of  these  being  somewhat  doubt- 
ful in  its  relationship,  we  may  assume  that  in  the  original 
opinion  of  Tryon  the  family  Pleurotomidae  is  made  up  of  the 
single  genus  Pleurototna^whAah.  he  separated  into  a  number  of 
named  groups  relegated  to  subgeneric  rank.  Now  while  per- 
fectly true  that,  with  our  present  lights,  well-nigh  insuperable 
difficulties  beset  us  in  striving  to  define  isolated  aggregates  of 
species  and  classify  them  in  a  satisfactory  manner,  it  none 
the  less  appears  to  the  writer  that  the  course  suggested  by 
Tryon  was  unphilosophic.  Although  there  seems  to  be 
scarcely  any  limit  to  the  number  of  genera  that  might  be  pro- 
visionally admitted  —  a  recent  study  of  rather  more  than 
600  species  living  and  fossil,  most  of  which  are  in  my 
cabinet,  apparently  indicating  nearly  or  quite  250  genera, 
based  principally  upon  embryonal  structure,  form  and 
position  of  the  anal  sinus,  form  and  extent  of  the 
canal  and  general  type  of  sculpture  —  that  is  no  adequate 
reason  for  holding  all  this  diversification  of  structure  and 
evidence  of  adaptation  to  greatly  varied  environments  among 
at  least  3000  species,  from  the  Cretaceous  to  the  present 
time,  to  be  comprised  within  a  single  genus.  Later,  in  the 
"Manual  of  Conchology,"  Tryon  considerably  modified 
his  original  views  and  admitted  several  distinct  genera 
which  he  assigned  to  sundry  groups  held  to  have  subfamily 
rank,  but,  in  this  case,  it  would  appear  that  he  rather  over- 
estimated the  taxonomic  importance  of  certain  genera. 
Granting  that  the  family  under  consideration  comprises 
only  the  two  genera  Pleuroioma  and  Halia,   as    originally 

(123) 


124  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

held  by  Try  on,  it  would  seem  more  natural  to  regard  these 
genera  only  as  the  representatives  of  subfamilies  —  Pleuro- 
tominae  and  Haliinae  —  which  alone  would  compose  the 
Pleurotomidae.  It  is  possible,  however,  if  not  highly 
probable,  that  some  of  the  originial  subgenera  of  Tryon,  such  as 
Donovania  (Lachesis)  and  MitromorjjJia,  may  really  rank 
as  subfamilies  or  even  belong  to  widely  different  families. 

Probably  the  course  coming  nearest  to  the  truth  of  the 
matter  would  be  to  treat  the  Pleurotomidae  in  accordance 
with  the  common  practice  in  equally  extensive  and  complex 
families  of  arthropods  and  other  classes  of  animal  life,  —  that 
is  to  divide  the  family  or  subfamily  into  tribal  sections,  each 
of  which  is  to  be  separated  into  more  or  less  definitely  limited 
groups  of  species  which  may  be  known  as  genera  and  com- 
prising also,  in  some  special  cases,  other  minor  groups  or  sub- 
genera. The  alternative  course  and  the  one  usually  followed 
in  the  literature  of  the  Mollusca,  would  be  to  divide  the 
families  or  subfamilies  into  a  comparatively  small  number  of 
genera,  to  which  a  relatively  very  large  number  of  minor 
groups  are  to  be  attached  as  subgenera.  In  the  latter  case  I 
find  it  impossible  to  scientifically  define  these  supergenera,  and 
another  objection  to  this  alternative  method  is  that  it  gives 
rise  to  too  cumbrous  a  nomenclature.  In  the  present  state  of 
ignorance  of  true  relationships  and  exact  taxonomic  weights 
or  values,  a  name  once  printed  and  introduced  to  nomenclature 
may  as  well  be  regarded  as  the  true  surname  of  the  species 
as  of  subordinate  value,  for  a  subspecies  under  the  latter  con- 
dition must  be  represented  by  four  words,  and,  instead  of 
adhering  to  the  binomial  system,  we  would  be  shaping  a 
course  strongly  suggestive  of  a  reversion  to  the  pre-Linnean 
custom  of  descriptive  names  or  short  descriptive  diagnoses 
and  the  manifest  advantages  of  the  binomial  system  would  be 
thrown  away.  It  is  impossible  to  devise  a  system  of  nomen- 
clature which  will  serve  to  indicate  at  a  glance,  by  the 
form  of  the  names,  exactly  the  weight  or  value  of  taxonomic 
relationship  or  isolation  and  it  may  as  well  not  be  attempted. 
When  we  print  a  tabular  statement  of  species  or  genera  based 
upon  structural  characters,  we  do  not  by  any  means  desire  it 


Casey  —  NoUs  on  the  Flenrotomidae.  125 

to  be  understood  that  the  differences  between  these  species 
or  genera  are  in  any  way  equal,  for  data  enabling  us  to  esti- 
mate these  interrelationships  are  in  almost  all  instances  lack- 
ing, and,  in  any  event,  they  would  be  very  difficult  to  decide, 
for  it  frequently  happens  that  species  which  appear  to  re- 
semble each  other  very  greatly  may  really  be  less  affiliated 
by  bonds  of  true  affinity  than  others  which  differ  more 
conspicuously. 

I  would  prefer  therefore  to  divide  a  large  family  or  subfamily 
like  the  Pleurotomidae,  into  more  or  less  definitely  limited  and 
definable  tribal  groups,  and  to  regard  most  of  the  subdivi- 
sions under  these  tribal  headings  as  true  genera  until  their  values 
can  be  determined  more  accurately.  This  course  would  seem 
to  be  preferable  for  example  in  the  recently  published  classi- 
fication of  the  Pyramidellidae  by  Dall  and  Bartsch  (Proc. 
Biol.  Soc.  Wash. ,  XVII).  The  tribes  in  this  case  — Pyramid- 
elliui,  Turbonillini,  Odostomiini  and  Murchisonellini  —  are 
probably  somewhat  less  differentiated  than  those  of  the 
Pleurotomidae,  but  there  have  been  so  many  generic  names 
published  that  this  course  would  at  least  appear  to  be  more 
convenient  than  that  followed. 

The  eight  tribes  of  Pleurotomidae  indicated  by  material  at 
present  accessible  to  me  may  by  defined  or  outlined  by  the 
followinor  general  characters :  — 

Animal  bearing  an  operculum;  shell  usually  many-whorled;  outer  lip 
generally  thin  at  maturity 2 

Animal  non-operculate;  shell  generally  smaller  and  with  fewer  whorls, 
Irequently  characterized  by  a  greater  development  of  plicae  about  the 
contour  of  the  aperture  and  a  thickened  outer  lip  at  maturity 7 

2  —  Anal  sinus  at  least  distinguishable  and  usually  deep 3 

Anal  sinus  obsolete 6 

3  —  Sinus  more  or  less  distant  from  the  suture 4 

Sinus  adjacent  to  the  suture 5 

4  —  Inner  lip  with  little  or  no  deposit  of  callus  posteriorly;  shell  generally 

large  and   moderately  thin   in  substance,  the  canal    usually  elongate, 

the  ribbing  frequently  wanting Pleurotomini 

Inner  lip  with  thicker  deposit  of  callus  particularly  evident  posteriorly ; 
shell  smaller  in  size  as  a  rule  and  thicker  in  substance,  the  canal 
usually  much  abbreviated;  ribs  never  obsolete Clavini 

5  —  Sinus  deep  and  distinct;  shell  generally  very  thin  and  fragile  in  sub- 

stance,  inhabiting   palaearctic   waters  exclusively    and    for  the  most 
part  living Bklini 


126  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

SiDU8  broad,  indefiaitely  limited  anteriorly  and  feebla,  sometimes  barely 
traceable;  shell  usually  thick  in  substance;  genera  entirely  extinct  and 
mostly  Eocene Pseudotomini 

6 — Shell  very  small,  slender,  thick  in  substance  and  with  short  aperture, 
surface  strongly  sculptured,  ribbed  or  cancellate Donovaniini 

7  —  Anal  sinus  small  but  well  defined,  usually  deep  and  distinct,  adjacent  to 
or  very  near  the  suture ;  shell  varying  greatly  in  size  and  thickness  of  sub- 
stance, mostly  living,  the  genera  and  species  numerous..  ..Daphnellini 

Anal  sinus  very  broad  and  ill-defined,  with  its  deepest  part  on  the  obtuse  per- 
iphery near  the  middle  of  the  whorls;  shell  minute  in  size  and  fragile  in 
substance;  species  few  in  number;  Eocene  to  present  time..  ..Taranini 

Anal  sinus  obsolete;  shell  small  in  size,  mitriform,  with  long  narrow  aper- 
ture, thick  in  substance;  species  few  in  number,  recent  in  develop- 
ment  MiTROMORPHINI 

These  tribes  are  not  all  rigorously  isolated  or  strongly  de- 
limited and  there  are  several  generic  types  before  me  which, 
from  general  appearance,  may  prove  to  be  annectant  or 
doubtfully  referable  to  any  of  them,  but  they  serve  very 
well  in  a  broad  way  and  there  is  very  seldom  any  doubt  as  to 
the  proper  reference  of  a  species  by  its  general  facies  alone.. 
The  genus  Tomella  may  perhaps  best  serve  as  an  illustration 
of  these  aberrant  forms.  This  genus,  while  evidently  bearing 
a  phylogenetic  relationship  with  Perrona,  as  shown  by  the 
embryo  and  nepionic  whorls,  differs  so  greatly  in  other  charac- 
ters that  it  not  only  cannot  be  regarded  as  at  present  closely 
allied  to  Perrona,  but  must  be  considered  one  of  the  most 
remarkable  genera  of  the  entire  family.  While  evidently  a 
member  of  the  tribe  Pleurotomini,  it  departs  from  its  most 
significant  characteristic  in  possessing  a  large  deposit  of  callus 
at  the  posterior  limit  of  the  aperture,  though,  upon  closer 
observation,  it  can  be  perceived  that  this  callus  in  not  quite 
homologous  with  the  posterior  tumid  callus  of  the  Clavini  and 
is  probably  formed  in  a  different  way.  The  chief  peculiarity 
of  Tomella  resides  in  the  form  and  anterior  position  of  the 
anal  sinus,  and  in  the  fact  that  this  sinus  is  wholly  covered 
and  concealed  from  view  by  the  successive  growth  of  the 
shell,  so  that  it  does  not  appear  upon  the  spire  whorls  —  a 
character  which  isolates  it  completely  in  the  family. 

In  making  use  of  the  characters  before  referred  to  as  legit- 
imate criteria  for  the  definition  of  genera,  a  large  amount  of 
comparative    study    and    latitude    of    interpretation    will    be 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  127 

necessary,  and  it  may  be  remarked  in  passing  that  the  general 
habitus  of  the  shell  is  frequently  a  more  important  criterion 
than  any  one  of  them.  For  example,  it  may  be  correctly 
assumed  that  the  characters  of  the  embryo  are  of  great 
weight  in  an  estimation  of  genera,  but  I  find  the  variations  of 
this  part  of  the  shell  must  be  used  with  very  much  more  cau- 
tion than  might  be  supposed  necessary,  especially  in  the 
paucispiral  and  multispiral  conditions,  which  are  of  them- 
selves by  no  means  uniformly  indicative  of  generic  difference. 
In  some  genera  such  as  Gemmula  Weink.  {=Heinipleurotoma 
Coss.)  having  a  rather  complex  embryo  of  some  five  or  six 
whorls,  the  lower  one  to  three  of  which  are  finely  costulate, 
there  is  a  remarkable  persistence  and  stability  of  form  and 
no  perceptible  change  in  type,  either  in  the  embryo  or  general 
characteristics  of  the  shell,  from  the  earliest  Eocene  to  the 
present  time,  and  the  wholly  extinct  Microdrillia  Csy.,  having 
a  similar  embryo,  is  also  constant  during  the  much  shorter 
geological  period  spanning  its  history,  while  in  others  the  nor- 
mally multispiral  embryo  may  frequently  become  paucispiral, 
sometimes  as  a  result  of  progressive  degradation,  but  in  sev- 
eral instances  in  consequence  of  varied  environment  alone. 

Of  this  inconstant  type  of  embryo  I  have  in  mind  three 
striking  illustrations.  The  first  is  afforded  by  the  genus 
E opleiirotoma ,  of  Cossmann,  where  the  embryo  is  paucispiral 
and  obtuse  in  normal  European  species  and  multispiral  and 
more  acute  in  others.  The  American  representatives  such  as 
sayi,  haeninghausi,  nodocarinaia  and  many  more,  have  a 
multispiral,  closely  coiled  and  rather  acute  embryo  of  at 
least  four  whorls,  although  evidently  typical  Eopleurotoma 
otherwise  and  so  regarded  by  Cossmann  himself ;  the  latter 
author,  however,  does  not  allude  to  the  radical  variations 
of  the  embryo.  The  second  instance  is  that  of  Pleurofusia 
De  Greg.,  the  type  of  which  is  the  American  Oligocene  ser- 
vaia  of  Conrad,  containing  many  species  having  the  embryo 
typically  multispiral,  conical,  pointed  and  closely  coiled,  but  in 
such  forms  as  collaris  and  Jiilgardi  Csy.,  of  the  Jacksonian 
Eocene  n.vid  declivis  Con.,  of  the  Vicksburg  Oligocene,  the 
embryo    becomes  obtuse  and  paucispiral,  in  the  last  named 


128  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

species  indeed  so  notably  obtuse  as  to  appear  swollen  owing 
to  the  very  large  nucleus  or  posterior  tip  of  the  embryo  —  fol- 
lowing the  terminology  of  Cossmann.  It  appears  unwarrant- 
able to  separate  these  paucispiral  forms  from  the  others,  as  in 
general  habitus,  type  of  sculpture  and  all  other  features  they 
seem  to  be  perfectly  congeneric.  The  third  genus,  which  was 
founded  by  De  Gregorio  upon  the  American  Oligocene 
cochlearis  Con.  and  named  PleuroliiHa,  has  a  multispiral 
embryo  with  ribbed  lower  whorls  in  its  earlier  geological 
stages,  but  a  very  small  and  obtuse  paucispiral  protoconch, 
with  larger  nucleus  and  almost  entirely  obsolete  riblets, 
in  its  later  history,  the  general  characters  of  the  shell 
remaining  constant  throughout  to  such  an  extent  that  the 
living  form  has  recently  been  declared  identical  with  the 
Oligocene  type ;  —  to  a  superficial  view  they  are  indeed 
completely  identical,  but  the  embryos  are  strikingly  differ- 
ent. These  examples  are  mentioned  to  indicate  in  some 
measure  the  great  difficulties  and  uncertainties  that  will 
attend  the  rigorous  definition  of  genera  in  the  Pleurotomidae  — 
difficulties  which  are  accentuated  among  the  multitude  of 
small  non-operculate  forms,  which,  being  comparatively  mod- 
ern in  development,  have  the  intermediate  gradations  not 
yet  so  thoroughly  eliminated  as  is  the  case  with  the  almost 
equally  numerous  but  geologically  much  older  operculate 
series. 

While  I  feel  certain  that  the  number  of  true  senera  of 
Pleurotomidae  is  much  greater  than  usually  admitted,  the 
above  discussion  may  serve  to  indicate  some  of  the  obstacles 
which  will  be  encountered  in  the  conscientious  study  of  them, 
obstacles  which  will  not  be  removed  until  we  understand  more 
thoroughly  than  now  the  meaning  of  all  the  modifications  of 
structure  and  sculpture  displayed  so  lavishly  among  these 
wonderful  and  fascinating  objects.  These  modifications  of 
sculpture,  form  and  coloration  all  mean  something,  and  are 
caused  by  varying  conditions  of  adaptation  to  environment 
in  its  broadest  sense. 

In  the  subsequent  discussion  of  the  tribal  groups  outlined 
above,  I  have  included  a  few  genera  which  seem  worthy  of 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae. 


129 


special  study,  either  because  of  their  relative  importance  or 
in  order  to  correct  certain  errors  which  have  appeared  m 
print. 

Pleurotomini. 

This  tribe  is  the  most  extensive  of  the  operculate  series  and 
comprises  the  largest  and  most  conspicuous  species    of  the 
family.     Excepting    certain  aberrant   forms   such  as    Antt- 
planes  and  Genota,  the  latter  of  which  was  considered  a  Conid 
by  Cossmann,  though  probably  more  correctly  a  Pleurotomid, 
the    genera  arrange    themselves    naturally   about  the    types 
known  as  Pleurotoina,  Surcula  and  Clavatula,  the  first  being 
distincruishedby   the  entire    absence    of   longitudinal  ribbing 
and   c'orresponding  prominence    of  the  spiral  sculpture,  the 
second  having  well  developed  ribs  as  a  rule  and  inconspicuous 
spirals,  and  the  third  —  a  special  type— distinguished m gen- 
eral by  a  spinif  orm  modification  of  the  ribbing.     These  three 
type  forms  diverged  from  a  common  descent  stem  in  very  re- 
mote time,  the  third   being  the  most   modern  offshoot    and 
peculiarly  developed  in  the  middle  and  upper   European  Ter- 
tiaries  and  in  the  living  fauna  of  West  Africa.     In  addition 
to  these,  there  are  certain  peculiar  fossil  types  which  did  not 
survive  the  world-wide  revolution  at  the  close  of  the  Oligocene, 
among  which    may    be    mentioned    Scobinella    with    related 
aenera,  distinguished  by  absence  of  true  ribs,   strong  spirals 
frequently  interrupted  by  arrested  growth  giving  a  character- 
istic tessellated  sculpture  and  usually  having  strongly  devel- 
oped plicae  on  the  columella,  a  character  extremely  rare    or 
perhaps  entirely  wanting  among  the  living  forms  of  the  tribe. 

Pleurotoma  Lamk. 

This  genus  is  composed  of  large  and  rather  slender  species, 
with  a  high  and  many  whorled  spire  which  is  generally  some- 
what twis"ted  apically,  long  and  more  or  less  contorted  though 
untwisted  canal  and  a  deep  parallel-sided  anal  sinus,  which  is 
not  situated  on  the  peripheral  carina,  but  formed  on  a  flat 
depressed  spiral  band  just  behind  the  periphery.  The  sculp- 
ture consists  of  broad  close-set  and  obtuse  spiral  carinae,  the 


130  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

surface  polished  and  the  lines  of  growth  not  distinct.  The 
embryo  is  small,  obtuse,  smooth  and  paucispiral,  consisting 
of  about  a  single  whorl.  Pleuroto7na  is  represented  by  a 
moderate  number  of  species  confined  to  the  Indo-Pacific  region, 
such  as  babylonia  Linn.,  crispa  Lamk.,  grandis  Gray  and 
garnonsi  of  Reeve,  and  is  a  recent  development,  not  occur- 
ring, as  far  as  known  to  me,  in  the  fossil  state.  It  probably 
exists,  however,  in  the  unexplored  upper  Tertiaries  of  those 
regions. 

Lophiotoma  n.  gen. 

Although  having  the  small  smooth  embryo  of  a  single 
whorl,  polished  surface  and  obsolete  lines  of  growth,  charac- 
terizing Pleurotoma,  this  genus  may  be  recognized  at  once 
by  the  relatively  shorter  and  stouter  form  as  a  rule,  less 
elongate  and  straighter  beak,  which  is  strongly  tapering  in  cer- 
tain large  forms  like  w?iecZo,  finer,  more  acutely  elevated  and  less 
close-set  spiral  carinae,  with  a  usually  distinct  and  even,  finely 
lineolate  concavity  from  the  peripheral  carina  to  the  suture  or 
subsutural  collar,  the  latter  being  generally  present  and  by 
the  deep  anal  sinus  formed  centrally  on,  and  not  behind,  the 
peripheral  carina,  the  latter  being  more  strongly  elevated  and 
usually  subduplex.  The  genus  is  exclusively  recent,  com- 
posed of  large  species  inhabiting  the  Indo-Pacific  region  and 
is  represented  in  my  cabinet  by  tigrina,virgo  and  marmorata 
Lamk.,  unedo  Val., /^c^'e/^  Weink.,  leucofrojns  A.  et  R.  and 
the  following :  — 

General  form  and  ornamentition  similar  to  tigrina  but  more  slender,  the 
dark  brown  spots  very  minute  aud  sparse,  but  similarly  distributed,  the 
duplex  peripheral  carina  more  strongly  elevated  and  the  anal  sinus  deeper 
and  narrower.  Length  of  a  specimen  having  12  body  whorls,  59  mm.; 
width,  13   mm.     Cebu,  Philippine   Islands inicrostlcta  n.  sp 

Pleiiroliria  De  Greg. 

This  genus,  originating  in  the  middle  Eocene  and  coming 
down  to  the  present  time,  is  the  American  homologue  of 
Lophiotoma,  but  is  composed  of  much  smaller  species  having 
a  slender  form,  very  characteristic  sculpture  of  two  to  three 
strong  spiral    carinae,  the  peripheral  bearing  the  small  anal 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  131 

sinus,  and  a  conspicuous  system  of  lines  of  growth,  bi- 
oblique  toward  the  peripheral  carina  and  composed  of  exca- 
vated lines,  which  are  less  evident  in  the  very  early  forms 
and  most  conspicuous  in  the  modern  species.  The  type  is  P. 
cochlearis  Con.  of  the  Vicksburg  Oligocene.  Fleuroliria 
comprises  two  groups,  which,  although  strongly  resembling 
each  other  in  general  form  and  type  of  sculpture,  are  in  reality 
almost  subgeneric  in  value  as  shown  below :  — 

Group  1.  —  Embryo  multispiral  and  acute. 

Lines  of  growth  less  pronounced,  uneven  and  never  deeply  incised;  species 

small  in  size  and  older  geologic  ally 2 

Lines  of  growth  deeply  incised  and  conspicuous 3 

2  — Shell    rather  slender,  each  of  the  spire  whorls  with  a  moderate  sub- 

sutured  carina,  the  surface  immediately  below  it  being  concave  and 
rather  rapidly  expanding  to  a  stronger  peripheral  carina  perfectly 
smooth  and  uniform,  and  situated  at  some  distance  above  the  middle,  the 
surface  thence  cyclindric  or  very  feebly  descending  to  the  suture  below 
and  having  two  slightly  smaller  and  somewhat  approximate  carinae  at  the 
middle,  the  lower  margin  also  carinulate.  The  two  carinae  below  the 
periphery  become  more  widely  separated  on  the  larger  whorls,  sub- 
equally  trisecting  the  space  between  it  and  the  lower  margin,  and,  on 
the  body  whorl,  continue  thus  unaltered  to  the  base  of  the  shell.  The 
concave  surface  above  the  periphery  has  a  fine  spiral  thread  above  the 
middle.  Embryo  moderately  stout,  conical,  closely  coiled,  rather 
higher  than  wide,  with  Ave  whorls,  the  four  upper  smooth,  broadly, 
evenly  convex  and  polished,  the  lowermost  with  longitudinal  riblets; 
bealj  moderately  long,  the  aperture  proportioned  nearly  as  in  cochlearis. 
Length   of  a  specimen    having  5  body  whorls,  9  mm.;  width,  2.7  mm. 

Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  St.  Maurice,  La simplex  n.  sp. 

Shell  nearly  as  in  the  preceding  but  with  the  embryo  shorter  and  stouter, 
fully  as  wide  as  high  and  not  evenly  conical  but  becoming  substyliform 
toward  the  very  acute  tip,  of  five  whorls,  the  lowermost  covered  with 
riblets.  Spire  whorls  shorter;  carinae  below  the  periphery  more  equal 
and  close- set,  the  peripheral  carina  finely,  obtusely  crenulate.  Length 
of  a  specimen  of  2  body  whorls,  3.4  mm.;  width,  L2  mm.  Lower  Clai- 
borne Eocene  of  St.  Maurice crennlosa  n.  sp. 

3  —  Embryo  of  four  whorls,  evenly  conical,  short,  fully  as  wide  as  high,  the 

upper  three  whorls  smooth  polished  and  broadly  convex,  the  lowermost 
bearing  acute  but  rather  widely  spaced  longitudinal  riblets.  Shell  rather 
short  and  stout,  with  slender  beak,  the  spire  whorls  very  short,  each 
with  two  strong  thick  and  equal  carinae,  one  just  below  the  suture,  the 
other  near  basal  third;  between  the  latter  and  the  basal  margin  there  is 
a  fine  spiral  thread  first  appearing  on  about  the  third  whorl;  lines  of 
growth  only  moderately  distinct  and  somewhat  irregular.  Length  of  a 
specimen  having  3  body  whorls,  4.5  mm.;  width  1.7  mm.  Jacksonian 
Eocene  of  Montgomery,  La jacksouella  n.  sp. 


132  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Embryo  of  nearly  five  whorls,  much  higher  than  wide,  more  rapidly  acumi- 
nate toward  tip,  the  upper  two  or  three  small  whorls  smooth,  the  lower 
two  with  rather  close-set  and  more  or  less  oblique  longitudinal  riblets; 
species  much  larger,  with  relatively  less  abbreviated  whorls  and  very 
distinct  incited  lines  of  growth,  the  peripheral  carina  only  slightly 
below  the  middle  of  the  spire  whorls 4 

4  — The  prorainen';  subsutural  carina  separated  from  the  still  stronger  per- 
ipheral carina  by  a  concave  space  having  several  fine  spiral  threads, 
this  surface  being  subequ'tl  to  or  only  slightly  shorter  than  the  interval 
separating  the  subsutural  carina  from  the  peripheral  carina  of  the 
whorl  a')ove;  embryo  large  and  conspicuous,  the  riblets  strong.  Length 
of  a  specimen  havintr  8  body  whorls,  19  mm.;  width,  6  mm.  Vicksburg 
Oligoceue  (upper  and  lower).     {=  supramirifica  and  tizis  De  Greg.) 

coclilearis  Con. 

The  strong  and  rather  more  acutely  elevated  subsutural  carina  separated 
from  the  coarser  peripheral  carina  by  a  relatively  much  shorter  concave 
space,  which  is  always  very  much  shorter  than  the  interval  between  the 
subsutural  carina  and  the  peripheral  keel  of  the  whorl  above;  sculpture 
otherwise  nearly  similar,  the  embryo  narrower  and  with  more  feebly 
elevated  riblets;  shell  smaller  in  size  and  of  slightly  more  slender  form. 
Length  of  a  specimen  having  6  body  whorls,  8.5  mm.;  width,  2.7  mm. 
Red  Bluff  Eocene snbsiiuilis  u.  sp. 

Group  II.  — Embryo  small,  obtuse  and  paucispiral. 

Embryo  of  nearly  two  whorls,  very  broad  and  obtuse  at  tip,  the  lower  part 
gradually  acquiring  some  feeble  and  irregular  longitudinal  riblets; 
shell  moderately  stout,  attaining  rather  large  size  and  thicker  in  sub- 
stance, the  lines  of  growth  being  conspicuously  excavated;  spiral 
whorls  each  with  a  strong  subsutural  and  a  still  stronger  and 
thicker  submediau  spiral  carina,  the  concavity  between  them  gradually 
acquiring  one  or  two  flne  i-piral  threads  and  the  space  below  the  subme- 
dian  a  fine  raised  line  which  on  the  larger  whorls  gradually  becomes  a 
carina  equal  in  size  to  the  subsutural.  Length  of  a  specimen  of 
about  9  body  whorls,  27  mm.;  width,  7.5  mm.  Lower  Miocene  of  Alum 
Bluff,  Fla barretti  Guppy 

Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  much  more  slender  in  form  and  thinner  in 
substance,  the  embryo  still  smaller  but  rather  less  obtuse,  of  scarcely 
more  than  a  single  whorl,  the  riblets  not  visible  in  specimens  at  hand. 
Length  of  a  specimen  of  11  body  whorls,  23.5  mm.;  width,  6  mm.  Caloos- 
ahatchie  Pliocene  of  Shell  Creek,  Fla albida  Perry 

I  have  not  seen  the  tjpe.s  of  barretti  and  albida,  but  assume 
that  the  West  Florida  Miocene  species,  described  above,  is 
identical  with  the  former,  as  it  appears  to  pertain  to  the  same 
geological  horizon,  and  adopt  Dr.  Dall's  identification  for 
albida.  The  latter  author  has  recently  (Trans.  Wag.  Inst., 
Vol.  3,  p.  28)  confused  these  two  species  with  the  widely  dif- 
ferent cochlearis  of  Conrad. 


Casey — Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  133 

The  European  Miocene  RonauUia  Bell.,  seems  to  share 
some  of  the  characters  of  both  Pleuroliria  and  Gemmula,  but 
has  the  peripheral  carina  greatly  expanded  and  crenulate, 
giving  it  the  general  appearance  of  CocJdespira,  with  which 
it  was  confounded  by  Cossmann.  It  however  differs  com- 
pletely in  the  form  and  position  of  the  anal  sinus,  Rouaultia 
having  the  sinus  on  the  expanded  peripheral  carina,  as  in  the 
two  genera  mentioned,  while  in  Cocldespira  it  is  situated  on 
the  concave  fasciolar  surface  between  the  periphery  and  suture. 

Geuimula  Weink. 

According  to  tlie  definition  given  by  Cossmann  (Essais  de 
Pal.  Comp.,  2  Livr.,  1896,  p.  62)  there  would  seem  to  be  no 
reason  to  doubt  that  P.  denticula,  the  type  of  Ilemijjleurototna 
Coss.,  belongs  to  the  same  group  of  species  as  the  living 
hieneri  Doum.,  monilifera  Pease,  and  several  others,  in  fact 
the  latter  is  so  similar  to  the  American  Eocene  andOligocene 
arnica  and I'otaedens,  that,  following  the  views  of  some  authors, 
it  might  be  considered  a  mere  variety.  Although  I  have  not 
seen  gemmata,  the  type  of  Gemmida,  it  is  assumed  to  be  en- 
tirely congeneric  with  Meneri,fusca,  gilchristi  and  monilifera^ 
which  are  before  me,  these  four  species  representing  the  most 
typical  form  of  Gemmida  in  retaining  the  denticulations  of 
the  peripheral  carina  throughout  the  growth  of  the  shell. 
The  living  alhina  Lamk.  and  deshayeni  Desm.  are  somewhat 
aberrant  in  having  the  deuticulation  of  the  peripheral  carina 
confined  to  the  very  young  or  nepionic  whorls  and  gradually 
becoming  lost  on  the  larger  whorls,  as  in  the  American  fossil 
alternaia,  of  Conrad,  and  some  other  species.  The  genus 
will  prove  to  be  very  extensive,  retaining  all  essential  charac- 
teristics of  form  and  sculpture  from  the  very  early  Eocene  to 
the  present  time,  and  there  will  probably  prove  to  be  at  least 
30  species  in  our  Eocene  strata  alone.  The  species  of  Gem- 
mula vary  in  size  from  relatively  small  to  distinctly  above  the 
average  of  the  tribe,  and  resemble  P/e2<rotoma  in  being  devoid 
of  true  ribbing  or  visible  lines  of  growth,  in  general  form, 
and  in  the  development  of  spiral  carinae,  but  differ  in  having 


134  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

the  peripheral  carina  flattened,  duplex  to  complex,  and  bearing 
more  or  less  conspicuous  nodules,  in  having  the  deep  parallel- 
sided  anal  sinus  borne  centrally  on  the  peripheral  carina,  as  in 
Lophiofoma,  and  in  having  a  large  closely  coiled  multispiral 
conically  or  ogivally  pointed  embryo,  with  two  or  three  smooth 
apical,  and  one  to  three  longitudinally  ribbed  basal,  whorls. 
The  canal  is  moderately  long,  and  straight,  or  nearly  so.  The 
American  fossil  species  known  to  me  may  be  identified  by  the 
following  characters :  — 

CJostuliform  denticulations  of  the  more  strongly  elevated  peripheral  carina, 
short,  varyino;  in  length  from  scarcely  a  fourth  to  a  sixth  or  seventh 
part  of  the  entire  length  of  the  whorls 2 

Costulations  longer,  the  peripheral  band  much  broader  and  generally  less 
strongly  elevated,  about  a  third  as  wide  as  the  length  of  the  whorls, 
the  costules  usually  becoming  gradually  less  distinct  on  the  larger 
whorls 15 

2  —  Denticulations  remaining  equally  well  developed  and  conspicuous 
throughout  the  life  of  the  shell  or  virtually  so 3 

Denticulations  only  distinct  on  the  young  body  whorls,  becoming  gradu- 
ally more  ill  defined  and  obsolete  or  subobsolete  on  the  larger  whorls ; 
species  rather  larger  in  size 12 

3— Denticulations  in  the  form  of  small  longitudinal  costules  from  one  of 
the  two  peripheral  carinae  to  the  other,  crossing  the  intervening  feeble 
depression  with  but  partial  interruption 4 

Dtnticulations  feeble,  iu  the  form  of  compressed  nodes  of  the  individual 
peripheral  carinae  and  much  broader  in  a  spiral  direction  than  long. .   11 

4 — Fasciolar  surface  below  the  subsutural  carina  deeply  concave,  then 
rapidly  expanding  to  the  strongly  elevated  peripheral  carinae 5 

Fasciolar  surface  below  the  subsutural  carinule  very  feebly  concave,  but 
obliquely  and  only  moderately  rapidly  expanding  to  the  less  elevated 
peripheral  carinae 7 

5 —  Form  stout,  the  apex  of  the  beak  distinctly  reflexed;  subsutural  con- 
cavity with  only  about  two  fine  revolving  threads  which  are  situated 
at  the  middle  of  the  concavity ;  embryo  rather  large  and  well  developed, 
higher  than  wide,  with  two  or  three  very  small  smooth  whorls  at  the 
summit,  followed  by  three  larger  whorls  which  are  conspicuously  cos- 
tulose,  the  riblets  of  the  lowest  whorl  coarser  and  generally  more 
widely  spaced  than  the  others.     Red  Bluff  Eocene arnica  Csy. 

Form  slender,  the  beak  not  reflexed  at  apex;  concave  surface  below  the 
subsutural  carina  with  a  greater  number  of  flue  spiral  threads,  about 
three  on  the  largest  whorl  of  genitiva,  nnmerons  \n  rotaedens;  embryo 
smaller  but  almost  similarly  formed  and  sculptured 6 

6  —  Peripheral  double  carina  at  the  middle  of  the  whorls,  the  denticulations 
rather  flne;  form  very  slender,  the  aperture  and  canal  combined  about  a 
third  of  the  total  length.    Upper  Vicksburg  Oligocene..  .rotaedeus  Con. 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  135 

Peripheral  double  carina  distinctly  balow  the  middle  of  the  whorls,  broader, 
the  denticulation  coarser  and  more  close-set;  form  not  quite  so  slender 
though  about  equal  in  length  to  rotaedens;  aperture  and  canal  com- 
bined more  than  a  third  of  the  total  length.  Length  of  a  specimen  having 
6  body  whorls,  11.5  mm.;  width,  3.4  mm.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of 
Lee  Co.,  Texas....    ffeuitiYB  n.  sp. 

7  —  Whorls  with  two  rather  widely  separated  carinae  below  the  suture ;  em- 

bryo relatively  small  in  siz"^,  somewhat  higher  than  wide,  with  about  three 
small  smooth  apical  whorls,  gradually  increasing  as  usual,  and  two 
whorls  covered  with  coarse  and  rather  widely  spaced  riblets;  peripheral 
duplex  carina  not  strongly  elevated,  the  space  between  it  and  the  lower 
and  larger  of  the  subsutural  carinae  about  twice  as  wide  as  the  peripheral 
baud  and  having  two  spiral  threads  and  sometimes  three  other  smaller 
ones  in  addition ;  space  below  the  periphery  with  several  spiral  carinules ; 
shell  rather  large,  the  beak  straight  but  somewhat  feebly,  obliquely 
swollen  toward  tip;  length  of  the  aperture  and  canal  together  nearly 
two -fifths  the  length  of  the  shell.  Length  of  a  specimen  having  9 
body  whorls,  27  mm.;  width,  7.3  mm.      Lower   Claiborne  Eocene  of 

Smithsville,  Texas margaritosa  n.  sp. 

Whorls  with  a  single  subsutural  carina ;  species  very  small  in  size 8 

8  — Embryo  large,  much  higher  than  wide  and  elaborately  sculptured 9 

Embryo  smaller,  about  as  high  as  wide,  with  three  smooth  rapidly  increas- 
ing apical  whorls  and  two  basal  covered  with  the  usual  riblets 10 

9  — Embryo  forming  a  regular  sharply  pointed  cone,  much  higher  than  wide, 

the  upper  three  or  four  whorls  smooth,  the  lower  two  with  riblets, 
those  of  the  basal  whorls  coarser,  those  of  the  Jone  immediately  above  it 
very  feeble;  space  between  the  peripheral  carinae  and  the  subsutural 
usually  with  a  single  spiral  thread.  Length  of  a  specimen  having  4 
body  whorls,  9.5  mm;  width,  3.2  ram.  Jacksonian  Eocene  of  the  Red 
River  Kimbrel  bed conjancta  n.  sp. 

Embryo  forming  a  regular  sharply  pointed  cone,  much  higher  than  wide,  the 
upper  three  whorls  smooth,  very  small  aud^together  higher  than  wide, 
the  three  lower  uaving  a  beautifully  regular  system  of  strong  close-set 
equal  ribbing,  occupying  the  entire  embryo  except  the  very  small  smooth 
3-coiled  tip;  feebly  concave  surface  above  the  periphery  generally 
having  several  close-set  spiral  threads.  Length  of  a  specimen  having  4 
body  whorls,  8.9  mm.;  width,  2.8  mm.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  St. 
Maurice,  La.,  and  also  of  Lee  Co.,  Texas  [Aldrich] nncleata  n.  sp. 

Embryo  large,  much  higher  than  wide,  the  lower  three  whorls  subcylin- 
drical  and  covered  with  flue  arcuate  and  rather  widely  spaced  riblets, 
the  upper  smooth  part  consisting  of  two  or  three  whorls  very  rapidly 
diminishing  in  size  and  together  muchj  wider  than  high;  moderately 
concave  surface  above  the  duplex  peripheral  carina  usually  having  two 
close-set  threads.  Length  of  a  specimen  having  Si  body  whorls,  7.7 
mm.;  width,  2.8  m.m.  Upper  Claiborne  ferruginous  sands,  Ala. 
{z=acutirostris  Con.) childreni  Lea 

10 Denticulation  of  the   duplex  peripheral    carina  unusually   small   and 

widely  spaced,  the  concave  surface,  between  the  periphery  and  subsu- 
tural carinule  usually  with  two  flue  spiral  threads;  beak  nearly 
straight,  very  slender,  the  aperture  and  canal  [combined  but  little  less 


136  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

than  half  the  length  of  the  shell.  Length  of  a  specimen  having  4  body 
whorls,  7  mm. ;  width,  2.7  mm.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  St.  Maurice, 
La parvidens  n.  sp. 

11  —  Spire  elongate,  gradually  and  evenly  acuminate,  about  twice  as  long  as 

the  aperture  and  canal  combined;  beak  gradually  acuminate  and  straight 
from  the  abrupt  contraction  below  the  convexity  of  the  body  whorl; 
embryo  ot  the Gemmula  type,  well  developed,  of  two  or  three  small  smooth 
whorls  followed  by  about  three  covered  with  arcuate  riblets ;  spire  whorls 
each  with  a  strong  subtumid  subsutural  collar  which  is  fully  as  large  and 
prominent  as  the  obtusely  crenulate  and  obscurely  double,  generally  nar- 
row and  feebly  elevated  peripheral  carina,  the  latter  distinctly  below  the 
middle;  space  below  thiscarina  with  a  single  spiral  carinule;  space  above 
it  to  the  subsutural  collar,  broadly,  evenly  and  rather  feebly  concave, 
with  numerous  very  tine  spiral  threads;  peripheral  crenulatious  of  the 
body  whorl  apparently  rather  less  distinct;  Ihey  become  constantly 
longer  in  a  spiral  sense  from  one  whorl  to  the  next  below.  Length  of  a 
specimen  having  6  body  whorls,  14  mm.;  width,  3.9  mm.  Lower  Clai- 
borne Eocene  of  Lisbon,  Ala lancea  n.  sp. 

12  —  Crenulate  periphery  at,  or  only  slightly  below,  the  middle 13 

Crenulate  periphery  at,  or  extremely  near,  the  lower  or  anterior  margin  of 

the  spire  whorls H 

13  —  Crenulatious  of  the  periphery  fine,  apparently  not  more  than  a  seventh 

or  eighth  as  long  as  the  whorl,  becoming  obsolete  on  the  seventh  or 
eighth  body  whorl;  subsutural  collar  apparently  present  on  the  crenu- 
late younger  whorls;  embryo  imperfect  in  the  types.  Length  of  a 
specimen  of  about  10  body   whorls,  48  mm.     Claiborne    (ferruginous 

sand) alternata  Con. 

Crenulatious  coarse,  becoming  on  the  sixth  body  whorl  large,  low,  tumes- 
cent rounded  elevations,  with  no  distinct  principal  carinae,  the  entire 
surface  having  rather  close-set  and  equal  fine  spiral  carinules;  on  the 
upper  whorl  the  crenulatious  are  more  abruptly  formed  and  are  crossed 
by  about  three  rather  coarser  lines,  but  the  periphery  nowhere  has 
the  abruptly  elevated  form  seen  in  rotaedens  and  allies;  the  periphery  is 
distinctly  below  the  middle  of  the  whorl  and  not  at  the  middle  as  it 
seems  to  be  in  alternata,  and  the  crenulatious  are  n^rly  a  fourth  as  long 
as  the  whorl,  about  18  in  number;  upper  whorls  with  a  distinct  subsu- 
tural collar  which  disappears  completely  on  the  larger  whorls;  body 
whorl  below  the  posterior  end  of  the  aperture  having  rather  coarse  lines 
separated  by  about  taree  smaller  close-set  threads.  Length  of  a 
specimen  having  6  body  whorls  about  19  mm.;  width,  5.6  mm.  Lower 
Claiborne  Eocene  of  St.  Maurice,  La ,  -.obsolescens  u.  sp. 

14  —  Shell  moderately  stout,  the  spire  gradually,  evenly  acuminate  and  but 

little  longer  than  the  aperture  and  canal  combined;  embryo  much  higher 
than  wide,  with  numerous  riblets  as  usual;  spire  whorls  evenly  sculp- 
tured throughout  with  coarser  and  single  finer  intermediate  spiral  lines, 
not  interrupted  in  longitudinal  succession  by  the  obtusely  and  gradually 
elevated  periphery  which  bears  obtuse  crenulatious,  the  latter  disap- 
pearing altogether  on  about  the  seventh  whorl;  surface  broadly,  feebly 
concave  from  the  subbasal  periphery  to  the  suture  above,  the  latter 
having   no  trace   of  subsutural  collar    even  on  the  nepionic  whorls. 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  137 

Lensth  of    a  specimen  of   8  body   whorls,   32   mm.;    width,    8.5   mm. 
Lower  Claiborne  Eocene,  St.  Maurice,  La Indoviciaua  Vgn. 

15_C()stules  of  the  peripheral  raised  band  carried  obliquely  across  the 
surface  between  the  latter  and  the  subsutural  cariniform  collar,  gen- 
erally forming  a  distinct  beading  on  the  latter;  spiral  lines  above  the 
posterior  end  of  the  aperture  very  sparse  and  indistinctly  defined, 
below  the  latter  on  the  body  whorl  havinn;  the  form  of  coarse  con- 
spicuous and  wulely  spaced  lyrae,  the  concave  intervals  between  the 
lyrae  having  many  close-set  striae.  Length  of  a  specimen  having  6 
body  whorls,  16.5  mm.;  width,  4.9  ram.  Upper  Vicksburg  OliiiO- 
cene teiiella  Con. 

Costules  not  extending  across  the  rather  more  deeply  concave  surface  above 
the  somewhat  narrower  and  more  strongly  elevated  peripheral  band, 
the  subsutural  carina  finer  aud  a'raost  even,  not  at  all  b?aded,  the  con- 
cave surface  with  three  or  four  clo~e-set  and  distinctly  defined  spiral 
lines ;  body  whorl  below  the  periphery  with  coarse  and  widely  spaced 
lyrae;  shell  similar  inform  to  tenella  but  a  little  smaller.  Red  Bluff 
Eocene ancilla  Csy. 

Costules  abruptly  confined  to  the  peripheral  band  as  in  ancilla,  the  subsu- 
tural  collar  very  large,  obtusely  elevated  and  coarsely  beaded,  separated 
from  the  peripheral  costulose  band  by  a  deep  abrupt  concavity  about  equal 
in  width  to  the  raised  band  and  bearing  a  fine  and  almo-.t  even  median 
thread;  space  below  the  band  with  about  two  close-set  and  rather  fine 
spirals  which  are  more  or  less  nodulose;  shell  differing  from  the  two  pre- 
ceding in  its  smaller  size,  shorter  and  much  stouter  form  and  thicker 
substance,  the  embryo  small  and  more  rapidly  pointed.  Length  of  a 
specimen  of  5  body  whorls,  9.5  mm. ;  width,  3.6  mm.  Jacksonian  Eocene 
of  Moody's  Branch,  Miss noduliua  n.  sp. 

Lancea  is  a  rather  aberrant  species  in  general  features  of 
sculpture  but  seems  to  belong  to  the  present  genus ;  it  is  rep- 
resented by  a  single  rather  water-worn  specimen.  The  char- 
acters of  alternata  are  taken  from  a  very  careful  drawing  from 
the  original  type  kindly  lent  me  by  Mr.  Aldrich ;  Conrad  states 
that  lesueuri,  of  Lea,  is  identical,  but  the  latter  is  a  widely 
different  species,  having  the  anal  sinus  on  the  upper  concave 
surface  of  the  whorls.  A  number  of  species,  not  alluded 
to  above,  are  known,  but  not  being  able  to  study  the  types 
or  any  accurate  drawings,  I  am  unable  to  include  them  at 
present;  among  these  are  PL  mediavla  and  equiseta,  of 
Harris,  and  moniUata  of  Heilprin. 

It  is  desirable  before  discussing  the  genera  of  the  Surcula 
type  to  draw  attention  to  a  succession  of  peculiar  Indo-Pacific 
forms,  resembling  Pleui'otoma  in  the  absence  of  true  ribbing 
and  great  development  of  the  spiral  carinae,  but  differing  in 


138  Trails.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

the  very  obtuse  base  of  the  shell,  absence  of  canal  and  in  the 
very  small  anal  sinus  situated  well  Ijehind  the  peripheral 
carina ;   one  of  these  genera  may  be  named  as  follows :  — 

Tomopleura  n.  gen. 

In  this  senus  the  form  is  rather  slender  and  elongate,  with 
acute  many-whorled  spire  and  a  small  smooth  and  generally 
paucispiral  embryo;  the  aperture  is  usually  about  a  third  as 
lono-  as  the  shell.  The  whorls  have  each  two  larger  and 
more  conspicuous  smooth  spiral  carinae,  one  just  below  the 
suture,  the  other  at  about  the  middle  and  also  a  few  other 
smaller  carinae.  A  moderately  concave  fasciolar  surface, 
bearing  the  small  but  deep  anal  sinus,  is  situated  between  the 
two  principal  carinae.  Lines  of  growth  generally  coarsely 
incised  and  very  conspicuous,  as  in  Pleuroliria.  The  species 
are  moderate  or  small  in  size  and  rather  numerous,  those  be- 
fore me  being  labeled  P.  nivea  Phil.,  the  type  of  the  genus, 
pouloensis  Jouss.,  ^uakimonos  Jouss.  and  violacea  Hinds. 
Such  species  as  cincta  Lamk.  and  bijuhata  Reeve,  resemble 
typical  Tomopleura  in  general  form  and  sculpture  and  partic- 
ularly in  the  obtuse  base,  absence  of  beak  and  form  and  pos- 
terior position  of  the  anal  sinus,  but  the  absence  of  distinct 
lines  of  growth,  generally  acute  and  substyliform  apex  and 
some  other  characters  would  seem  to  indicate  that  they  are  at 
least  subgenerically  different. 

Among  the  generic  types  which  may  be  considered  in  many 
respects  intermediate  between  the  more  typical  Pleurotomids 
which  precede  and  the  allies  of  Surcula  to  be  mentioned  below, 
may  be  cited  Scohinella  Con.  (=  MoniUopsis  Con.,  and  Zelia 
De  Greg.),  Eucheilodon  Gabb,  Glyptotoma  n.  gen.,  Sinis- 
trella  Meyer,  Trypanotoma  Coss.,  C/^n^^ra  Bell.,  Cochlespira 
Qon.  {  =  Ancistrosyrinx  and  Candelabrum  Dall),  C ochlespirop- 
sis  n.  gen.,  Protosurcula  n.  gen.,  Eosurcula  n.  gen.,  Cochle- 
spirella  Csy.,  Microdrilla  Csy.,  Aforia  Dall,  AntiplanesD^Wy 
Bathytoma  H.  and  B.,  VinA  Megasurcula  n.  gen.  Thesegenera 
are  all  devoid  of  true  ribbing,  as  in  the  preceding  typical 
Pleurotomids,  but  have  the  spirals  less  developed.     The  great 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  139 

majority  of  them  have  the  anal  sinus  situated  on  a  posterior 
declivous  or  concave  fasciolar  surface  as  in  Surcula  and  re- 
lated genera,  but,  in  some  instances,  as  the  very  isolated 
Glyptotoma,  the  sinus  is  medial  and  formed  on  a  prominent 
periphery.  This  peculiar  group  of  genera  is  entirely  and  long 
since  extinct,  except  CocJdesinra,  which  appears  to  have  a 
history  almost  as  extended  as  Gemmula  from  the  Eocene  to 
the  present  time,  and  Aforia,  Aniiplanes  and  Megasurcida, 
which  as  far  as  known  are  exclusively  living.  It  is  the  only 
group  containing  reversed  or  sinistral  shells,  a  character  which 
seems  to  be  of  generic  value,  as  I  have  never  seen  a  dextral 
specimen  of  Sinistrella  americana  Aid.,  among  a  very  large 
number  examined,  although  otherwise  Sinistrella  is  rather 
closely  allied  to  Trypaiwtoma,  a  very  distinct  genus  founded 
by  Cossmann  upon  the  Pleurotoma  terebriformis  of  Meyer. 
It  is  also  the  only  group  in  which  the  plications  of  the  col- 
umella become  in  any  way  a  conspicuous  feature,  although 
this  character  does  occur  in  some  of  the  Surculid  genera  in  a 
less  developed  degree ;  it  is  greatly  developed  in  Eucheilodon, 
ticohinella  and  Glyptotoma.  In  Clinura  and  Cochlespira  the 
whorls  are  broadly  expanded  into  a  thin  spiral  plate  usually 
reflexed  and  crenulate  at  the  edge.  In  Aforia  circinata  Dall, 
this  expansion  is  reduced  to  a  small  but  abruptly  formed 
median  ring. 

Euclieilodoii  Gabb. 

This  genus  is  abundantly  distinct  from  Scohinella  in  having 
the  anal  sinus  formed  upon  an  elevated  and  prominent  peri- 
pheral shoulder  well  above  the  middle  of  the  whorls,  and  not 
in  a  concave  posterior  fasciolar  area ;  it  also  differs  materially 
in  the  embryo,  which,  although  of  the  same  general  multi- 
spiral  type,  is  very  much  larger,  and  in  the  form  of  the  outer 
lip,  which  does  not  have  the  broadly  lobed  and  advanced 
form  of  Scohinella,  in  its  very  narrow  linear  aperture  with 
more  strongly  lyrate  outer  lip  and  in  possessing  a  columella 
fold  near  the  posterior  end  of  the  inner  lip,  which  is  never 
present  in  Scohinella.  The  system  of  columella  folds  is 
more    elaborate   than   in    that  genus  and  the  spiral  lyrae  are 


140  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

usually  not  nodulated  by  the  lines  of  interrupted  growth, 
which  are  more  apt  to  appear  only  between  them,  so  that  the 
peculiar  tessellated  sculpture  of  Scohinella  is  wanting  or 
much  less  developed.  There  are  apparently  three  known 
species  which  may  be  identified  by  the  following  charac- 
ters :  — 

Shoulder  angle  of  the  whorls  obtusely  rounded  and  situated  far  above  the 
middle ;  spiral  lyrae  coarse  and  close-set 2 

Shoulder  angle  broadly  angulate  in  profile  and  situated  only  just  visibly 
above  the  middle ;  spiral  lyrae  finer  and  unequally  spaced 3 

2  —  Shell  stouter,  the  lyrae  very  coarse  and  somewhat  dissected  by  the  lines 

of  interrupted  growth,  especially  on  and  above  the  shoulder,  giving  a 
granular  efEect;  shoulder  angle  more  prominent  and  bicarinate.     Jack- 

sonian  Eocene creuocariiiatum  Heilp. 

Shell  much  smaller  and  more  slender,  the  spiral  lyrae  not  quite  so  coarse, 
flat  and  very  clearly  defined  throughout,  not  at  all  dissected  by  the  lines 
of  growth  which  are  only  visible  in  the  depressed  intervals ;  shoulder 
angle  evenly  rounded.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  Texas  C=  laeviplica- 
tum  Gabb) reticulatuni  Gabb 

3  —  Surface  of  the  spire  whorls  evenly   declivous  from  the  finely  unicari- 

nate  periphery  posteriorly  to  the  fine  subsutural  carina,  and,  anteriorly 
to  the  suture,  the  posterior  declivous  surface  with  a  fine  thread  near  the 
peripheral  carina  and  another  one-third  the  distance  from  this  thread 
to  the  subsutural  carina,  the  anterior  declivous  surface  with  two  fine 
carinae  one-fourth  and  three-fifths  the  distance  from  the  peripheral 
carina  to  the  suture;  body  whorl  below  the  posterior  end  of  the 
aperture  becoming  abruptly  closely  lyrate;  columellar  folds  numerous 
but  very  fine  and  feeble,  the  posterior  isolated  fold  small  though  ab- 
ruptly denticuliform.  Length  of  a  specimen  having  between  2  and  3  body 
whorls,  10  mm.    Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  Texas. .  .gabbiauam  n.  sp. 

The  type  of  gabbianum  is  a  unique  specimen  in  the  cabinet 
of  Mr.  T.  H.  Aldrich.  There  are  apparently  two  species  in  the 
Jacksonian  Eocene  confused  under  the  name  crenocarinatum  ^ 
but  I  am  not  prepared  to  define  them  at  present. 

Glyptotoina  n.  gen. 

S  jme  pecuhar  small  species  generally  of  robust  form,  hav- 
ing a  narrow  tumid  columella  ridge,  which  is  stongly  bi- or 
triplicate  and  the  anal  sinus  median  in  position  and  formed 
upon  a  broad  double  nodose  spiral,  require  separation  as  a 
distinct  genus  for  which  I  would  propose  the  above  name. 
The  o-eneral  type  of  tessellated  ornamentation  is  strikingly 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  141 

similar  to  that  characterizing  Scohinella,  and  the  aperture, 
canal  and  embryo  are  of  corresponding  form,  but  the  anal 
sinus  is  wholly  different  in  form  and  position  and  the  outer 
lip  is  not  advanced  and  arcuately  lobed.  They  have  occurred 
thus  far  only  in  the  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  Texas,  and 
those  before  me  may  be  readily  recognized  as  follows :  — 

Broadly  rhomboidal  in  outline,  the  spire  evenly  conical,  the  aperture  and 
very  short  canal  combined  constituting  nearly  half  the  entire  length; 
lyrae  of  the  body  whorl  below  the  periphery  very  coarse  and  widely 
spaced,  alternating  with  single  fine  raised  lines;  columellar  folds  two 
or  three  in  number.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  5  body  whorls,  11.5  mm. ; 
width,  4  mm crassiplicata  Gabb 

Narrower,  the  spire  subventricose  or  narrowing  more  rapidly  toward  the 
apex ;  aperture  very  much  less  than  half  the  entire  length 2 

2  — Larger  species,  with  a  nodulose  subsutural  spiral  and  a  similar  but 
broader  duplex  peripheral  spiral,  the  two  separated  by  a  concave  sur- 
face which  is  rather  longer  than  the  subsutural  collar,  and  having  a 
fine  nodulose  thread  at  its  middle;  another  similar  fine  thread  is  very 
close  to  the  lower  margin  of  the  large  peripheral  spiral,  and,  below 
this  on  the  body  whorl,  the  lyrae  are  equal,  granose  and  moderately 
widely  spaced,  the  lines  of  growth  fine,  deep  and  close-set,  appearing 
between  the  lyrae  but  independent  of  the  nodules;  columellar  folds 
about  three  in  number.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  5  body  whorls,  9  mm. ; 
width,  2.8  mm conradiana  Aid, 

Smaller  species,  with  numerous  very  close-set  spirals  of  coarse  nodules, 
the  subsutural  gradually  splitting  into  two  finer  spirals  on  the  larger 
whorls,  the  concave  space  below  the  collar  short  and  with  fine  irregu- 
lar thread  or  threads;  spirals  below  the  peripheral  alternating  in  size 
to  the  aperture,  then  equal  and  almost  in  mutual  contact  to  the  base  of 
the  shell;  nodules  in  longitudinal  lines  from  one  lyra  to  the  next, 
giving  a  closely  costulate  appearance  which  does  not  exist  in  the  pre- 
ceding species;  columella  with  two  large  rounded  and  very  approximate 
folds  at  the  middle,  the  lower  more  oblique  than  the  upper;  embryo  of 
about  four  whorls,  higher  than  wide;  aperture  and  canal  relatively 
longer  than  in  conradiana.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  3  body  whorls, 
3.9  mm.;  width,  1.75  mm< parrula  n.  sp. 

These  species  are  all  well  represented  in  the  cabinet  of  Mr. 
Aldrich,  to  whom  lam  indebted  for  the  material  at  hand. 

Trypanotoma  Coss. 

A  very  distinct  genus,  apparently  confined  to  the  middle 
Eocene  faunas  of  the  southern  United  States  and  character- 
ized by  the  comparatively  small  size  and  slender  form  of  the 


142  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

species  and  by  the  elongate  spire,  very  short  and  rather 
oblique  aperture,  broad  shallow  sinus  formed  upon  a  double 
submedian  and  more  or  less  nodulose  peripheral  elevation  and 
very  short,  broadly  obtuse  paucispiral  embryo.  The  three 
species  represented  by  material  in  my  cabinet  may  be  distin- 
ofuished  araonsf  themselves  as  follows : — 

Nodules  of  the  peripheral  carinae  smaller,  not  coalescent  lonj^itudi- 
ually;  aperture  cue-third  as  long  as  the  shell  or  nearly  so 2 

Nodules  of  the  peripheral  carinae  coarser,  each  being  fused  with  its  op- 
posite, forming  large  longitudinal  nodules;  spire  relatively  more 
elongate,  the  aperture  about  a  fourth  as  long  as  the  shell 3 

2  —  Spii'al  carinules  relatively  coarser,  generally  two  in   number   between 

the  central  double  peripheral  carina  and  the  lower  margin;  lower  of 
the  two  subsutural  carinae  nodulose;  lines  of  growth  very  coarse, 
cancellating  the  body  whorl  below  the  convexity.  Length  of  a 
specimen  of  5  body  whorls,  7  mra.;   width,  2.6  mm.     Upper  Claiborne 

ferruginous  sand terebriforrais  Meyer 

Spiral  carinules  flue;  spire  whorls  shorter  and  more  transverse,  the 
second  carinule  below  the  suture  simple  and  not  nodulose;  but  one 
raised  line  between  the  periphery  and  lower  margin  and  another 
forming  the  latter;  space  between  the  nodulose  peripheral  carinae  and 
subsutural  carinules  much  longer,  being  twice  as  long  as  the  width  of 
the  peripheral  band;  lines  of  growth  distinct  and  uneven  but  feebler  than 
in  terebriformis.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  about  7  body  whorls,  10  mm. ; 
width,  3  mm.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  St.  Maurice,  La. .  obtasa  n.  sp. 

3  —  Form  very  slender;  subsutural  carinae  simple,  very  coarse  and  nearly 

contiguous;  peripheral  carinae  coarse,  separated  from  the  subsutural  by 
a  concave  space  which  is  subequal  in  length  to  the  width  of  the  peri- 
pheral duplex  band  and  having  two  fine  but  strongly  elevated  and  very 
approximate  spiral  threads;  space  below  the  peripheral  nodulose 
band  but  little  longer  than  the  width  of  the  latter  and  having 
one  coarse  carinule  and  another  forming  the  lower  margin;  lines  of 
growth  strong  and  uneven  on  the  body  whorl  below  the  convexity. 
Length  of  a  specimen  of  9  body  whorls,  10.6  mm.;  width,  2.8  mm. 
Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  Moseley's  Ferry,  Burleson  Co., 
Texas longispira  n.  sp. 

In  terebriformis  the  spiral  depression  below  the  subsutural 
carinae  is  only  about  as  long  as  the  width  of  the  duplex  peri- 
pheral band,  while  in  ohtusa  it  is  fully  twice  as  long  as  the 
latter,  giving  these  two  species  a  distinctly  different  facies. 
Longispira  is  widely  different,  and,  besides  the  characters 
noted  in  the  table,  has  a  still  shorter,  more  obtuse  and 
scarcely  at  all  reflexed  beak,  which  is  sometimes  umbilicate 
along  the  callus  of  the  inner  lip ;   it  was  collected  in  consid- 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  143 

erable  number  by  Mr.  T.  H.  Aldrich,  to  whose  generosity  I 
owe  the  examples  before  me. 

Cochlespiropsis  n.  gen. 

This  genus  is  allied  to  Cochlespira  but  differs  greatly  in 
having  the  beak  obliquely  elevated  near  the  tip,  the  periphery 
of  the  whorls  simply  angulate  in  profile  and  not  lamellarly 
expanded,  reflexed  or  crenulate  and  the  sculpture  extremely 
minute  and  feeble,  close-set  and  even,  wholly  differing  in 
character  from  that  prevailing  in  OocJdespira.  The  genus 
seems  to  have  become  extinct  by  the  middle  of  the  Eocene, 
not  occurring  above  the  Lower  Claiborne,  and,  in  fact,  limited 
as  far  as  known  to  that  epoch.  The  two  cpecies  before  me 
may  be  distinguished  as  follows :  — 

Spire  above  the  periphery  of  the  body  whorl  evenly  and  rather  rapidly 
acuminate,  shorter  than  the  portion  below  that  periphery;  sculpture  of 
the  body  whorl  below  the  periphery  consisting  of  moderately  close- 
set  and  distinct  spiral  threads  which  are  somewhat  uneven  in  size. 
Length  of  a  specimen  of  7  body  whorls,  20  mm.;  width,  6.5  mm. 
Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  Wheelock,  Texas eugonata  Con. 

Spire  above  the  periphery  more  elongate,  nearly  equaling  in  length  the 
portion  below,  very  gradually  acuminate  and  more  rapidly  and 
arcuately  so  toward  apes;  ornamentation  of  the  body  whorl  below  the 
periphery  consisting  of  extremely  minute,  closely  crowded  and  equal 
spiral  threads  which  are  frequently  somewhat  wavy  or  subinterrupted 
by  uneven  irregularities  of  growth.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  8  body 
whorls,  31  mm.;  width,  8.8  mm.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  Lisbon, 
Ala blanda  n.  sp. 

There  is  no  vestige  of  a  tumid  or  carinulate  collar  below 
the  suture  in  this  genus. 

Cochlespira  Con. 

The  periphery  is  lamelliform  to  a  greater  or  less  degree  in 
this  genus,  the  edge  always  crenulate  and  bent  backward,  and 
there  is  usually  a  well-marked  and  finely  beaded  collar  below 
the  suture  which,  however,  sometimes  becomes  obsolete  on 
the  larger  whorls.  The  posterior  broad  fasciolar  surface  has 
some  fine  spirals  near  the  periphery  but  is  usually  completely 
devoid    of    sculpture  elsewhere,  except  the  arcuate  lines  of 


144  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

growth  formed  by  the  large  anal  sinus.  Below  the  periphery 
the  sculpture  consists  of  coarse  and  close-set  beaded  lines,  the 
one  marking  the  posterior  limit  of  the  aperture  larger  and 
more  conspicuous  than  the  others.  The  beak  is  slender,  with- 
out trace  of  the  external;oblique  ridge  of  Cochlespiropsis,  the 
columella  straight  or  broadly  and  feebly  arcuate  and  the  aper- 
ture and  canal  combined  are  generally  as  long  as  the  remainder 
of  the  shell  or  nearly  so.  The  type  is  O.  cristata  Con.,  of 
the  Vicksburg  Oligocene,  and  the  other  species  known  to  me  as 
forming  typical  members  of  the  genus  are  hella  Con.  and 
columbaria  Aid.,  of  the  American  Eocene,  and  terehralis 
Lamk. ,  of  the  European  Eocene.  I  have  not  seen  the  living  spe- 
cies, elegans  andradiata,  of  Dall,  upon  which  he  founded  An- 
cistrosyrinx,  and  my  previous  statement  as  to  the  identity  of 
the  latter  genus  with  Cochlespira  rests  upon  the  published 
opinion  of  Cossmann.  If  true,  Cochlespira,  Pleuroliria^ 
Gemmula  and  Orthosurcula  would  be  the  only  Eocene  genera 
known  to  me  as  surviving  to  the  present  time.  It  is  probable 
that  the  species  described  by  Harris  under  the  name  Drillia 
dipta,  will  constitute  the  type  of  a  distinct  genus  near  Coch- 
lespira.  The  various  minute  species  of  Cochlespirella  Csy. 
(Proc.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phila.,  1903,  p.  279)  are  left  for  future 
consideration. 

Protosurciila  n.  gen. 

In  this  genus  and  Eosurcida  there  is  no  trace  of  ribbing, 
and  the  moderately  large  species  composing  them  may  be 
considered  allied  more  closely  to  the  Gochlespira  group  than 
any  other;  the  embryo  in  both  is  conical  or  conoidal  and 
multispiral,  and,  in  Protosurcula  is  generally  very  large  and 
with  conspicuous  longitudinal  riblets  on  the  lower  whorls. 
The  collar  below  the  suture  is  cnrinif  orm  and  the  long  f  asciolar 
surface  between  it  and  the  obtuse  periphery  is  broadly  con- 
cave and  with  fine  spiral  lines ;  below  the  periphery  the  spiral 
lyrae  are  rather  coarse.  The  columella  is  straight  and  gen- 
erally simple,  though  sometimes  having  a  strong  plica  above 
the  middle.  The  spire  tapers  evenly  to  the  apex  and  the 
beak  is  slender  and  frequently  very  long,  the  aperture  and 
long  straight    canal   combined  being  much    longer  than  the 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotoniidae.  145 

remainder  of  the  shell  in  r/«66i,  which  is  assumed  as  the  type. 
The  species  before  me  may  be  distinguished  by  the  following 
characters :  — 

Columella  straight  and  unmodified;  embryo  very  large 2 

Columella  with  a  stout  plica   at  about  the  middle  of  the  aperture  proper; 
embryo  much  smaller,  though  of  the  same  general  type 3 

2  —  Embryo  stout;  subsutural  collar  flat,  composed  of  two,  and,  subse- 

quently, about  three,  coarser  spiral  carinules;  concavity  below  the 
subsutural  collar,  long,  concave;  periphery  anterior  in  position, 
rounded  In  profile,  moderately  swollen,  with  the  spiral  lines  larger. 

Lower  Claiborne  of  Wheelock,  Texas gabbi  Con. 

Embryo  large  but  much  narrower,  the  lower  whorls  similarly,  though  more 
coarsely,  costulate,  the  upper  smooth  whorls  forming  a  much  more 
I  acutely  elevated  apex;  subsutural  surface  broadly,  feebly  swollen  and 
covered  with  numerous  fine  but  strong  carinules  merging  gradually 
into  the  small  threads  of  the  subjacent  concavity;  remaining  charac- 
ters nearly  as  in  gabbi,  the  beak  more  rapidly  tapering,  very  slender  at 
tip,  the  aperture  and  canal  together  but  little  longer  than  the  remain- 
der of  the  shell.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  5  body  whorls,  23.5  mm.; 
width,  6.8  mm.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  Smithville,  Texas  — 
Mr.  Aldrich tenuirostris  n,  sp. 

3  —  Form  nearly  as  in  the  two  preceding,  the  embryo  very  much  smaller  in 

size,  conical,  with  the  lower  whorls  ribbed;  subsequent  whorls  each 
with  a  strongly  and  abruptly  elevated  double  carina  at  basal  third,  the 
two  carinae  becoming  more  widely  separated  and  with  an  intermediate 
thread  on  the  larger  whorls;  space  between  the  double  carina  and  the 
subsutural  cariniform  collar  broadly  concave  and  with  strong  and  widely 
spaced  spiral  threads;  double  carina  of  the  first  two  body  whorls 
crenulate.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  Wheelock,  Texas — [BorsO' 
nia] plenta  H.  &  A. 

The  last  of  these  species  may  possibly  be  subgenerically 
different  from  the  others  but  certainly  cannot  be  further 
removed.  The  species  figured  by  Harris  as  the  young  of 
plenta  is  probably  specifically  different. 

Eosurciila  n.  orcn. 


a 


The  embryo  in  Eosurcula  is  much  narrower  than  in  Pro- 
tosiircula,  strongly  elevated  and  smooth  throughout,  the  sub- 
sutural collar  smaller  and  less  developed,  the  fasciolar  surface 
thence  obliquely  ascending  but  straight  in  profile  or  nearly  so 
to  the  obtusely  angulate  periphery,  on  and  below  which  the 
spirals  become  coarser.     The  aperture  and  canal  are  nearly  as 


146  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

[n  P7'otosu7'cnla ,  but  the  peculiar  narrow  elevated  embryo,  per- 
fectly smooth  throughout  and  without  riblets,  higher  shoulder 
angle  and  oblique  fasciolar  surface,  less  developed  subsutural 
collar  and  some  other  differential  characters,  will  readily  serve 
to  separate  the  two  genera,  which  are  perhaps  the  most  charac- 
teristic and  abundant  forms  of  the  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene, — 
and  impart  a  marked  difference  in  habitus.  The  species  are 
more  numerous  than  those  of  the  preceding  genus,  those 
known  to  me  being  outlined  as  follows :  — 

Peripheral  carina  crenulate,  at  least  on  the  small  upper  body  whorls,  situated 

at  the  middle  and  subduplex 2 

Peripheral  carina  devoid  of  any  trace  of  crenulation  at  any  point 5 

2  —  Larger  species,  the  peripheral  carina  at  or  above  the  middle  of  the  whorls, 

crenulate  on  the  small  or  nepionic   whorls  only 3 

Small  species,  the  periphery  more  obtusely  angulate,  more  feebly  carinate 
and  distinctly  below  the  middle  of  the  whorls;  all  the  whorls  apparently 
crenulate  on  the  periphery 4 

3  — Peripheral  carina  at  the  middle  of  the  whorls,  apparently  duplex,  coarse 

but  only  moderately  elavated;  between  it  and  the  base  there  is  another 
similar  double  carina;  slightly  above  it,  at  the  lower  part  of  the  oblique 
fasciolar  surface,  there  is  a  fine  spiral  carina;  declivous  space  thence 
to  the  fine  subsutural  collar  with  two  or  three  very  fine  spiral  threads . 

Texas,  Caldwell  Co moorei  Gabb 

Peripheral  carina  well  above  the  middle  of  the  whorls;  between  it  and 
the  base  there  are  two  carinae,  which  are  apparently  smaller  than 
the  peripheral  and  less  elevated.  Lignitic  Eocene  of  Wood's  Bluff, 
Ala tuomeyi  Aid . 

4  —  Moderately  stout,  the  subsubural  collar  small;   surface  thence  regularly 

ascending  to  the  crenulate  periphery  and  having  two  or  three 
coarse  but  feeble  spiral  lines;  surface  below  the  periphery  on  the  spire 
whorls  with  two  rather  coarse  and  widely  spaced  carinules  in  low  relief ; 
below  these  on  the  body  whorl  the  surface  is  closely,  evenly  lyrate. 
Upper  Claiborne  ferruginous  sand  [Conus] pulcherrima  Hellp. 

6  —  Peripheral  carina  double,  its  upper  carinule  smaller  and  less  prominent 
than  the  lower,  the  latter  a  little  below  the  middle;  subsutural  carina 
unusually  strong,  at  some  distance  below  the  suture,  the  surface 
thence  to  the  upper  peripheral  carina  regularly  oblique,  with  a  single 
carinule  at  lower  two-fifths ;  on  the  larger  whorls  a  few  other  very 
minute  and  inconspicuous  threads  can  be  observed;  surface  below  the 
lower  peripheral  carina,  with  two  carinae,  the  uppermost  interval  thus 
formed  much  the  larger,  both  with  an  intermediate  central  and  feeble 
thread;  lyrae  on  the  body  whorl  moderately  coarse,  well  separated  and 
only  occasionally  with  intermediate  threads.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  6 
body  whorls,  22  mm. ;  width,  6  mm.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  Lisbon, 
Ala conciuna  n.  sp. 

Peripheral  carina  single,  narrow  but  strongly  elevated,  at  the  middle;  sub- 
sutural carina,  fine;  surface  thence  to  the  periphery  regularly  oblique 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  147 

and  covered  with  rather  close-set,  fine  but  sharply  elevated  threads,  the 
one  nearest  the  peripheral  carina  much  the  largest;  surface  below  the 
peripheral  carina  cylindric,  with  a  similar  carina  a  little  below  its  mid- 
dle and  another  near  the  lower  edge;  space  between  the  peripheral 
carina  and  the  one  next  below  with  a  finer  carina  a  little  below  its  mid- 
dle. Length  of  a  fragment  consisting  of  the  embryo  and  4  spire  whorls, 
5.6  mm.;  width,  3  mm.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  St.  Maurice, 
La helicoidea  n.  sp. 

Mr.  Aldrich  mentions  no  creuulation  on  the  periphery  of 
the  nepionic  whorls  of  tuomeyi^  but  these  are  said  to  exist 
by  Prof.  Harris. 

Batbytoma  Harr.   et  Burr. 

Dolichotoma  Bell.  (nom.  praeocc). 

According  to  Cossmann,  this  genus  exists  fossilized  in  all 
the  Tertiary  strata  and  is  also  found  living,  but  I  am  inclined 
to  believe  that  that  author  has  confused  a  number  of  generic 
or  subgeneric  types  and  that  the  really  typical  BatJtytoma 
occurs  only  in  the  upper  European  Tertiaries,  where  it  is 
represented  by  Murex  cataphracius  Broc.  The  geologically 
much  older  American  species,  from  the  upper  Eocene  of  Red 
Bluff  and  the  Vicksburg  Oligocene,  described  by  Conrad  under 
the  name  Pleurotoma  congesta,  is  a  much  smaller  species  and 
differs  in  some  respects,  perhaps  subgenericall}-,  but  may  be 
considered  a  Bathytoma  for  the  present.  The  peripheral  ridge 
is  much  better  marked  than  in  Megasurcula  and  is  frejqueutly 
costulose  and  the  obtuse  oblique  columellar  ridge,  very  feeble 
in  Megasurcula  is  conspicuous  in  at  least  the  American  Bathy- 
toma congesta.  This  ridge  is  not  homologous  with  the  colu- 
mellar plicae  of  some  other  genera,  which  are  doubtless  to  be 
closely  associated  in  any  natural  arrangement,  such  as  Sco- 
bineUa,  and,  occurring  much  lower  down  on  the  columella,  is 
probably  different  in  origin  and  significance. 

Megasurcula  n.  gen. 

The  embryo  in  this  genus  is  apparently  paucispiral,  but  con- 
oidal,  the  canal  obsolete,  the  base  of  the  shell  broadly  obtuse, 
the  pillar  with  an  oblique  ridge  externally ;   sinus  large  and 


148  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

broadly  rounded,  very  near  the  suture,  the  fasciolar  surface 
below  the  suture  broad  and  feebly  concave,  the  periphery  ob- 
tuse and  not  very  prominent,  and  the  suture  simple,  without 
subjacent  elevated  collar.  The  surface  is  rendered  somewhat 
rough  by  relatively  fine,  close-set  and  irregular  spiral  lines, 
and  there  is  no  longitudinal  sculpture  except  lines  of  growth. 
The  species  are  large  and  ponderous,  and  include  Surcida 
carpenteriana  and  tryoni  of  Gabb,  from  the  coast  of  Califor- 
nia. Megasurcula  is  a  widely  isolated  and  strongly  character- 
ized genus,  belonging  exclusively  to  the  living  fauna  of  the 
Pacific  coast  of  North  America  as  far  as  known  at  present. 
It  is,  at  the  same  time,  a  rather  direct  descendant  of  the  ex- 
tinct BathytoTiia,  but  the  species  are  of  far  larger  size,  carpen- 
teriana being  probably  the  largest  or  most  ponderous  Pleuro- 
tomid  known.  The  embryo,  which  is  conoidal  and  multispiral 
in  Bathytoma,  has  gradually  lost  some  of  its  whorls,  as  shown 
in  Megasurcula,  which  of  itself  would  not  be  a  generic  char- 
acter, but  there  is  in  Bathytoma  a  broad  constriction  of  the 
body  whorl  below  the  convexity,  forming  a  short  stout  beak, 
which  is  wholly  unobservable  in  Megasurcula,  and  the  aper- 
ture is  much  more  capacious  in  the  latter,  with  the  anal  sinus 
much  larger  and  different  in  form  and  position. 

Asthenotoma  Harr.  et  Burr. 

Oligotoma  Bell.  (nom.  praeocc). 

This  genus,  entirely  represented  by  extinct  species  of  slen- 
der form  and  elevated,  evenly  and  gradually  acuminate  spire, 
conspicuous  development  of  the  spiral  lyrae  and  short  aper- 
ture, should  evidently  be  considered  with  the  preceding  gen- 
era and  especially  with  Trypanotoma  and  allies,  but  it  is 
somewhat  of  an  annectant  form,  as  the  American  species  at 
least  have  true  ribbing  on  the  nepionic  whorls  which  be- 
comes completely  lost  on  the  larger  volutions  of  the  shell. 
It  is  therefore  one  of  those  puzzling  exceptions  which  render 
an  arrangement  of  the  genera  in  a  dichotomous  table  so  diffi- 
cult and  unsatisfactory.  The  embryo  in  the  type,  PI.  has- 
teroti  Desm.,  of  the  European  Miocene,  is  said  by  Cossmann 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  149 

to  be  paucispiral,  but  the  drawing  shows  a  multispiral  proto- 
conch  ;  this  is,  however,  a  matter  of  minor  importance.  The 
anal  sinus  is  broad,  sometimes  very  feeble  and  always  median 
in  position  on  the  spire  whorls  though  not  identified  with 
any  particular  one  or  more  of  the  subequal  and  rather  coarse 
flat  spirals.  The  beak  has  no  external  oblique  tumidity.  There 
can  be  but  little  doubt,  in  view  of  geographical  variations  and 
wide  distribution  of  this  genns,  ihixt  ^iidiafo7)ia,  of  Cossmann, 
should  be  regarded  as  a  synonym  or  as  constituting  a  slightly 
differentiated  section  of  Asthenotoma.  The  American  species 
known  to  me  may  be  recognized  as  follows,  the  characters  of 
texana  and  shaleri  beins:  taken  from  accurate  drawings  and 
descriptions.  They  are  all  peculiar  to  the  Lower  Claiborne 
Eocene :  — 

Concavity  below  the  subsutural  carina  large,  extending  very  nearly  to  the 
middle  of  the  whorl,  the  surface  thence  to  the  lower  margin  having 
three  to  lour  equal  and  widely  spaced  spiral  lines;  spire  almost  twice  as 
long  as  the  aperture  and  canal  combined.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  9 
body  whorls,  18  mm.    Texas texana  Gabb 

Concavity  below  the  subsutural  carina  very  short 2 

2  —  The  concavity  much  longer  than  the  intervals  separating  the  four  or  five 

spiral  lyrae  below  it;  spire  rather  rapidly  acuminate,  apparently  not 
more  than  one-half  longer  than  the  aperture  and  canal  together;  form 
unusually  stout;  columella  straight.  Type  defective  but  probably 
representing  a  specimen  of  about  8  body  whorls,  having  a  length  of 

14  mm.     Louisiana shaleri  Vgn. 

The  concavity  not  longer  than  the  intervals  separating  the  large  lyrae  below 
the  middle  of  the  whorls  3 

3  —  Form  somewhat  as  in  the  preceding  species,  the  spire  rapidly  tapering 

and  not  more  than  one-half  longer  than  the  aperture  and  canal  com- 
bined, the  inner  outline  of  the  columella  broadly,  evenly  arcuate; 
spire  whorls  with  a  strong  flattened  subsutural  lyra,  bordered  beneath 
by  a  feeble  concavity  not  longer  than  a  seventh  or  eighth  of  the  total 
length  of  the  whorl,  succeeded  by  two  smaller  and  more  approximate 
carinules  and  these  by  four  strong  lyrae  occupying  the  entire  space 
thence  to  the  lower  margin;  on  the  larger  whorls  there  is  a  single 
small  raised  line  alternating  with  the  last-named  lyrae.  The  obtuse 
ribs  of  the  nepionic  whorls  are  few  in  number  and  become  completely 
obsolete  on  the  fourth  or  fifth  whorl.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  7  body 
whorls,  12  mm.;  width,  3.4  mm.     Texas  (6  miles  south  of  Wheelock)  — 

Mr.  T.  H.  Aldrich eximia  n.  sp. 

Form  very  much  elongated,  the  spire  apparently  more  than  twice  as  long  as 
the  aperture  and  canal  combined,  gradually,  evenly  acuminate;  colum- 
ella somewhat  obliquely  tumid;  spire  whorls  each  with  a  very  coarse 


150  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

subsutural  lyra,  two  others  similar  to  the  subsutural  and  moderately 
approximate  at  the  middle  and  another  similar  lyra  between  the  lower- 
most of  the  median  and  the  lyra  forming  the  lower  margin;  spiral 
space  below  the  subsutural  lyra  exactly  equal  to  the  space  between 
the  lowermost  of  the  median  lyrae  and  the  one  next  below  the  latter. 
Length  of  a  specimen  of  about  9  body  whorls,  15.5  mm.;  width,  3.9 
mm.     Lisbon  bed,  Alabama  —  Mr.  Aldrich strigosa  n.  sp. 

8trigosa  is  represented  before  me  by  a  single  specimen  in 
rather  imperfect  condition,  but  it  is  a  very  distinct  species 
readily  recognizable  by  the  characters  of  the  table.  The 
spire  whorls  are  more  inflated  in  exiinia  than  in  either  stri- 
gosa or  texana,  being  arcuate  in  profile;  the  sides  in  those 
species  are  nearly  straight. 


Hemisurcula  n.  gen. 

In  this  genus  the  shell  is  fusiform,  with  the  embryo  con- 
oidal,  multispiral  and  closely  coiled,  the  nepionic  spire  whorls 
alone  costate  and  having  also  an  elevated  collar  below  the 
suture.  The  more  recent  whorls  become  devoid  of  lyrae  or 
costae,  though  having  throughout  densely  close-set  and  sub- 
equal  microscopic  striae,  except  the  body  whorl  abruptly 
below  the  posterior  end  of  the  aperture,  which  is  obliquely  and 
rather  coarsely  lyrate.  The  canal  is  moderate,  straight,  and, 
together  with  the  aperture,  forms  about  half  the  length  of 
the  shell.  The  sinus  is  broadly  rounded  and  median  in 
position  on  the  spire  whorls,  the  columella  simple.  The  type 
of  this  genus  is  PL  silicata^  of  Aldrich,  a  very  remarkable 
and  isolated  species  occurring  in  the  Lignitic  Eocene  of  the 
Gregg's  Landing  beds  of  Alabama.  The  beaded  subsutural 
collar,  subjacent  depression  and  swollen  and  finely  ribbed 
lower  parts  of  the  two  whorls  immediately  below  the  embryo 
are  lost  completely  on  the  larger  whorls,  though  the 
subsutural  collar  can  be  feebly  traced  as  a  slightly  tumid 
line  gradually  descending  further  below  the  suture  with 
the  growth  of  the  shell.  Besides  silicata,  the  genus  will 
include  the  much  stouter  PL  roscoei  Harris,  from  the  same 
horizon. 


Casey — Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  151 


Ortliosurcula  n.  geu. 

Before  proceeding  to  define  some  of  the  more  typical  allies 
of  Surcida,  it  will  be  of  advantage  to  refer  to  a  generic  type  as 
named  above,  combining  some  of  the  features  of  the  preced- 
ing group  and  the  true  Surculids.  The  species  are  large, 
moderately  stout,  completely  devoid  of  ribbing  and  have  the 
beak  elongate,  tapering,  relatively  slender  and  straight.  The 
spirals  are  close-set,  moderate  or  small  in  size,  sometimes 
granulose,  and  the  whorls  are  more  or  less  broadly  inflated 
below  and  feebly  concave  posteriorly.  The  outer  lip  projects 
in  the  middle  as  a  broad  rounded  lobe  beyond  the  juxta- 
sutural  part,  with  the  sinus  large  and  posterior,  as  in  Surcida, 
and  the  embryo  is  paucispiral.  The  types  are  the  upper  Eocene 
PL  longiforma  Aid.,  of  Red  Bluff,  Miss.,  and  the  European 
Eocene  Surcida  transversaria  Lamk.  These  species  have 
much  finer  sculpture  than  the  living  Surcida  australisljii\\[k., 
which  is  also  an  Orthosurcula . 

Surcula  H.  et  A.  Adams. 

Turricula  Schum.  (uom.  praeocc). 

This  genus  is  composed  of  a  moderate  number  of  more  or 
less  large  species,  stout  in  form,  with  the  beak  somewhat  elon- 
gate and  the  columella  distinctly  twisted,  the  beak  generally 
having  a  distinct  oblique  external  ridge  which  is  wholly  want- 
ing in  Orthosurcida.  The  surface  has  numerous  short  oblique 
costae,  confined  throughout  to  the  peripheral  ridge,  and,  in  a 
few  species  such  as  tornaia  only  visible  on  thenepionic  whorls, 
becoming  lost  on  the  larger  whorls  —  like  the  peripheral  dentic- 
ulation  of  some  forms  of  Gemmida.  The  embryo  is  small 
and  paucispiral.  The  median  parts  of  the  outer  lip  project 
beyond  the  juxta-sutural  part  in  a  broad  rounded  lobe  and 
the  sinus  is  large,  rounded  and  posterior,  in  these  respects 
resembling  Bathytoma  and  Megasurcida.  The  type  is  S. 
javana  Linn.  {=nodifera  Lamk.),  from  the  coast  of  China, 
and  the  genus  will  include  as  well  tuhtrculata  Gray,  toriiata 


152  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Dillw.  (=javana  Kieuer  non  Lina.)  and  fuhninata  Kiener, 
from  the  ludo-Pacific  fauna,  and  the  South  Aiv\c?i\\Clavatula 
gravis  of  Hinds.  Surcida,  as  far  as  known  to  me,  is  a  mod- 
ern development  and  most  of  the  very  numerous  old  Tertiary 
forms  will  constitute  other  genera. 

Pleurofusia  De  Greg. 

This  name  was  given  by  De  Gregorio  to  a  species  which  he 
described  and  figured  under  the  name  longirostropsis ^  stating 
that  it  may  be  a  variety  of  servata  Con.,  and  indicating  the  lat- 
ter species  as  one  of  the  generic  types.  Nothing  very  similar  is 
known  to  me  from  the  Upper  Claiborne  ferruginous  sand,  but 
there  is  a  specimen  in  the  cabinet  of  Mr.  Aldrich,  from  the 
Lower  Claiborne,  which  greatly  resembles  the  figure  referred 
to.  At  any  rate,  it  seems  evident  that  Pleurofusia,  as  repre- 
sented by  servata  and  the  specimen  alluded  to,  must  be  rec- 
ognized as  valid.  The  species  are  moderate  to  rather  small 
in  size  and  of  somewhat  slender  form,  with  rather  slender, 
somewhat  elongate  beak  and  strong,  longitudinally  and  trans- 
versely rounded,  almost  entire  costae,  generally  some  seven  or 
eight  in  number.  The  embryo  is  conoidal  and  multispiral  to 
obtuse  and  paucispiral  in  form,  but  never  has  any  conspicuous 
lonsitudinal  riblets.  The  fasciolar  surface  is  usually  well  de- 
fined,  in  great  part  obliterating  the  ribs  below  the  suture,  but 
in  some  cases  is  less  evident,  the  ribs  being  strong  thoughout 
the  length  of  the  whorl.  The  species  chiefly  characterize  the 
upper  Eocene  and  Vicksburg  Oligocene  of  the  Southern  States, 
but  would  seem  to  have  originated  in  such  forms  as  langdoni 
Aid.,  of  the  lower  Eocene,  which  has  more  numerous  ribs, 
and  extend  upward  at  least  to  the  lower  Miocene  of  West 
Florida,  where  the  genus  is  represented  by  a  species  resem- 
bling servata.  The  other  species  known  to  me  are  declivis 
Con.  and  oblivia,  vicksburgensis,  evanescens,  collar-is  and  hil- 
gardi  Csy.,  with  several  others  still  undescribed.  Such  species 
as  servatoidea  Aid.,  will  form  an  allied  genus  somewhat  resem- 
bling Pleurofusia  in  the  ribbing  but  differing  in  the  position 
of  the  anal  sinus  and  character  of  the  sculpture. 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  163 


Tropisurcula  u.  gen. 

The  shell  in  this  genus  is  small  in  size,  of  slender  form, 
with  moderately  elongate  and  slender  beak  and  narrow, 
closely  coiled,  multispiral  embryo,  which  is  higher  than  wide, 
and  perfectly  smooth  and  polished  throughout.  The  ribs 
are  about  equal  in  number  to  those  of  Pleurofusia  but  cul- 
minate in  transverse  prominences  at  the  summit  of  an  angu- 
late  median  periphery,  and  sometimes  become  gradually 
feebler  on  the  larger  whorls.  The  spiral  lines  are  subequal 
among  themselves,  relatively  rather  coarse  but  low,  and  very 
close-set  throughout.  The  species  known  to  me  are  two  in 
number  as  distinguished  by  the  following  characters :  — 

Ribs  nine  to  ten  in  number,  rounded  and  distinct  throughout  the  length  of 
the  whorls,  though  much  more  prominent  on  the  peripheral  ridge  and 
tending  to  become  extinct  on  the  broad  fasciolar  surface  of  the  larger 
whorls;  spiral  lines  coarse  but  not  much  elevated,  even  above,  coarser 
and  usually  separated  by  a  fine  line  below,  the  periphery;  apex  of 
the  embryo  obtuse.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  5  body  whorls,  10 
mm.;  width,  2.9  mm.  Red  Bluff  Eocene  to  the  Viclisburg 
Olisocene caseyi  Aid . 

Ribs  seven  or  eight  in  number,  more  broadly  rounded,  very  prominent  on 
the  angulate  periphery,  becoming  rapidly  obsolete  below,  and  usually 
wholly  effaced  on  the  fasciolar  surface  above,  the  periphery,  especially 
on  the  larger  whorls;  spirals  rather  wide  but  feebly  elevated,  close-set 
and  subequal  throughout,  but  still  feebler  on  the  fasciolar  surface; 
embryo  acute  at  tip,  of  five  smooth  and  highly  polished  whorls,  narrow- 
ing more  rapidly  above  the  two  basal  whorls,  the  apical  very  small. 
Length  of  a  specimen  of  4  body  whorls,  7.5  mm.;  width,  2.5  mm. 
Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  St.  Maurice,  La creuala  n.  sp. 

The  embryo  in  caseyi  is  much  more  evenly  and  feebly 
tapering  from  base  to  apex  than  in  crenula.  The  former 
species  was  described  by  Mr.  Aldrich  under  the  generic  name 
Drillia. 

Surculoma  n.  gen. 

The  type  of  this  genus  was  regarded  by  Cossmann  as  a 
member  of  his  genus  Amhlyacrum,  and,  while  the  small  pauci- 
spiral  embryo  is  very  nearly  the  same  in  general  form,  all  the 
other  characters  differ  to  so  great  a  degree  that  it  is  not  easy 


154  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

to  comprehend  the  motives  for  this  association.  In  Surcu- 
lo7na  the  beak  is  rather  slender  and  somewhat  abruptly  formed 
below  the  convexity  of  the  body  whorl,  the  ribs  large  and  few 
in  number,  the  spire  whorls  always  more  or  less  angulate  in 
profile  at  the  periphery  and  the  sculpture  invariably  consists 
of  minute  and  very  close-set  spiral  lines.  In  Ambh/acrum, 
however,  the  beak  is  thick  and  gradually  formed,  the  ribs 
numerous  and  close-set,  the  spire  whorls  almost  evenly  arcuate 
in  profile  and  the  spiral  sculpture  coarse  and  not  close-set. 
The  general  f  acies  of  the  shell  in  the  two  genera  is  wholly  differ- 
ent. There  are  four  species  of  Surculoma  known  to  me  at  pres- 
ent, described  under  the  names  tahulata  Con.  (  =  coelata  Lea )  — 
assumed  as  the  generic  type  —  from  the  Upper  Claiborne  sand 
and  penrosei  and  duynhlei,  of  Harris,  and  stantoni  Vaughan, 
from  the  Lower  Claiborne  of  Texas  and  Louisiana.  Pnnrosei 
Harr.,  which  was  published  by  its  author  as  a  variety  of 
huppertzi,  is  in  no  way  closely  related  to  that  species,  having 
a  radically  different  embryo  as  well  as  a  different  position  of 
the  anal  sinus.  Diwiblei  is  more  slender  and  has  a  relatively 
higher  spire  and  shorter  aperture  than  the  others,  but  does 
not  differ  otherwise.  /Siibaeqnalis,  of  Conrad,  may  possibly 
be  an  aberrant  species  of  this  genus,  although  the  periphery 
is  decidedly  more  obtuse ;  it  seems  to  have  the  same  peculiar 
minute  close-set  spiral  lines,  which,  inall  the  species,  alternate 
with  larger  lines  toward  base;  it  is  very  stout  in  form,  with 
short  obtuse  rounded  ribs,  the  aperture  and  short  slender 
canal  together  being  fully  as  long  as  the  remainder  of  the 
shell  if  not  longer.  The  embryo  is  wanting  in  the  type  and 
apparently  only  known  specimen,  which  is  from  the  Upper 
Claiborne  sand.  A  very  large  and  conspicuous  umbilicus 
occurs  in  iabulata  as  an  abnormal  character. 

Microsurcula  n.  gen. 

This  genus  is  composed  of  aconsiderable  number  of  species, 
all  of  which  are  very  small,  with  the  body  whorls  seldom  ex- 
ceeding four  in  number  at  maturity.  The  embryo  is  relatively 
laro-e  and  complex,  conical,  multispiral,  closely  coiled  and 
with  about  five  whorls,  the  lower  one  to  three  of  which  are 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  155 

covered  with  fiae  acute  longitudinal  riblets.  The  periphery 
is  more  or  less  obtusely  swollen,  the  ribs  small  and  numerous 
and  reduced  in  size  and  reversed  in  curvature  on  the  broad 
fasciolar  surface,  generally  attaining  the  suture  or  small  sub- 
sutural  collar  above.  The  canal  is  rather  tapering  in  form, 
straight,  moderate  in  length,  and,  together  with  the  aperture, 
about  half  as  long  as  the  shell.  Of  the  two  following  species 
the  first  is  to  be  regarded  as  the  type  :  — 

Shell  very  small,  with  two  or  three  body  whorls,  moderately  stout,  the  em- 
bryo of  Ave  whorls  which  gradually  and  evenly  increase  in  size,  the 
apical  whorl  or  nucleus  very  minute,  acutely  rounded  and  relatively 
higher  in  form,  the  second  to  fifth  broadly  convex  and  closely  covered 
with  an  elaborate  system  of  fine  riblets,  becoming  more  widely  spaced 
on  the  fifth  and  gradually  merging  without  break  into  the  ribs  of  the 
subsequent  whorls;  these  ribs  are  some  twelve  in  number,  elevated, 
rounded,  extending  throughout  the  convexity  of  the  body  whorl  below 
and  to  the  very  fine  subsutural  collar  above,  becoming  reduced  and 
arcuately  reversed  in  curvature  across  the  fasciolar  surface;  spiral 
lines  moderately  coarse,  even  and  flat,  rather  widely  spaced  and  without 
intermediate  lines,  becoming  close-set  near  the  base  and  slightly 
smaller  and  more  close-set  on  the  fasciolar  surface.  Length  of  a  speci- 
men of  2  body  whorls,  4.8  mm.;  width  ,  1.5  mm.  Lower  Claiborne 
Eocene  of  St.  Maurice,  La uncleola  n.  sp. 

Shell  slightly  larger  and  rather  more  slender,  with  more  elevated  and  less 
obtusely  rounded  periphery,  the  aperture  and  canal  combined  notice- 
ably shorter  than  the  remainder;  embryo  relatively  larger,  higher  than 
wide,  of  about  five  whorls,  the  four  uppermost  smooth,  forming  a  large 
even  cone,  the  two  lower  whorls  of  which  are  relatively  more  inflated 
toward  base,  the  fourth  acquiring  coarse  feeble  riblets  which  grow 
stronger  on  the  fifth,  where  they  are  broadly  arcuate  and  widely  spaced ; 
the  fifth  whorl  is  large,  and  more  evenly  convex  and  gradually  acquires 
spiral  sculpture  but  no  defined  peripheral  swelling;  subsequent  whorls 
with  about  eighteen  small  but  distinct  ribs,  gradually  becoming  obso- 
lete at  the  lower  margin,  attenuated  and  arcuate  in  reverse  on  the  fasci- 
olar surface  but  not  quite  attaining  the  rather  distinct  cariniform  sub- 
sutural collar;  on  the  second  body  whorl  the  ribs  form  acute  nodules 
on  the  peripheral  ridge  but  do  not  extend  materially  below  the  latter, 
and,  while  still  distinct  on  the  fasciolar  surface,  come  still  further  from 
attaining  the  subsutural  collar;  spiral  lyrae  on  and  below  the  peri- 
phery moderately  coarse,  even,  well  spaced  and  without  intermediate 
threads,  becoming  close-set  on  the  beak;  on  the  fasciolar  surface  they 
are  finer  and  close-set.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  2  body  whorls,  6.4 
mm. ;  width,  2.0  mm.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  (from  a  well  seven  miles 
south  of  Jewett,  Texas)  —  Mr.  T.  H.  Aldrich bellala  n,  sp. 

This   genus  will   also  include   P.  georgei  Harr.,  from  the 
Lignitic  Eocene  of    Wood's  Bluff,  Ala.,  and  an  undescribed 


156  Trayis.  Acad.  ScL  of  St.  Louis. 

species,  figured  by  Prof.  Harris  on  the  same  plate  as  the 
young  of  P.  servatoidea  Aid.,  with  which  it  evidently  has  no 
relationship.  This  latter  species  seems  in  fact  to  be  ex- 
ceedingly close  to  georgei,  and  appears  to  be  from  the  same 
horizon.  Microsurcula  will  include,  in  addition,  the  Upper 
Claiborne  Fusus  vetustus,  of  Lea,  and  two  species  from  the 
Vicksburg  Oligocene,  one  of  which  I  recently  described  under 
the  name  JP.  intacta. 


Lyrosurcula  n.  gen. 

The  species  of  this  genus  bear  some  resemblance  to  those 
of  Pleurofusia,  but  the  spire  whorls  and  ribbing  are  more 
cylindrical  and  the  spiral  lyrae  are  different  in  character, 
being  equal  and  equally  spaced  among  themselves  below  the 
fasciolar  surface  and  not  enlarged  on  the  ribs  to  any  very 
noticeable  degree.  They  differ  also  in  the  embryo,  which, 
although  conical  and  multispiral,  has  the  lower  whorl  or  two 
covered  with  longitudinal  riblets,  these  being  absent  in  Pleitro- 
fusia.  The  three  species  at  present  before  me  may  be 
recoofnized  by  the  following  characters :  — 

Embryo  acutely  conical,  higher  than  wide,  of  6  whorls,  the  apical  or  nucleus 
more  swollen  and  slightly  eccentric,  the  first  three  smooth,  the  lower 
three  covered  with  very  regular  riblets  which  at  first  are  very  fine, 
close-  set  and  feeble,  becominggradually  coarser  and  more  widely  spaced, 
the  sixth  whorl  gradually  acquiring  the  spiral  lyrae,  these  appearing 
distinctly  between  the  riblets ;  fasciolar  surface  beginning  abruptly  at 
the  end  of  the  sixth  whorl;  next  two  whorls  —  the  first  two  body 
whorls  —  having  strongly  rounded  outline,  about  eleven  feebly  elevated 
and  transversely  rounded  subcylindric  ribs,  three  strong  but  narrow, 
well  separated  spiral  lines  in  rather  more  than  basal  half  and  a  decliv- 
ous, broadly  concave  fasciolar  surface,  with  distinct  arcuate  lines  of 
growth  and  two  fine  spiral  threads  and  not  entirely  crossed  by  the 
rapidly  obsolete  ribs;  subsutural  collar  very  small  and  feebly  carinulate ; 
canal  short,  slender  and  twisted.  Length  of  a  specimen  having  a  com- 
plete eirbryo  and  2  body  whorls,  4.3  ram.;  width,  1.6  mm.  Lower 
Claiborne  Eocene  of  St.  Maurice,  La •  elegans  n.  sp. 

Embryo  less  acute  at  tip,  a  little  higher  than  wide,  of  four  whorls,  the  upper 
three  smooth,  the  fourth  alone  with  a  few  widely  separated,  obliquely 
arcuate  and  rather  feeble  riblets,  body  whorls  nearly  as  In  the  preced- 
ing, with  ten  broadly  rounded  ribs  distinct  in  the  infiated  subcylindric 
lower  half  of  the  whorls  and  scarcely  intruding  at  all  upon  the  steeply 
descending    and    broadly    concave    fasciolar    surface;    the   sculpture 


Casey — Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  157 

throughout  is  very  nearly  as  in  elegans  but  with  larger  and  stronger  ribs. 
Length  of  the  embryo  and  first  three  spire   whorls,  2.7  ram.;  width,  1.5 

mm.     Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of  St.  Maurice,  La acata  n.  sp. 

Embryo  larger  and  much  stouter  than  in  acuta,  fully  as  wide  as  high,  acutely 
pointed,  the  nucleal  tip  being  small  and  rather  elevated,  the  whorls  four 
in  number,  closely  coiled,  feebly  convex,  all  highly  polished  and  devoid 
of  sculpture,  the  lowermost  only  acquiring  a  few  riblets  In  its  last  quad- 
rant, which  riblets  merge  gradually  into  the  ten  or  eleven  ribs  of  the 
body  whorls;  lyrae  and  fasciolar  surface  nearly  as  in  the  two  preceding 
species.  Length  of  a  specimen  consisting  of  the  embryo  and  one  com- 
plete body  whorl,  1.9  mm.;  width,  1.0  mna.  Lower  Claiborne  Eocene  of 
St.  Maurice,  La obsoleta  n.  sp. 

The  species  described  by  Harris  under  the  names  vaughani 
and  sylvaerupis  also  belong  to  this  genus,  but,  besides  differ- 
ins:  from  those  of  the  table  to  some  extent  in  the  form  of  the 
embryo,  have  the  ribs  less  numerous  and  relatively  larger; 
the  Upper  Claiborne  baumonti  may  likewise  be  included  as  a 
slightly  aberrant  or  degenerate  member.  A  considerable  num- 
ber of  specimens  of  elegans  were  obtained,  but  none  with 
more  than  two  body  whorls,  and  it  is  probable  that  it  may 
really  be  a  small  species  when  mature ;  in  this  case  it  would 
contrast  greatly  with  vaughani  and  sylvaerupis,  which  are 
moderately  large  species  with  a  many-whorled  spire. 

Lieptosurcula  n.  gen. 

In  this  genus  the  form  is  very  slender,  fusiform,  the  canal 
very  long,  the  aperture  and  canal  together  being  about  half  as 
long  as  the  entire  shell.  The  embryo  is  relatively  very  large, 
higher  than  wide,  conical  and  composed  of  five  or  six  polished 
whorls,  the  lower  whorls  gradually  acquiring  close-set  longi- 
tudinal riblets,  and  then,  equally  gradually,  the  spiral  lyrae. 
The  type  is  the  very  isolated  P.  beadaia  *  Harris,  of  the  Texas 


*  The  name  "  beadata  "  is  of  an  etymology  difficult  to  ascertain.  If  it 
is  derived  from  the  Eaglish  word  bead,  referring  to  the  beaded  subsutural 
collar,  it  is  indeed  a  "  barbarism,"  or,  at  any  rate,  a  procedure  in  the  forma- 
tion of  specific  names  which  is  generally  condemned.  It  is,  however,  per- 
haps not  so  much  worse  than  mortoniopsis  &xi6.  texanopsis  —  Latin  and 
Greek  hybrids  which  have  been  used  by  two  of  our  authors, —  or  such 
words  as  texacona,  texagyra,  tezacola  and  texalta,  which  have  been  employed 
by  Prof.  Harris. 


158  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Eocene,  a  slender  and  much  elongated  species,  with  a  long 
slender  and  gradually  tapering  beak.  The  series  of  small 
rounded  close-set  nodules,  forming  the  subsutural  collar,  are 
completely  independent  of  the  relatively  large  and  oblique 
costae,  which  are  less  than  half  as  numerous.  The  strong 
even  spiral  lyrae  are  also  a  peculiar  feature. 

Among  other  described  genera  of  the  tribe  Pleurotomini, 
special  mention  should  be  made  of  Eojjleurototna  Coss.,  very 
rich  in  species  in  the  European  Eocene  and  in  the  American 
Lower  and  Upper  Claiborne,  where  it  is  represented  by  such 
species  as  mtpera  Con.  (^=^rugosa  Lea  and pvota'pa  De  Greg.), 
geinmaia  Con,  (  =  tupis  De  Greg.),  haeni7ighausi  Lea,  sayi 
Lea  {==  monilifera  Lea),  desnoyersi  Lea  (=Untea  Con.  and 
properugosa  De  Greg.)  and  nodocarinata  Gnhh.  In  Europe 
Borsonia  and  Epalxis  are  well  known  fossil  genera,  but 
Cordiera  would  seem  to  belong  rather  to  the  Pseudotomini, 
as  far  as  disclosed  by  published  descriptions  and  figures,  and 
is  apparently  not  closely  allied  to  Borsonia.  The  American 
Borsonia  plenta  belongs  to  Protosurcula ,  as  stated  before,  and 
is  not  related  to  the  true  Borsonia,  which  is  exclusively 
European. 

There  are  some  other  distinct  o-euera  amonsj  our  fossil 
species  which  are  not  further  dwelt  upon  at  present,  princi- 
pally because  of  lack  of  material.  Among  these  types  of 
more  or  less  isolated  genera  may  be  mentioned  Drillia 
prosseri  Harr.  and  Pleurotoma  plutonica  Csy.,  which  are 
congeneric,  and  the  following  apparently  unique  types :  car- 
lottae,  cainei  and  texanopsis,  of  Harris,  exiloides  Aid.,  nasuta 
Whitf .  and  lesueuri  Lea. 

Clavini. 

This  tribe  is  less  extensive  than  the  Pleurotomini,  but  is 
nevertheless  composed  of  numerous  generic  groups,  which  are 
less  isolated  among  themselves  than  those  of  the  foregoing 
tribe,  a  condition  due  in  a  great  measure  to  the  fact  —  as  be- 
fore stated  of  the  non-operculate  series,  —  that  the  Clavini 
are  largely  modern  in  development  and  include  comparatively 
few  extinct  types.     Many  Eocene  fossils  assigned  to  that  most 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  159 

astonishing  complex  known  as  DriUia,  do  not  belong  even  to 
the  present  tribe  and  are  true  Pleurotomids.  The  genus 
DriUia  is  in  reality  very  limited,  and,  as  far  as  known  to  me, 
includes  only  its  West  African  type  species  described  by  Gray 
under  the  name  umhilicata.  The  Clavini  may  be  considered 
to  possess  three  principal  types  of  structure  or  general  facies 
represented  by  Clavus,  Crassispira  and  DriUia,  but  the 
definition  of  genera  in  these  sections  will  prove  to  be  an 
uncertain  and  rather  unsatisfactorv  matter.  The  genus 
Ci/matosyrinx  Dall,  is  a  rather  isolated  fossil  type,  and  is 
truly  represented  only  by  lunata  Lea,  and  a  few  other  species 
of  our  upper  Tertiaries,  having  a  peculiarly  short,  broad  and 
obtuse  paucispiral  embryo  and  an  external  oblique  rostral 
ridge.  Many  of  the  species  placed  with  the  type,  even  by 
its  author,  do  not  belong  there.  Cossmann  assumes  the 
name  Cymatosyrinx  for  the  old  and  very  extensive  genus 
Clavus,  on  the  ground  of  preoccupation,  because  of  the  older 
name  Clava  Gm.,  but  this  is  evidently  inadmissible,  Clavus 
being  abundantly  distinct  from  Clava,  and  if  such  generic 
words  as  these  were  not  held  to  bf^  distinct,  very  great  con- 
fusion in  zoological  nomenclature  would  result.  The  species 
figured  by  Tryon  in  his  "  Structural  and  Systematic  Coucho- 
logy  "  as  a  typical  DriUia,  the  gibbosa  of  Kiener,  does  not 
even  belong  to  that  section  of  the  tribe,  but  should  form  the 
type  of  a  genus  closely  allied  to  the  true  Crassispira  as  rep- 
resented by  the  West  Indian  bottaeVaX.  and  the  West  African 
callosa  Val.  and  carbonaria  Rve.  Although  the  shells  in 
this  tribe  are  generally  thick  and  heavy,  it  is  remarkable  that 
some  of  the  largest  and  heaviest  of  them,  such  as  the  three 
species  of  Crassispira  just  mentioned,  are  seldom  or  neVer 
found  perfect  when  mature,  but  are  invariably  largely  and 
roughly  decollated.'  The  following  genus  seems  worthy  of 
definition  at  the  present  time,  as  it  is  quite  isolated  and  one 
of  the  oldest  known  types  of  the  Clavini. 


Eodrillia  n.  gen. 


The  typical  forms  of  this  genus  are  characterized  by  a 
smooth,  or  at  most  finely  and  spirally  striate  surface,  well 
developed,  more  or  less  rounded  ribs,  which  do  not  cross  the 


160  Trails.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

concave  fasciolar  surface  below  the  usually  well-developed 
subsutural  collar  and  frequently  tending  to  disappear  on  the 
larger  whorls,  a  very  short  aperture,  short,  angulate  base 
with  nearly  obsolete  canal,  open  anal  sinus  of  the  usual  form 
in  Clavus  and  a  conical  pointed  smooth  multispiral  and  closely 
coiled  embryo.  Among  the  typical  species  maybe  mentioned 
depygis  Con.  (^=laevis  Con.  and  pinaculina  and  solitariuscula 
DeGreg.),  with  its  varieties  lonsdali  Lea  and  surcidopsis  and 
fita  De  Greg.,  of  the  Upper  Claiborne  ferruginous  sand  and 
texaiia  Con.  (=texacona  Harr.),  of  the  Lower  Claiborne  of 
Texas.  It  is  possible  thatsuch  forms  as  tantida  Con.,  of  the 
Vicksburg  Oligocene,  may  also  be  included,  although  in  that 
species  there  is  no  well-defined  subsutural  collar  and  the  ribs 
attain  the  suture  above,  Eboroides,  of  Conrad,  is  more 
nearly  a  Clavus  and  cannot  be  included. 

Belini. 

The  species  of  this  small  tribe  are  exclusively  inhabitants  of 
European  arctic  and  subarctic  waters,  as  far  as  definitely 
known  to  me  at  present.  They  are  moderate  or  email  in 
size  and  of  thin  fragile  substance,  frequently  having  a  whitish 
coating  which  is  difficult  to  remove  in  many  cases,  and,  in 
others,  such  as  Typldomangilia  slwA  Bela pyramidalis  Strom., 
bears  the  characteristic  sculpture  of  the  shell.  The  embryo 
varies  in  a  most  remarkable  manner  and  serves  to  indicate, 
with  other  accompanying  characters,  some  six  or  seven 
genera  among  the  present  representatives  of  Bela.  Coss- 
mann  has  referred  several  fossil  forms  to  the  genus  Bela 
in  its  broad  sense,  but  there  is  some  doubt  if  any  of  them 
belong  to  the  present  tribe.  The  Australian  Eocene  "  plesio- 
type  "  Bela  pulchra  Tate,  certainly  resembles  some  forms 
allied  to  Clathurella  more  than  it  does  the  Belini,  especially 
in  the  conformation  of  the  posterior  parts  of  the  aperture,  but 
the  large  obtuse  embryo  would  isolate  it  there,  though  scarcely 
more  so  than  the  American  Eocene  EodatliureUa  to  be  de- 
scribed below.  In  any  event  J5e?a  pulchra  will  form  the  type 
of  a  very  distinct  genus,  probably  assignable  to  the  non- 
operculate  series. 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  161 


PSEUD0T03IINI. 

This  tribe,  composed  exclusively  of    extinct    old  Tertiary 
types,  is  confessedly   somewhat  artificial  in  scope.     There  is 
a  certain  general  Fusoid  habitus  common  to  all,  the  shell  being 
usually  stout  in  form,  with  short  or  obsolete  beak  and  the 
outer  lip  is  broadly,  feebly  sinuate  posteriorly  to  the  suture,  but 
without  a  clearly  limited  notch.    Psendotoma  was  placed  among 
the  Conidae  by  Cossmann  and  Cordieram  the  Pleurotomidae. 
Fusitoma   sipho  Aid.,  was  described  by  its  author  as  Fusus 
siphus  and    Varicohela  smithi  Aid.,  wa.s  originally  described 
under  the  name  Sirombits  smitlii,  while  other  species,  brought 
together  to  form  the  present  tribe,  were  originally  assigned  to 
Fusus,  Mitra  and  Borsonia,  showing  the  doubt  and  uncer- 
tainty involving  the  relationships  of  the  species.     My  concep- 
tion of   Cordiera  is  derived  from  the  study  of  a  small  species 
from  the  "  Calcaire  grossibre,"  labeled  PI.  nodularis  Desh., 
and,  if  it  is  a  typical  representative  of  that  genus  as  main- 
tained by  Cossmann,  there  can  be  no  doubt  whatever  of  its 
very  pronounced  alEnity  with  our  Mitra  bicouica,  of  Whitfield, 
and  Borsonia  ludoviciana  Vgn.,  which  species  maybe  con- 
sidered as  representing  Cordiera  for  the  present.     As  to  the 
relationship  between   Cordiera  and  Borsonia,  I  am  forced  to 
assume  that  there  is  very  little  real  afiinity,  but  only  a  super- 
ficially apparent  affiliation  due  to  the   plication  of  the  colu- 
mella, a  character  which  is   frequently  sporadic  and  of  little 
or  no  phylogenetic  significance  in  the  Pleurotomidae.   Although 
the  embryo  of  our  Eocene  Pleurotoma  heilpriiii  Aid.,  differs 
noticeably   from   that   characterizing    the    European  type  of 
Pseudoioma,  the  remaining  features  of  the  shell  agree  very 
well,  and  we  may  conclude  that  heilprini  represents  the  genus 
in  the  American  Tertiary,  but  the  species  figured  by  Cossmann 
under  the  name  Pseudotoma  honellii,  is  certainly  generically 
different   from    Ps.    intorta    Broc,    assumed    as   typical    of 
Pseudotoma. 

Rnscula  n.  gen. 

The  general  form  of  the  shell  in  this  genus  is  short  and 
stout,  with   a  very  short  stout  reflexed  beak,  rather  abruptly 


162  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

formed  below  the  convexit}^  of  the  body  whorl,  and  a  spiral 
sculpture  of  coarse  subequal  Ijrae.  The  embryo  is  conoidal, 
compact  and  closely  coiled,  multispiral,  or  composed  of  about 
three  whorls.  The  body  whorls  are  evenly  convex  and 
coarsely  ribbed,  the  subsutural  collar  not  well  defined.  The 
columella  is  biplicate.  The  two  species  before  me  are  both 
from  the  Upper  Claiborne  ferruginous  sand,  and  may  be  defined 
as  follows :  — 

Form  very  stout,  the  spiral  lyrae  coarser  and  more  close-set,  separated  by 
scarcely  their  own  width  on  the  peripheral  convexity,  though  widely 
separated  below  on  the  body  whorl;  columellar  plicae  moderately 
strong  and  extremely  oblique.  Length  of  a  specimen  of  5  body  whorls, 
17.5  mm.;  width,  7.5  mm.     [Fmsms] plicata  Lea 

Form  less  stout,  smaller  in  size,  the  spiral  lyrae  finer,  separated  by  about 
twice  their  width  on  the  convexity  of  the  body  whorl,  the  central  of 
the  fine  intermediate  threads  more  pronounced  than  in  plicata; 
columellar  plicae  very  strong  and  much  less  oblique.  Length  of  an 
equally  well  grown  specimen  of  5  body  whorls,  13.5  mm.;  width,  5.5 
i^™ extricata  n.  sp. 

Varieobela  n.  ojen. 

The  shell  here  is  of  moderately  large  size,  thick  substance 
and  very  stout  form,  with  strongly  elevated  rounded  varices, 
usually  about  five  in  number  on  the  first  four  body  whorls. 
The  embryo  is  large,  broadly  and  regularly  conoidal,  much 
wider  than  high  and  composed  of  about  three  whorls.  The 
body  whorls  are  broadly  and  evenly  convex,  without 
pronounced  peripheral  prominence,  having  numerous  long 
and  rather  narrow,  elevated  and  obliquely  sigmoid  ribs 
and  many  fine  lines  of  growth,  which  are  cut  by  equally 
fine  and  regular  spiral  threads,  producing  a  regular 
but  very  minute  clathration ;  every  fourth  spiral  thread 
is  larger,  these  becoming  strong  and  widely  spaced  lyrae  on 
the  body  whorl  below  the  convexity ;  aperture  half  as  long  as 
the  shell,  oblique,  the  canal  very  short  but  narrow  and  rather 
well  differentiated.  The  inner  lip  is  callous  throughout  and 
there  are  no  columellar  plicae.  The  type  of  this  genus, 
rendered  very  isolated  by  the  varices  so  unusual  in  the  Pleuro- 
tomidae,  is  the  Sfrotnbus  smithi,  of  Aldrich,  occurring  in  the 
upper  Eocene  strata  at   Red  Bluff,  Miss.     A  specimen  of  4 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  163 

body  whorls  measures  27  mm.  in  length  and  12.5  mm.  in 
width.  The  embryo  is  of  the  same  general  type  as  in  Pseit- 
dotoma,  as  figured  by  Cossmann. 

Fusitoma  n.  gen. 

The  type  of  this  genus  is  Fusitoma  sipho,  a  rather  elon- 
ofate,  fusiform  and  moderately  stout  shell  with  somewhat 
thin  walls,  originally  assigned  to  the  genus  Fusus.  The 
aperture  is  feebly  oblique  and  half  as  long  as  the  shell,  the 
canal  very  short  and  not  diiferentiated  from  the  aperture, 
of  which  it  forms  the  gradually  narrowed  anterior  end.  The 
base  is  very  gradually  and  sinuately  narrowed  below  the 
broad  convexity  of  the  body  whorl.  The  body  whorls  are 
broadly  convex,  becoming  concave  above  near  the  suture,  the 
latter  feebly  margined  beneath.  The  ribs  are  obsolete,  being 
replaced  by  long  fine  elevated  lines  apparently  produced  by 
arrested  growth  and  crossed  by  somewhat  conspicuous  lyra- 
tion.  The  embryo  in  my  single  example  —  which  I  owe  to 
the  kindness  of  Mr.  Aldrich  —  is  not  in  good  condition,  so  that 
I  cannot  venture  to  describe  it. 

There  have  been  some  other  species  described  and  figured 
from  the  American  Eocene,  which  may  form  genera  in  this 
tribe  or  enter  some  of  those  already  defined  and  particularly 
Fusitoma;  among  these  may  be  mentioned  PI.  leania  and 
Pleiirotomella  sigma,  of  Harris,  Pleurotoma  capax  Whitf., 
Fusus  whitfiddi  Aid.,  and  perhaps  Fusus  harrisi,  of  the 
latter  author.  I  have  not  been  able  to  study  any  of  these 
species  except  by  published  drawings  and  descriptions. 

DONOVANIINI. 

The  genus  Donovania  Bucq.  {=  Lachesis  Risso;  noni. 
praeocc.)  is  one  of  those  doubtful  forms  which  have  been  as- 
signed widely  different  positions  in  the  Gastropod  series,  and 
is  included  here  as  forming  a  distinct  tribe  of  Pleurotomidae 
merely  for  the  sake  of  completeness,  and  not  because  I  have 
been  able  to  make  any  investigations  leading  to  personal  con- 


164  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

viction  regarding  its  affinities.  It  is  held  to  be  a  Pleurotomid 
by  Tryon  and  Cossmann,  but  some  other  authors  apparent!}^ 
consider  it  more  closely  affiliated  with  Buccinum.  In  Dono- 
vania  the  shell  is  very  small  in  size,  generally  slender,  with 
four  or  five  body  whorls  which  are  evenly  and  feebly  convex 
from  suture  to  suture  and  without  trace  of  fasciolar  surface. 
The  sculpture  is  strong  and  relatively  very  coarse,  either 
simply  clathrate  or  with  rounded  ribs,  the  coarse  spiral  lyrae 
mutually  equal  and  some  four  in  number.  The  aperture  is 
short,  from  distinctly  less  to  decidedly  more  than  a  third  as 
long  as  the  shell  and  is  broadly  oval.  The  canal  is  extremely 
short  but  rather  well  differentiated  and  the  embryo  is  rela- 
tively large  in  size,  hemispherical,  smooth  and  paucispiral. 
It  inhabits  the  present  European  seas. 

It  is  stated  by  Cossmann  that  the  genus  JSTesaea,  of  Eisso, 
which,  being  preoccupied,  was  named  Chmivetia  by  Montero- 
sato,is  synonymous  with  Donovania  and  that  the  i^o^niaea,  of 
Monterosato,  founded  upon  Buccinunn  lefebvrei  Marav.,  is  also 
synonymous,  but,  as  Cossmann  states  —  after  Tryon — that 
Donovania  in  its  broad  sense  occurs  not  only  in  the  Medi- 
terranean but  in  Japan,  the  East  Indies  and  the  Island  of  St. 
Paul,  it  is  probable  that  there  are  a  few  really  distinct  genera 
confounded  under  that  name,  which  lack  of  material  and 
complete  literature  of  the  subject  prevent  me  from  investigat- 
ing at  present.  Donovania  minima,  the  type  of  the  genus, 
according  to  Bellardi  and  Cossmann,  occurs  also  in  the 
Italian  Pliocene  and  Post-pliocene  strata,  being  described 
from  the  former  under  the  name  Lachesis  brunnea  Donov. 
The  association  of  Donovania  with  Bela,  which  has  been 
suggested,  appears  to  me  to  be  wholly  unwarranted. 

Daphnellini. 

This  enormous  complex,  one  of  the  largest  of  the  Gastro- 
pod series,  is  composed  of  moderately  small  to  minute  species, 
occupying  diversified  environments  throughout  the  globe,  but 
particularly  abundant  in  the  Indo-Pacific  region  and  wonder- 
fully developed  near  New  Caledonia.  In  comparison  with 
known  living  forms,  the  fossils  are  verv  few  in  number  and 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  165 

occur,  for  the  most  part,  in  middle  and  upper  Tertiary  strata. 
The  numerous  genera  cluster  about  certain  apparently  isolated 
type  forms  such  as  Clathurella,  Glyphostoma,  Cythara, 
Mangelia,  Daphnella  and  Raphitoma,  which  differ  so  greatly 
among  themselves  as  to  suggest  the  propriety  of  subtribal 
division,  but  after  long  and  patient  study  of  rather  large  ma- 
terial I  have  been  unable  to  devise  a  system  of  characters  to 
serve  for  the  definition  of  these  subtribal  groups.  Cythara, 
in  its  typical  forms,  is  a  rather  heavy  shell,  sometimes  remind- 
ing us  of  the  Conidae,  having  a  long  oblique  linear  aperture 
and  well  developed  labial  plicae,  but  other  forms  occur  in 
which  the  linear  aperture  shortens  by  degrees  and  becomes 
devoid  of  folds,  giving  us  the  conditions  observed  in  Manrjelia. 
Others,  having  a  short  but  gradually  more  oval  and  plicifer- 
ous  aperture,  merge  from  Mangelia  into  Glyphostoma  and 
these  into  Clatlturella,  which  is  a  larger  and  more  obese  form 
with  thinner  shell  substance,  and  Clathurella  again  into  Raphi- 
toma  and  Bellardiella,  which  usually  have  a  thin  non-plicate 
outer  lip,  and  Daphnella,  with  very  thin  fragile  shell  walls 
and  absence  of  the  true  ribbing  so  universal  in  the  remainder 
of  the  tribe .  The  short  or  obsolete  beak  of  Daphnella  be- 
comes elongate  in  Teres  and  still  longer  m.  Pleurotomella ,  and, 
in  Eucyclotoma  Boettg.,  we  have,  as  frequently  occurs,  a 
remarkable  special  structure  of  the  shell  as  well  as  an  embryo 
differing  radically  from  that  of  Daphnella,  to  which  it  is  allied 
by  the  absence  of  true  ribbing. 

These  various  transitions  are  made  through  more  or  less 
small  but  abrupt  differentials,  indicating  intermediate  generic 
a  subgeneric  groups,  but  the  genera  are  so  numerous  in  pro- 
portion to  the  known  species,  that  one  may  well  hesitate  to 
define  them,  although  it  should  be  stated  that  if  these  inter- 
mediate stages  are  not  characterized  as  genera  it  will  be  im- 
possible to  set  any  definite  limits  to  the  principal  genera 
named  above.  When  fuller  series  of  species  shall  have  been 
collected  throusfhout  the  world  and  scientific  workers  become 
more  discriminating  than  at  present,  generic  names  will 
certainly  have  to  be  given  a  very  large  number  of  these  re- 
markable type  forms,  but  at  the  present  time  little  or  no  use- 


166  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

ful  result  could  be  attained  by  pursuing  such  a  course. 
Monterosato  has  attempted  it  in  a  partial  manner  in  the  case 
of  the  Mediterranean  Daphnellids,  but  his  genera,  which  in 
my  opinion  will  be  proved  ultimately  valid,  have  been  sup- 
pressed by  Cossmann  and  others. 

The  name  Daphnelliui  is  here  adopted  for  the  tribal  des- 
ignation, though  the  name  Daphnella  is  antedated  by  both 
Cythara  and  Mangelia,  because  both  of  the  latter  have  been 
called  in  question.  Cossmann  rejects  Cythara  altogether  in 
favor  of  Eucithara  Fisch.,  and  Mangelia  is  generally  spelled 
''  Mangilia''  by  recent  authors.  These  courses  are  both 
erroneous,  however,  since  there  is  no  necessity  for  the  sub- 
stitution of  Eacithara  for  the  former,  and  the  original  spell- 
ing of  the  latter  is  Mangelia,  which  being  the  case,  it  is 
impossible  to  change  it,  in  spite  of  the  fact  that  the  one 
intended  to  be  honored  in  the  name  loses  this  honor  by  reason 
of  the  mistake. 

The  two  genera  described  below  are  both  widely  isolated  in 
the  structure  of  the  embryo  and  in  other  characters :  — 

Eoclathurella  u.  gen. 

The  shell  in  this  genus  is  small  in  size,  more  or  less  elon- 
gate, having  when  mature  about  three  convex  body  whorls, 
the  aperture  oblique  and  rather  narrow,  oval  or  sublinear, 
much  less  than  half  as  long  as  the  shell,  the  sinus  relatively 
large,  deep,  semicircularly  rounded,  strongly  everted  and  well 
separated  from  the  suture,  the  posterior  callous  promineace 
well  developed.  The  inner  lip  is  callous  throughout,  bearing 
three  or  four  short  transverse  plicae  at  maturity,  the  canal 
very  short  and  generally  not  strongly  differentiated.  The 
ribs  are  numerous,  elongated  and  extend  in  gradually  reduced 
form  to  the  suture  above,  the  spiral  lyrae  rather  small  and 
widely  separated,  but  abruptly  formed  and  slightly  enlarged 
on  the  ribs,  the  fasciolar  surface  convex,  crossed  by  the  rib- 
bing but  having  finer  and  more  close-set  spirals.  The  embryo 
it  relatively  large,  broadly  conical,  closely  coiled  and  of 
between  three  and  four  whorls,  the  lowermost  gradually 
acquiring  some    longitudinal  riblets  which  merge    gradually 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  167 

into  the  ribs  of  the  subsequent  whorls .     The  two  species  in 
my  cabinet  may  be  readily  identified  as  follows :  — 

Form  slender;  shell  substance  thinner;  obtuse  periphery  of  the  whorls 
well  above  the  middle  and  broadly  rounded,  scarcely  difCerentiablefrom 
the  general  convexity;  lyrae  small  in  size,  finer  but  scarcely  more  close- 
set  above  the  periphery;  ribs  small,  somewhat  oblique,  close-set  and 
numerous,  some  eighteen  in  number;  callus  of  inner  lip  distinct  and 
with  a  fine  free  edge  throughout;  outer  lip  not  distinctly  modified 
within.  Length,  4.5  mm.;  width,  1.5  mm.  Jacksonian  Eocene  of  the 
Red  River  Kimbrel  bed jacksouica  n.  sp. 

Form  stouter  and  with  thicker  walls,  the  periphery  of  the  whorls  at  about 
the  middle  and  broadly,  faintly  angulate  in  profile;  lyrae  rather  strong 
and  more  noticeably  dilated  on  the  ribs,  almost  completely  obsolete 
between  the  latter  and  much  finer  above  the  periphery;  ribs  much 
larger,  rounded,  longitudinal,  about  twelve  in  number;  callus  of  the 
inner  lip  almost  obliterated  for  a  short  distance  below  the  strong 
prominence  at  the  posterior  part  of  the  outer  lip;  inner  surface  of  the 
latter  prominent  with  obtuse  callus  near  the  sinus  and  also  in  a  longi- 
tudinal subbasal  ridge,  and  with  one  or  two  minute  folds  between  the 
two  large  prominences.  Length,  5.0  mm. ;  width,  1.8  mm.  Jacksonian 
Eocene  of  the  Montgomery  bed,  La obesnla  n.  sp. 

The  species  described  by  Meyer, -from  the  Upper  Claiborne 
sand  of  Alabama,  under  the  name  Mangelia  meridionalis,  un- 
doubtedly belongs  to  this  genus.  It  differs  from  the  species 
above  described  in  having  two  rounded  and  two  carinated 
smooth  embryonic  whorls  and  five  body  whorls,  and  even  with 
this  number  of  whorls,  which  may  be  a  mistake  of  the  de- 
scriber,  the  figured  type  seems  to  be  immature,  as  the  colum- 
ellar  folds  do  not  appear  and  the  outer  lip  is  not  of  an  adult 
type ;  it  is  materially  larger  than  either  of  the  species  de- 
scribed in  the  table.  This  genus  represents  the  oldest  type 
of  non-operculate  Pleurotomidae  known  to  me  at  present. 

Helenella  u.  gen. 

This  generic  name  is  proposed  for  certain  very  small  spe- 
cies apparently  confined  to  the  fauna  of  St.  Helena,  though 
possibly  extending  to  the  entire  West  African  faunal  province 
and  having  a  form  of  embryo  wholly  different  from  any- 
thing else  in  the  tribe.  The  shell  is  oval  or  fusiform,  mod- 
erately   thick    in  substance,    closely,    spirally    nodulose    in 


168  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

sculpture,  having  the  aperture  oblique,  narrowly  oval,  nearly 
half  as  long  as  the  shell  and  completely  undifferentiated  from 
the  extremely  short  canal.  The  anal  sinus  is  small  but  distinct 
and  abruptly  formed ;  it  is  but  slightly  everted  from  the  axial 
line  of  the  aperture,  though  separated  from  the  suture  by  a 
thickened  callus.  The  outer  lip  is  not  dilated  and  is  non- 
plicate.  Columella  with  about  two;broadly  tumid  oblique  and 
approximate  folds  at  the  middle.  The  spire  is  half  as  long  as 
the  shell,  with  its  outline  even  in  profile  from  whorl  to  whorl, 
and  without  break  due  to  individual  convexity  of  the  whorls, 
the  side  profile  of  each  whorl  very  feebly  arcuate,  the  sutural 
breaks  in  the  curve  of  profile  narrow ;  each  whorl  with  about 
three  very  broad  approximate  spiral  lyrae,  forming  moderately 
elevated  tubercles  or  nodules  on  the  numerous  approximate 
ribs;  pillar  not  differentiated,  the  base  of  the  shell  obcouic. 
The  embryo  is  smooth,  of  between  one  and  two  whorls,  very 
broadly  and  obliquely  obtuse  at  apex  in  profile,  the  summit 
concave,  the  nucleus  extremely  small.  Body  whorls  three  to 
four  in  number.  The  two  species  in  my  cabinet  are  the 
following:  — 

Shell  white,  variegated  irregularly  with  dark  brown;  longitudinal  ribs 
separated  by  much  less  than  their  own  widths  and  very  numerous, 
some  twenty  in  number.     Length,  4.0  mm.;  width,  1.6  mm. 

mnltigranosa  Smith 

Shell  still  smaller,  clear  and  pale  straw  color  throughout,  the  ribs  separated 

by  fully  their  own  widths  and  about  fifteen  in  number,  much  more  nearly 

obliterated  between  the  strong  spirals  than  the  latter  are  between  the 

ribs.     Length  of  a  specimen  of  3  body  whorls,  2.9  mm.;  width,  1.3  mm. 

insoleus  n.  sp. 

The  general  outline  of  the  shell  in  this  genus  is  not  unre- 
mindful  of  Mitromoiyha,  but  it  differs  in  having  a  distinct 
anal  sinus.  Probably  many  other  species  will  be  discovered, 
hitherto  overlooked  because  of  their  minute  size. 

Taeanini. 

This  tribe,  though  very  limited  in  scope,  is  altogether  iso- 
lated and  differs  from  the  preceding  not  only  in  facies,  but 
in  some   important  structural  features,  the  most  important 


Casey  —  Notes  on  the  Pleurotomidae.  169 

being  the  very  broad  shallow  anal  sinus  situated  on  the  peri- 
phery and  not  on  or  near  the  suture,  which  is  its  invariable 
position  in  the  Daphnelliui.  The  only  genus  at  present 
known  is  Taranis  Jeffr.,  a  very  minute  and  fragile  shell,  with 
the  aperture  broadly  oval  and  the  canal  very  short.  The 
surface  is  clathrated  by  equal  longitudinal  and  spiral  raised 
lines  and  is  without  trace  of  true  ribs.  The  body  whorls  are 
about  three  in  number.  No  extinct  species  of  Taranis  is 
known  from  the  European  strata,  but,  singularly  enough,  a 
species  which,  from  the  figure,  appears  to  be  a  true  Taranis, 
was  described  by  Prof.  Harris  from 'the  middle  Eocene  strata 
of  Smithville,  Texas,  under  the  namc/ne-xa  (Proc.  Ac.  Nat. 
Sci.,  Phila.,  1895,  p.  64).  This  is  one  of  the  most  interest- 
ing discoveries  yet  announced  among  our  extinct  Gastropods. 

MiTROMORPHINI . 

The  species  of  this  tribe  are  very  small,  oval  or  fusiform  in 
outline  and  generally  strongly,  spirally  sculptured.  The  aper- 
ture is  long  and  more  or  less  narrowly  oval,  and,  owing  to  the 
fact  that  the  anal  sinus  is  obsolete,  some  doubt  exists  as  to 
their  true  relationship.  In  placing  the  tribe  provisionally  with 
the  Pleurotomidae  I  merely  follow  the  usual  custom,  having 
made  no  determinative  studies  myself.  The  species  seem  to 
be  few  in  number  and  individually  rare  or,  at  least,  but  few 
exist  in  any  collection  accessible  to  me  at  present.  The  only 
representative  in  my  cabinet  has  the  apex  of  the  shell  worn 
away  so  that  I  am  unable  to  describe  the  embryo,  except  in 
general  terms  as  shown  in  the  West  Indian  fossil  forms  de- 
scribed  by  Dr.  Dall,  in  which  it  appears  to  be  small,  rounded 
or  obtuse  and  paucispiral. 

Species  of  Mitromorpha  have  been  described  from  Japan, 
California,  the  Pliocene  strata  of  Florida  and  the  European 
Pliocene,  the  latter,  the  suhulata  of  Cossmann,  apparently 
being  a  typical  member  of  the  genus;  so  its  distribution, 
though  limited  to  the  northern  temperate  regions  as  far  as 
known,  is,  or  has  been,  very  extended.  The  columella  is 
sometimes  bi-  or  triplicate  at  the  middle,  and  the  outer  lip  is, 


170  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

at  least  occasionally,  finely  plicate  within  throughout  its  length. 
The  species  described  by  Dr.  Dall  from  the  Florida  Pliocene 
under  the  name  pygmaea,  will  probably  form  a  genus  or  sub- 
o-enus  different  from  the  purely  lyrate  species  including 
cincta  Dall  from  the  same  beds,  as  well  as  lirata  Ad.,  as- 
sumed as  the  type  of  Mitro7nor]Dha.  This  genus  has  recently 
been  assigned  to  the  Mitridae  by  Dall  (Trans.  Wag.  Inst., 
Vol.  3,  p.  95). 

Issued    May  19,  1904. 


PUBLICATIONS. 

The  following  publications  of  the  Academy  are  offered  for  sale  at  the 
net  prices  indicated.     Applications  should  be  addressed  to  The  Librarian 
The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis^  3817  Olive  St.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  ' 

TRANSACTIONS  (in  octavo). 


Vol. 

Number. 

Price  per 
number. 

Price  per  vol. 

Price  in  set. 

1* 

2t 

3,4 

$7.50 
(Nos.  2-4  only.) 

1 

$4,00 
"^    2.00  each. 

$7.00 
(Nos.  2-4  only.) 

2 

]  to  3 

2.00  each. 

5.60 

6.00 

3 

1  to  4 

2.00  each. 

7.60 

7.00 

4 

1  to  4 

2.00  each. 

7.50 

7.00 

5 

1-2,  S-4     ■ 

4.00  each. 
(clouMe  numbers) 

7.50 

7.00 

6J 

1;  2,  6,  8, 

10,  11,  IG,  17 

4,  5,  7,  13, 

14,  15,  18 

3,9 

12 

[  25  cts.  each. 

i    60  cts.  each. 

75  cts.  each. 
$1.00 

7.50 

7.00 

«  + 

2,  3,  4,  6,  7,  8. 
13,  15,  IG, 

13,  19 

5.9  to  12, 

'l4,  20 

17 

1 

I  25  cts.  each. 

>•   60  cts.  each. 

75  cts. 
.$1.00 

7.50 

7,00 

81 

1,  3  to  6 

8,  10,  12 

2,  7.9,  11 

1  25  cts,  each. 
50  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

J>I 

1,  3,  4,  7,  9 

2,  5,  8 

6 

25  cts.  each. 
50  cts.  each. 
$1.25 

3.76 

8.60 

lOJ 

9 

2,  4,  5,  10 

1 

3,  6;  7,8,11 

10  cts. 
25  cts.  each. 

40  cts. 
50  cts.  each. 

15  cts.  each. 
25  ctR.  each. 

45  cts. 

75  cts, 
1.00 

3.75 

3.50 

ilt 

2,3 

5-8,  10,  11 

1 

i 

9 

3.76 

3.50 

12t 

1,  9,10 

5 

3,8 

2,  4,  6,7 

25  cts.  each. 

So  cts. 
45  cts,  each. 
50  cts,  each. 

3.T5 

3.50 

13t 

2,  3,  5-9 

4 

1 

25  cts.  each. 

75  cts. 

1.50 

3.75 

3.50 

MEMOiKS  (in  quarto). 

Contributions  to  the  archaeology  of  Missouri,  by  the  Archaeological  Section, 
Parti.     Pottery.     1880.    #2,00. 

The  total  eclipse  of  the  sun,  January  1,  1889.  A  report  of  the  observations 
made  by  the  Washington  University  Eclipse  Party,  at  Norman,  Califor- 
nia.    1891.     $2.00. 

*  Supply  exhausted. 

t  Can  be  sold  only  to  purchasers  of  the  entire  volume,— so  far  as  this  can  be 
supplied. 

t  E.ich  number  is  a  brochure  cont.iining  one  complete  paper  (or  rarel3-  two). 


X^"^ 


Transactions  of  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis. 


VOL.  XIV.       No.   6. 


THE  GENUS  OTHAKE  RAF. 


B.  F.  BUSH. 


Issued  June  8,  1904. 


,u«   22  '''' 


THE    GENUS  OTHAKE  RAF.* 
B.  F.  Bush. 

While  going  over  some  specimens  of  Polypteris  collected  in 
Texas  by  Mr.  J.  Reverchon  about  a  year  ago,  I  felt  convinced 
that  there  were  more  than  three  annual  species  in  the  collec- 
tion, and  began  a  study  of  the  genus  to  ascertain  just  what 
species  the  specimens  under  consideration  represented,  which 
study  has  been  continued  as  my  spare  time  permitted,  up  to 
the  present. 

Through  the  courtesy  of  Prof.  Wm.  Trelease  and  Mr. 
Richard  Rathbun,  I  have  been  enabled  to  make  a  careful 
examination  of  all  the  material  of  the  species  generally 
referred  to  this  genus  in  the  herbarium  of  the  Missouri 
Botanical  Garden  and  that  of  the  United  States  National 
Herbarium,!  and  I  have  concluded  that  it  is  better  to  treat 
the  species  of  the  Southwestern  United  States  as  a  separate 
genus  from  the  Southeastern  plant  on  which  Nuttall  founded 
the  genus  Poiupteris.X 

As  it  became  apparent  to  me  that  the  annual  species,  of 
which  Stevia  callosa  §  may  be  taken  as  the  type,  must  bear 
another  name,  1  began  to  examine  the  synonymy  of  PoJijp- 
teris  to  ascertain  if  anyone  had  described  the  species  under  a 
separate  name. 

The  earliest  name  to  be  applied  to  this  group  of  plants 
appears  to  have  been  given  by  Rafinesque,  who  in  the  New 
Fl.  Am.  4  :  73,  1836,  takes  up  the  Stevia  callosa  of  Nuttall 


*  Presented  by  title  before  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  May  2, 
1904. 

t  For  the  sake  of  convenience,  I  have  used  the  letters  M  and  N  to  signify 
specimens  from  the  herbarium  of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  and  the 
United  States  National  Herbarium  respectively. 

X  Nuttall,  Gen.  2:139.  1818. 

§  Nuttall,  Journ.  Acad.  Fhilad.  2:121.  1821. 

(171) 


172  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

under  the  name    Othake.     As  Rafinesque's  New  Flora  is  an 
exceedingly  rare  book,  I  append  his  original  description. 

"  Othake  Raf.  diff.  Stevia,  perianthe  turbinate  sub  8  flos,  segments  about 
8-nervose,  florets  with  slender  tube,  limb  as  long,  5-parted,  anthers  sub- 
sessile,  style  elongate,  hispid,  stigmas  revolute,  seeds  elongate,  as  long  as 
perianth,  obverse  pyramidal,  4-gone,  awned  by  8  teeth,  or  short  scariose 
scales,  annuals,  leaves  alternate  and  callose,  flowers  paniculate,  incarnate. 
This  G.  is  perfectly  distinct  by  the  perianthe,  deep  cut  florets,  scaly  crown, 
leaves,  &c.  The  name  means  warty  apex,  the  leaves  ending  in  obtuse 
callosity. 

"  923.  Othake  tenuifolium  Raf.  Stevia  callosa  Nutt.  Stem  terete,  fur- 
furescent,  glandular  above,  leaves  narrow  linear,  thickish,  with  appressed 
hairs,  panicle  dichotome  multiflore  lax  divaricate —in  Arkansas:  pedal 
leaves  uncial  often  with  fascicles  at  the  axils,  flowers  on  long  naked 
peduncles;  the  segments  of  the  florets  narrow,  long  linear,  acute,  seg- 
ments of  perianthe  cuneate,  acuminate." 

Ratinesque  in  the  above  clearly  refers  Nuttall's  Stevia 
callosa  to  his  new  genus,  but  unfortunately  replaces  Nuttall's 
name  by  one  of  his  own,  which  cannot  be  retained  for  the 
species.  Rafinesque  also  describes  a  second  species  of  Othake 
under  No.  924,  which  he  says  was  collected  in  Arkansas  also 
by  Nuttall,  but  I  have  been  unable  to  identify  it  from  his 
meager  description.  The  only  points,  in  the  description  of 
this  second  species,  which  are  significant,  are  the  broader  and 
longer  leaves,  the  lower  of  which  are  often  opposite. 

After  a  very  careful  study  of  all  the  species  that  are  com- 
monly included  in  the  genus  Polypteris,  I  unhesitatingly 
offer  the  following  arrangement :  — 


n 


Perennial;  bracts  of  the  involucre  more  imbricated  and  scarious,  gla- 
brous; corolla  with  the  base  of  5-parted  limb  forming  a  short  campan- 
ulate  throat:  Southeastern  United  States.  1.  Polypteris  Nuttall. 

Annual;  bracts  of  the  involucre  few-imbricated,  herbaceous  up  to  the 
sphacelate  colored  tips,  pubescent  or  glandular;  corolla  5-parted 
nearly  down  to  the  slender  tube:  Southwestern  United  States  and 
Mexico.  2.  Othake  Rafinesque. 

1.  Polypteris  Nutt.  Gen.  2:  139  (1818). 

One  species  only,  P.  integrifolia  Nuttall,  1.  c.  of  the  South- 
eastern United  States. 


Bush  —  The  Genus  Othake  Raf.  173 

2.  Otiiake  Rtitinesque,  New  Fl.  Am.  4  :  73  (1836). 

Stevia  Nuttall,  Journ.  Acad.  Philad.  2  :  121  (1821),  not  Stevia  Cav.  Ic. 
4:32.  t.  354-356  (1797). 

PaZa/oxia  DC.  Prodr.  5:124  (1836),  not  Palafoxia  Lag.  Nov.  Gen.  & 
Spec.  26,  181  (1816). 

Florestina  DC.  Prodr.  5  :  655  (1836),  not  Florestina  Cass.  Bull.  Philom. 
1815,  and  Diet.  17  :  155.  t.  86  (1820). 

Palafoxia  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  A.  2 :  368,  36!)  (1842),  not  of  Lag.  Nov.  Gen.  & 
Spec.  26,  181  (1816). 

Polypteris  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  19:30  (1883),  not  Polypteris  Nut- 
tall,  Gen.  2:  139  (1818). 

Erect,  rough,  glandular,  ciiuesceiit  or  cinereous  branching 
annual  herbs,  with  alternate,  mostly  entire  leaves,  or  the  lower 
opposite  and  slenderly  petioled,  and  corymbose  or  paniculate, 
pedunculate  heads  of  tubular,  or  both  tubular  and  radiate 
pink  or  rose-purple  flowers.  Involucre  campanulate  or 
obconic,  its  bracts  in  1  or  2  series,  narrow,  herbaceous, 
nearly  equal,  or  with  a  few  exterior  shorter  ones,  appressed, 
usually  colored,  at  least  at  the  narrow  sphacelate  tips. 
Receptacle  small,  flat,  naked.  Ray-flowers,  when  present, 
pistillate,  fertile,  the  rays  3-cleft,  but  sometimes  abortive  or 
wanting.  Disk-flowers  perfect,  fertile,  their  corollas  with  slen- 
der tubes  and  deeply  5-parted  campanulate  limbs.  Anthers 
entire  or  emarginate  at  the  base.  Style-branches  filiform, 
acutish,  glandular-pubescent  throughout.  Achenes  linear  or 
narrowly  obpyramidal,  quadrangular,  usually  pubescent  or 
hairy.  Pappus  of  6-12  lanceolate,  often  strongly  costate 
scales,  that  of  the  outer  achenes  as  numerous,  often  much 
shorter,  oblong  or  spatulate,  obtuse,  erose  or  flmbriate. 
Southwestern  North  American  scabrous-pubescent,  annual 
herbs,  penetrating  Mexico,  flowering  spring,  summer  and 
autumn. 

The  species  fall  naturally  into  two  sections,  the  first  with 
homogamous  heads  containing  one-half  of  the  species,  not 
considering  the  Mexican  species,  which  may  here  be  men- 
tioned as  Othake  Lindenii,  the  Poli/pteris  Lindenii  of  Gray, 
PI.  Wright.  1:120,  1852,  and  the  second  section  with  hetero- 
gamous  heads,  containing  the  remainder.  For  the  North 
American  species  I  offer  the  following :  — 


174  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


ANALYSIS    OF    SPECIES. 

Heads  homogamous,  middle-sized  or  small,  4-8   mm.  high;    involucre 
turbinate;  achenes  much  broadened  upward,  3-6  mm.  long. 

Stems  zigzag,  slender,  much  branched,  the  branches  widely  diverging, 
whitish,  glaucous;  leaves  very  narrow,  linear,  1-nerved,  thickish; 
heads  smallest,  flowers  flesh-colored;  peduncles  short,  slender, 
densely  glandular.  1.  Othake  callosum. 

Stems  straight,  slender,  few -branched,  branches  ascending;  leaves 
broader,  linear-lanceolate,  1-nerved;  heads  somewhat  larger,  more 
numerous  flowered,  flowers  bright  rose-colored;  peduncles  very 
slender,  longer,  scabrous  and  glandular.  2.  Othake  roseum. 

Stem  stout,  straight,  little  branched,  branches  ascending;  leaves 
broadest,  ovate-lanceolate,  thin,  3-nerved;  heads  large,  many- 
flowered,  flowers  rose-purple;  peduncles  short,  stout,  somewhat 
glandular.  3.  Othake  Texanum. 

Heads  beterogamous,  middle-sized  or  large,  1-2  cm.  high;  involucre 
obconic;  achenes  slender,  linear,  scarcely  broadened  upward,  4-8 
mm.  long;  bracts  of  the  involucre  hispid  and  glandular.    • 

Heads  largest;  involucral  bracts  1  cm.  or  less  long;  leaves  indistinctly 
3-nerved,  lower  opposite;  peduncles  very  stout,  densely  scabrous- 
pubescent.  4.  Othake  Hookerianum. 

Heads  middle-sized;  involucral  bracts  1-2  cm.  long  or  longer;  leaves  all 
alternate,  distinctly  3-nerved;  plants  densely  glandular  all  over; 
peduncles  stout.  5.  Othake  maximum. 

Heads  smaller;  involucral  bracts  shorter;  leaves  smoother,  indistinctly 
3-nerved;  plants  minutely  scabrous  or  nearly  smooth;  peduncles 
long,  very  slender,  diverging,  sparingly  glandular. 

6.  Othake  Reverchoni. 

1.  Othake  callosum  (Nutt.)  Bush. 

Stevia  callosa  Nutt.  Journ.  Acad.  Philad.  2:  121  (1821). 
Florestma  callosa  (Nutt.)  D.C.  Prodr.  5:655  (1836). 
Othake  temiifolium  Raf.  New  Fl.  Am.  4  :  74  (1836). 
Palafoxia  callosa  (Nutt.)  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  A.  2  :  369  (1842). 
Polypteris  callosa  (Nutt.)  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  19:30  (1883). 

Stems  slender,  widely  much  branched,  appressed  strigose- 
pubescent,  glandular  above,  2-6  dm.  high.  Leaf-blades  very 
narrow,  linear,  thickish,  obtuse  or  acutish,  rouoh  on  both 
sides,  the  upper  alternate,  the  lower  opposite  and  short- 
petioled,  1-nerved,  the  edges  revolute,  2-5  cm.  long,  1-3  mm. 
wide,  the  upper  gradually  reduced.  Involucre  campanulate, 
3-4  mm,  high,  its  bracts  linear,  3-4  mm.  long,  appressed, 
canescent,  eglandular  or  rarely  glandular,  in  two  series,  both 


B<if,h  —  The  Genus  Othake  Raf.  175 

much  alike,  the  inuer  but  little  colored.  Peduncles  slender, 
short,  densely  stalked-^hindular ;  ray-flowers  none;  disk- 
flowers  5-12,  perfect,  fertile,  5-parted  nearly  to  the  tiliform 
tube,  flesh-colored;  achenes  3-4  mm.  long,  narrowly  obi)yra- 
midal,  angular,  pubescent  or  rarely  glabrous;  pappus-scales 
6-8,  oboyate  or  spatulate,  croseor  dentate,  about  1  mm.  long, 
the  costae  scarcely  reaching  the  apices.  — Rocky  barrens  and 
plains,  Missouri  and  Arkansas  to  Texas  and  New  Mexico. 
Autumn. 

Specimens  examined:  Missouri :  Marble  Caye,  Trelease, 
Septem])er  11,  1898  (M);  Swan,  Bush  476,  September  24, 
1899  (M  N)  ;  TreJease,  October  9,  1899  (M) ;  Greene  County, 
Bush  203,  September  4,  1893  (MN)  ;  Eagle  Rock,  Bash  115, 
September  17,  1896  (MN);  Mackenzie,  September  17,  1896 
(M).  Arkansas:  Eureka  Springs,  Wislizenits,-  August, 
1887.  Texas:  Dallas,  ^Wi  1635,  October  30,  1900  (M); 
1146,  September  26,  1900  (M) ;  llall  356,  June  30,  1872 
(MN);  Reverchon  3288,  October  16,  1902  (M);  526, 
August,  1882  (N)  ;  Southwest  Texas,  Palmer  656,  Septem- 
ber, 1879,  to  October,  1880  (N);  Fort  Worth,  Ward,  Sep- 
tember 9,  1877  (N);  Bodin  96,  July,  1889  (N)  ;  Glen  Rose, 
Ward,  October  10,  1891  (N);  Comanche  Ya-dk,  RevercJion 
3655,  September  6,  1903;  Weatherford,  Tmcy  8142,  Octo- 
ber 18,  1902  (M);  Parker  County,  Broadhead,  date  of  col- 
lection not  giyen  (M)  ;  Willow  Creek,  Jermy  804,  date  not 
giyen  (MN);  Kerryille,  HeUer  1919,  June  26  to  30,  1894 
(N);  Valley  of  the  Rio  Grande,  below  Dona  Ana,  New 
Mexico,  Mexican  Boundary  Survey  613  (N)  ;  Western  Texas, 
Wright  377,  May  to  October,  1849  (N).  New  Mexico:  No 
locality,   Wright  1410,  1851-52  (N). 

2.  Otiiake  roseum  Bush. 

I 

Stems  erect,  simple  or  few-ln-anched,  branches  ascending, 
scabrous-pubescent,  4-7  dm .  high .  Leaf  blades  linear-lanceo- 
late, entire,  acute  or  acuminate,  narrowed  at  the  base,  rough 
on  both  sides,  the  upper  alternate,  the  lower  opposite  and 
short  petioled,  2-5  cm.  long,  2-5  mm.  wide,  1-neryed,  the 
upper    gradually  reduced.     Inyolucre  campanulate,  6-9  mm. 


176  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

high,  its  bracts  5-7  mm.  long,  hispid  and  glandular,  in  two 
series,  the  outer  more  herbaceous,  and  colored  only  at  the 
tips,  the  inner  deep  purple  for  at  least  the  upper  half.  Pe- 
duncles slender,  ascending,  scabrous-pubescent  and  glandular; 
ray-flowers  none;  disk-flowers  numerous,  perfect,  fertile,  5- 
parted  nearly  to  the  filiform  tube,  bright  rose-colored,  pubes- 
cent on  the  inner  surface  near  the  apices;  achenes  3-4 mm. 
long,  scarcely  1  mm.  thick,  linear,  slightly  broadened  upward, 
pubescent;  pappus-scales  6-8,  lanceolate,  acute,  more  than 
one-half  the  length  of  the  achene,  those  of  the  marginal 
flowers  spatulate,  obtuse,  shorter,  strongl}^  costate,  the 
costae  not  reaching  the  tips,  all  densely  pubescent.  —  Sandy 
prairies  and  woods.  Eastern  Texas  and  Indian  Territory. 
Summer  and  autumn. 

Specimens  examined:  Texas:  Sheldon,  18  miles  east  of 
Houston,  Reverclwn  3656,  October  7,  1903,  type  (M); 
Houston,  Bmh  1599,  October  25,  1900  (N);  Columbia,  50 
miles  south  of  Houston,  Bush  1387,  October  7,  1900  (MN); 
Brazos  County,  Pammel,  July  1888  (M) ;  Dallas,  Glatfelter, 
June  16,  1898  (M);  Reverchon  1507,  date  of  collection  not 
given  (N);  3290,  May  1,  1902  (M)  ;  Galveston  Bay,  Joor, 
September  26,  1884,  in  part,  the  larger  plant  (M);  Laredo, 
Pringle  2655,  July  24,  1889  (M)  ;  Millett,  Trelease,  Novem- 
ber 4,  1897  (M);  no  locality,  Lindheimer  106,  1843  (M); 
Hockley,  T/mrow  12,  1890  (N);  Austin,  Letterman,  August, 
1882  (N);  Industry,  Wurzlow  35,  1894  (N) ;  Cherokee, 
Kusk  County,  Joor,  October  31,  1884,  in  part,  the  larger 
plant.  Indian  Territory:  Canadian  River,  Birjelow,  1853- 
54  (N). 

3.  Othake  Texanum  (DC.)  Bush. 

Palafoxia  Texana  DC.  Prodr.  5:  125  (1836). 

PolypterisTexana  (DC.)  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad.  19:31  (1883). 

Stems  stout,  dichotomously  branched,  hispid  or  scabrous- 
pubescent,  slightly  viscid  above,  2-6  dm.  high.  Leaf-blades 
lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  entire,  obtuse,  rounded  at  the 
base,  rough  on  both  sides,  the  upper  alternate,  the  lower 
opposite  and  slender-petioled,  2-5  cm.  long,  10-25  mm.  wide, 


Bxish  —  The  Genus  Othake  Raf.  177 

the  upper  much  reduced,  distinctly  3-nerved.  Involucre 
canipanulate,  6-12  mm.  high,  its  bracts  5-10  mm.  long, 
linear,  hispid  or  canescent,  in  two  scries,  the  outer  nearly 
herbaceous,  the  inner  thinner  and  with  rose-colored  tips. 
Peduncles  erect,  stout,  short,  densely  scabrous  and  somewhat 
ghindular;  ray -flowers  none;  disk-flowers  numerous,  perfect, 
fertile,  5-parted  nearly  to  the  filiform  tube,  rose-colored; 
achenes  5-7  mm.  long  and  about  1  mm.  thick,  narrowly 
obpyramidal,  quadrangular,  pubescent;  pappus-scales  <3-8, 
short-ovate,  obovate  or  spatulate,  erose  or  fimbriate,  very 
short.  —  Sandy  woods  and  prairies,  Indian  Territory  to  Texas 
and  Mexico.     Spring,  summer  and  autumn. 

Specimens  examined:  Indian  Territory:  Quauah's 
Ranch,  >SAe?cZort  197,  July  25,  1891  (N).  Texas:  Laredo, 
Beverchon  3657,  March  26,  1903  (M)  ;  Mackenzie  7,  August, 
1899  (M);  Peua  Station,  near  Laredo,  Havard,  August, 
1884  (N);  Southwestern  Texas,  near  Laredo,  Palmer  642, 
September.  1879,  to  October,  1880  (MN);  Corpus  Chri.sti 
Bay,  Nueces  County,  Ileller  1562,  April  9  to  12,  1894 
(MN);  Nuecestown,  Marlatt,  April  27,  1896  (N);  Millett, 
Tre/ease,  November  5,  1897  (M);  Eagle  Pass,  Havard  hi], 
date  of  collection  not  given  (N)  ;  Valley  of  the  Rio  Grande, 
below  Dona  Ana,  New  Mexico,  Mexican  Boundary  Survey 
614,  in  part,  two  sheets  of  this  collection,  the  smaller  plant  on 
each  sheet  (N).  Mexico:  Monterey,  PWn^Ze  1919,  July  4, 
1888  (N)  ;  Coahuila  and  Nuevo  Leon  States,  Palmer  645, 
February  to  October,  1880  (N) ;  Tampico,  Tamaulipas, 
Pringle  6354,  April  4,  1896  (M). 

4.  Othake  Hookerianum  (T.  &  G.)  Bush. 

Othake  longifolium  Raf.  New  Fl.  Am.  74  (1836).   (?) 

Palafoxia  Texana  Hook.  Ic    PI.  (.  148  (1837),  not  of  DC.    Prodr.  5: 

125  (1836). 
Palafoxia  Eookeriana  T.  &  G.  Fl.  N.  A.  2:368  (1842). 
Polypteris  Hookeriana  (T.  &  G.)  Gray,  Proc.  Am.  Acad,  19  :31  (1883). 

Stems  stout,  branched,  hispid,  glandular-pubescent  and 
viscid  above,  2-6  dm.  high.  Leaf -blades  linear-lanceolate, 
entire,  acute  or  acuminate,  narrowed  at  the  base,  rough  on 
both    sides,    the    upper    alternate,    the  lower    opposite    and 


178  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

slender  petioled,  3-10  cm.  long,  (5-10  dm.  wide,  the  upper 
gradually  reduced,  indistinctly  3-nerved.  Involucre  obconic, 
or  cylindrical,  10-25  mm.  hiojh  its  bracts  6-15  mm.  Ions, 
linear,  glandular,  in  two  series,  the  outer  looser  and  often 
wholly  herbaceous,  the  inner  with  purplish  tips.  Peduncles 
erect,  stout,  short,  densely  scabrous-pubescent  and  glandular  ; 
ra3^-flowers  8-10,  pistillate,  fertile ;  rays  rose-purple,  deeply 
3-cleft,  1-2  cm.  long,  sometimes  small  or  none;  disk-flowers 
numerous,  perfect,  fertile,  5-parted  nearly  to  the  filiform 
tube,  purplish;  achenes  6-8  mm.  long  and  about  1  mm. 
thick,  linear,  very  pubescent ;  pappus-scales  of  the  disk- 
flowers  6-8,  lanceolate,  awned  by  the  excurrent  costae,  more 
than  half  the  length  of  the  achene,  those  of  the  ray-flowers 
as  many,  spatulate,  obtuse,  very  short.  Sandy  plains  and 
prairies,  Nebraska  and  Kansas  to  Texas,  New  Mexico,  Colo- 
rado and  Mexico.   Summer  and  autumn. 

As  this  is  the  only  other  species  Nuttall  collected  in  Arkan- 
sas, it  may  be  inferred  that  this  is  the  Of  hake  longifolium 
of  Kafinesque.  If  such  should  prove  to  be  the  case,  Rafi- 
nesque's  name  is  some  six  years  earlier  than  that  of  Torrey 
and  Gray. 

Specimens  examined:  Kansas:  American  plains,  Lat. 
40,  Hall,  1864  (M  N)  ;  Caldwell,  Carleton,  340,  July,  1891 
(N);  Sm,yth  271,  September  10,  1890  (N) ;  Arkalon, 
Kellerman  4,  June  28,  1888  (N) ;  Carleton,  October  23, 
1892  (N);  Garden  City,  Smyth  171,  August  20,  1890  (N)  ; 
Hamilton  County,  Hitchcock  288,  August  3,  1895  (M  N); 
Syracuse,  Thompson  76,  July  4,  1893  (M  N).  Indian  Ter- 
ritory: Cimarron  Eiver,  Mark  White  152,  250,  July  12, 
1899  (M);  on  the  False  Washita,  Palmer  446,  1868  (N); 
on  the  Canadian  River,  Bigeloiv,  1853-54  (N).  Colorado: 
Greeley,  Ward,  August  3,  1881  (N)  ;  no  locality,  Parry  352, 
1864  (N).  New  Mexico:  Mesilla,  Donna  Ana  County, 
Troo^on28,  June  17, 1897  (M  N) ;  Las  Cruces,  Wooton,  August 
22,1893  (N);  G.  R.  Vasey,  1881  (N) ;  Roswell,  Barle  381, 
August,  1900  (N);"  no  locality,  Wright  1250,  1851-52  (N). 
Texas:  Millett,  Trelease,  November  5,  1897  (M);  Milano, 
Joor  54,  October  28,  year  not  given  (M) ;  Big  Springs,  Tracy 


Bush  —  The  Oenus  Oihake  Eaf.  179 

872,  May  11,  1902  (M);  Corpus  Christi  Bay,  Neueces 
County,  Heller  1562,  April  9-12,  1894  (M) ;  Hueco  Tanks, 
Mulford  136,  July  2,  1895  (M) ;  Southwestern  Texas,  Palmer 
655,  September,  1879,toOctober,  1880  (N) ;  Odessa,  Havard, 
September,  1881  (N);  no  locality,  Havard,  September,  1881 
(N);  El  Paso,  Wright  375,  October,  1849  (N);  Valley  of 
the  Rio  Grande,  below  Dona  Ana,  New  Mexico,  Mexican 
Boundary  Survey  615,  three  sheets  of  this  collection  and 
number  (N)  ;  same  locality  and  collection,  3/extca?i-Sonn(Zar?/ 
Survey  614,  in  part,  two  sheets  of  this  number,  the  larger 
plant  on  each  (N).  Mexico  :  Paso  del  Norte,  Chihuahua, 
Pringle  761,  September  20,  1886  (N). 

5.  Otiiake  maximum  (Small)  Bush. 

rohjpteris  maxima  Snail!,  Fl.  Southeastera  U.  S.  12S8  (1903). 

Stems  stout,  simple  below,  few    branched    above,    densely 
hispid-scabrous    and    glandular  throughout,  8-10  dm.  high. 
Leaf -blades  linear-lanceolate,  entire,  acute  or  acuminate,  nar- 
rowed at  the  base,  rough  on  both  sides,  all  alternate,  5-10  cm. 
long,   1-2  cm.  wide,  the  upper  gradually  reduced,  distinctly 
3-nerved.     Involucre  campanulate,  1-2.5  cm.  high,  its  bracts 
1-2  cm.   long,  hnear,   densely  white-hispid   and  glandular,  in 
two  series,  the  outer  wholly  herbaceous,  the  inner  thinner  and 
somewhat  colored  at  the  tips.      Peduncles    ascending,   stout, 
densely   hispid    and  glandular;    ray-flowers    8-12,  pistillate, 
fertile;   rays  purplish  or  rose-colored,  deeply  3-cleft,  1-2  cm. 
long;  disk-flowers  numerous,  perfect,  fertile,  5-parted  nearly 
to  the  filiform  tube,  purplish  or  rose-colored;    achenos   6-8 
mm.     long,  scarcely     1     mm.     thick,    linear,    quadrangular, 
hairy;   pappus-scales  of  the  disk-flowers  6-8,  lanceolate-awl- 
shaped,    awned   by  the   excurrent  costae,  very   pubescent,  as 
long  as  the  achene  itself  or  longer,  those   of  the  ray-flowers 
as  many,   similar  and  but  little  shorter.  —  Southern    Texas. 
Autumn. 

Specimens  examined:  Thxas :   Industry,  Lindheimer  2()6, 
August,  1844  (M  N). 


180  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

6.   Othake  Keverchoni  Bush. 

Stems  nearly  simple,  sparingly  appressed-pubescent,  few- 
branched,  the  branches  very  slender,  short-pubescent  or 
glabrate,  widely  diverging,  4-8  dm.  high.  Leaf -blades  linear- 
lanceolate,  entire  or  slightly  undulate,  acute  or  acuminate, 
narrowed  at  the  base,  minutely  scabrous  on  both  sides, 
the  upper  alternate,  the  lower  opposite  and  manifestly  peti- 
oled,  3-6  cm.  long,  3-6  mm.  wide,  the  upper  gradually 
reduced,  distinctly  3-nerved.  Involucre  obconic,  8-12  mm. 
high,  its  bracts  6-10  mm.  long,  loosely  pubescent  and  glandu- 
lar, in  two  series,  linear,  the  outer  looser  and  herbaceous,  the 
inner  purplish  colored.  Peduncles  very  slender,  terminating 
slender  diverging  branches,  pubescent  and  sparingly  glandu- 
lar; ray-flowers  3-6,  pistillate,  fertile;  rays  rose-colored, 
1-1.5  cm.  long,  deeply  3-cleft;  disk  flowers  3-6,  perfect, 
fertile,  5-parted  nearly  to  the  filiform  tube,  purplish ;  achenes 
4-5  mm.  long,  scarcely  1  mm.  thick,  linear,  angled,  hairy; 
pappus-scales  of  the  disk-flowers  6-8,  narrowly  lanceolate, 
4-5  mm.  long,  about  as  long  at  the  achene,  the  mid-vein  ex- 
tending into  a  long  rough  cuspidate  point,  those  of  the  ray- 
flowers  as  many,  oblong-spatulate,  1  mm.  long,  erose  or  dentate 
at  the  tips.  —  In  dry  sands.  Eastern  Texas.     Autumn. 

Sjyecimens  examined :  Texas:  Big  Sandy,  Upshur  County, 
Beverchon  3289.  September  16,  1902,  type  (M)  ;  Cherokee, 
Eusk  County,  Joor,  October  3,  1884,  in  part,  the  smaller 
plant  (M)  ;  Evergreen,  Harris  County,  Jooi\  September  26, 
1884,  in  part,  the  smaller  plant  (M). 

Issued  June  8,  1904. 


PUBLICATIONS. 


The  following  publications  of  the  Academy  are  offered  for  sale  at  the 
net  prices  indicated.     Applications  should  ))e  addressed  to  The  Librarian 
The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  3817  Olive  St.,  St.  Louis,  Mo.  ' 

TRANSACTIONS    (iuoctavo). 


VoL 

Number. 

Price  per 
number 

P.rice  per  vol. 

Price  in  .set. 

1* 

2+ 

-a,  4 

f7.50 
(Ncs.  2-4  only.) 

1 

$4,00 
2.00  each. 

$7.00 
(Nos.  2-4  culy.) 

2 

1  to  3 

2.00  each. 

6,50 

6.00 

a 

1  to4 

2.00  each. 

7.60 

7.00 

4 

1  to  4 

2,00  each. 

7.50 

7.00 

5 

1-2,  3-4     1 

4.00  each, 
(rtouhle  numbers) 

7,50 

7.00 

ttj 

1,  2,  6,  8, 

10,  11,  16,  17 

4,  .5,  7,  13, 

14,  15,  18 

3,9 

12 

I  25  cts.  each. 

\   50  cts.  each. 

75  cts.  each. 
fl.OO 

7.50 

7.00 

IX 

2,  3,  4,  6,  7,  8, 
13.  16,  IG, 

18,  19 

5,  9  to  12, 

14,20 

17 

1 

'I 

I  25  cts.  each. 

\   50  cts.  each. 

75  cts. 
$1.00 

7.50 

7.00 

8t 

1,  3  to  6 

8,  10,  12 

2,  7,  9,  11 

I  25  cts.  each. 
50  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

n 

1,  3,  4,  7,  9 

2,  6,  8 
6 

.  25  cts,  each. 
50  cts.  each. 
(n.2o 

3.75 

3.60 

lot 

9 

2,  4,  5,  10 

1 

3,6,  7,8,11 

10  cts. 
25  cts.  each. 

40  cts. 
50  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

lit 

2,3 

6-8,  10,  11 

1 

4 

9 

15  cts.  each. 
25  cto.  each. 

45  cts. 

76  cts. 
LOO 

3.76 

8.60 

12J 

1,9,10 

5 

3,8 

2,  4,  6,  7 

25  cts.  each. 

35  cts. 
45  cts.  each. 
50  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

13t 

2,  3,  5-9 
4 
1 

25  cts.  each. 

75  cts.                      3.75 
1,50 

3.60 

MEMOIRS  (in  quarto). 

Contributions  to  the  archaeology  of  Missouri,  by  the  Archaeological  Section. 

Parti.    Pottery.     1880.     82.00. 
The  total  eclipse  of  the  sun,  January  1,  1889.    A  report  of  the  observations 

made  by  the  Washington  University  Eclipse  Party,  at  Norman,  Califor- 


nia.    1891. 


5.00. 


*  Supply  exhausted. 

t  Can  be  sold  only  to  purchasers  of  the  entire  volume,— so  far  as  this  can  be 
supplied. 

%  Each  number  is  a  brochure  containing  one  complete  paper  (or  rarely  two). 


\ 


Transactions  of  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis. 

VOL..   XIV.     No.   7. 


THE  TEXAS  TRADESCANTIAS. 


B.  F.  BUSH. 


Ts-med  December  30,  1904. 


f.i.a     6 


THE  TEXAS  TRADESCANTIAS.* 
B.  F.  Bush. 

It  has  long  been  apparent  to  every  one  who  has  attempted 
to  name  specimens  of  Tradescantia  by  the  Manuals  and  Floras 
of  our  countr}^  that  great  diversities  of  forms  were  referred 
to  the  Linuean  species,  Tradescantia  Virrjiniana.'^  Conse- 
quently we  tind  quite  a  number  of  very  unlike  species  bearing 
that  name  in  our  collections. 

Having  been  familiar  for  many  years  with  T.  reflexa^X  which 
appears  to  be  the  most  widely  distributed  of  all  the  forms 
of  the  so-called  T.  Virginiana,  as  well  as  the  one  most 
generally  referred  to  T.  Virginiana  from  which  it  is  very 
different,  I  was  very  much  struck  by  the  different  appear- 
ance of  the  more  common  species  observed  in  Texas,  during 
the  several  years  that  I  was  engaged  in  collecting  in  that  State. 
My  acquaintance  with  the  other  Missouri  species,  T.  occiden- 
talif<,^  T.  brevicauHs,\\  T.  inlosa,'^  T.  Virginiana  and  T. 
hracteata**  was  but  meager,  although  I  had  collected  the 
last  named  species  repeatedly  during  the  last  twenty  years. 
These  species  are  more  or  less  restricted  in  range  within  the 
State,  while  T.  rejiexa  is  very  common  throughout  its 
borders. 

My  attention  and  interest  were  more  fully  aroused  in  the 
sj)ecies  of  this  genus  by  the  examination  of  some  specimens 
collected  in  Eastern  Texas  by  Mr.  J.  Reverchon  in  1902  and 
1903,  and  I  clearly  perceived  that  these  specimens  could  not 

*  Presented  by  title  to  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  November 
21,  1904. 

t  L.  Sp.  PI.  288.   (1753). 

X  Raf.  New  Flora.  2:87.  (1836;. 

§  Britton,  Man.  Nor.  States  and  Can.  241.   (1901). 

II  Raf.  Atl.  Jour.  150.  (1832). 

^  J,  G.  C.  Lehm.  Nov.  Act.  Leop.  14.  Part  2.  Fl.  48.  (1828). 

♦•Small,  Britton  &  Brown,  111.  Flora.  3:510.  (1898). 

(181) 


182  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

be  referred  to  any  of  the  described  species.  I  therefore  Degan 
an  examination  of  all  the  specimens  of  this  genus  collec^^din 
Texas  which  I  had  in  hand,  together  with  the  mounted  late- 
rial  of  the  herbarium  of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  and 
that  of  the  United  States  National  Museum,*  w^hich  through 
the  kindness  of  Dr.  Wm.  Trelease  and  Mr.  Richard  Rathbun, 
was  placed  in  my  hands  for  study.  To  these  gentlemen,  and 
especially  to  Dr.  J.  N.  Eose,  of  the  United  States  National 
Museum,  who  has  long  studied  this  genus  and  has  kindly  given 
me  assistance,  I  am  under  many  obligations.! 

It  may  [)erhaps  be  considered  by  some  that  I  have  increased 
unnecessarily  the  number  of  species,  but  I  have  endeavored 
to  be  as  consistent  as  possible  in  my  treatment,  and  I  am 
unable  to  refer  the  type  specimens,  upon  which  are  based  the 
following  new  species,  to  any  of  those  already  described. 

Of  the  18  species  herein  treated  from  Texas,  such  diverse 
species  as  T.  scopulorum^X  T.  Texana,^  T.  occidentalism  T. 
rejlexa,  T.  hirsuticauUs  ||  and  T.  hiimilis^  have  been  referred 
to  T.  Virfjiniana,  which  in  its  typical  form  has  not  been 
detected  in  the  State. 

As  understood  by  me,  the  plant  upon  which  Linneus 
founded  his  T.  Virginiana  is  well  exemplified  in  such  collec- 
tions as  Lloyd.,  Cincinnati,  O.,  May  26,  1890,  and  //.  S. 
Milburn,  New  Jerse}^  June  2,  1888.,, -and  ranges  from  Mas- 
sachusetts and  Connecticut  to  N-  i'i^^Jarolina,  Georgia  and 
Mississippi,  Avest  to  Wisconsin,  Missouri  and  northern 
Arkansas,  and  is  quite  constant  in  having  smooth  stems,  large 
flowers,  and  very  wide,  long  leaves. 

After  a  careful  stud}^  of  a  large  number  of  specimens,  I 
offer  for  the  Texas  species  the  following:  — 


*  For  the  sake  of  convenience,  I  have  used  the  letters  M  and  N  to  sig- 
nify specimens  from  the  Herbarium  of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  and 
the  United  States  National  Herbarium,  respectively, 

t  Since  the  above  vpas  written,  I  am  under  still  further  obligations  to  Dr. 
Rose,  who  has  read  the  manuscript  and  has  kindly  made  a  number  of  cor- 
rections and  changes  in  the  paper. 

X  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb..5:  205.   (1899). 

§  See  below. 

II  Small,  Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club.  24:  233.  (1897). 

t  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  5:  204.  (1899). 


Bush  —  The  Texas  Tradescantias.  183 


ANALYSIS   OF    SPECIES. 

Leaf  blades  linear  or  linear-lanceolate,  12-50  times  longer  than  broad,  more 
or  less  involulely  folded. 
Stems  short,  I-IO  cm. long;  bracts  of  the  involucre  mostly  longer  thau 
the  leaf  blades. 

Stems  and  leaves  long-villous.  1.  T.  bhevicaulis. 

Stems  and  leaves  roughish-pubescent.  2.  T.  hirsutiflora. 

Stems  aud  leaves  appressed-pilot^e.  3.  T.  subacaulis. 

Stems  1-10  dm.  lonj;;  bracts  of  the  involucre  mostly  shorter  than  the 

leaf-blades. 

Sheaths  not  imbricated  at  the  base  of  stem. 

Plants  bright  green;  pedicels  villous  orglandular  pilose;  sepals 
villous  or  pilose,  becoming  membranous. 

Stems  villous;  pedicels  villous.  4.  T.  austkalis. 

Stems  glabrous;  pedicels  glandular  pilose. 

5.    T.    OCCIDENTALIS. 

Plants  glaucous;    pedicels  glabrous,    glandular-pubescent    or 
velvety;  sepals  often  vpiih  a  tuft  of  hairs  at  apex,  leathery. 
Pedicels  glabrous;  bases  of  the  involucral  bracts  not  sac- 
like. 

Stems    tall,    robust;  sepals  glabrous,  with   a  tuft  of 

villous  hairs  at  apex.  6.  T.  reflexa. 

Stems  medium  height,  slender, much  branched;  umbels 

numerous;  sepals  smooth.  7.  T.  scopulorum. 

Stems  low,  very  slender,  simple,  unbranched;  umbel 

single;  sepals  smooth.  8.  T.  Wiughtii. 

Pedicels  pubescent. 

Pubescence  glandular;  bases  of  the  involucral  bracts 

not  sac-like.  9-  T.  vagikata. 

Pubesc    ire  velvety ;  bases  of  the  involucral  bracts  con- 

sp  sac-like.  10.  T.  gxgantea. 

Plants  yellow 

Stems  hirsu      with  spreading  brownish  or  whitish  hairs. 

11.    T.    HIRSUTICAULIS. 

Stems  densely  appressed-pilose.  12.  T.  Ukvbrchoni. 

Sheaths  much  imbricated  at  the  base  of  the  stem. 
Stems  erect. 

Minutely  roughish-pubescent  and  glandular. 

13.    T.    INTERMEDIA- 

Conspicuously  roughish-pubescent;  not  glandular. 

14.    T.    EGLANDULOSA. 

Stems  diffusely  spreading. 

Stems    scabrous-pubescent;     leaf     blades    broader    and 

longer  than  involucral  bracts.  15.  T.  humilis. 

Stems   appressed-pilose;    involucral   bracts   broader    and 

shorter  than  the  leaf-blades.  16.  T.  Texana. 

Stems  roughish-pubescent;  involucral  bracts  broader  and 

much  longer  than  leaf-blades.  17.  T.  diffusa. 

Leaf  blades  ovate  to  lanceolate,  2-10  times  longer  than  broad,  flat. 

18.    T.    MICP.ANTHA. 


184  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

1.  Tradescantia  brevicaulis  Raf. 

Tradescantia  brevicaulis  Raf.  Atl.  Journ.  150.  (1832). 

Tradescantia  pumila  Raf.  Atl.  Jouru.   150  (1832). 

Tradescantia  Virginica  var.  villosa  Wats.  Gray,  Mau.   ed.   6.  539.   (1890). 

Hillsides  and  rocky  woods,  Illinois  and  Southern  Missouri 
to  Kansas  and  Texas.  April  and  May.  Remarkable  on 
account  of  the  long  villous  involucral  bracts. 

Specimens  examined :  Missouri  :  Monteer,  Shannon 
County,  Budi  2571,  June  29,  1888,  an  old  plant  in  seed  (M)  ; 
678,  May  15,  1894  (M);  388,  May  25,  1900  (M) ;  Iron 
County,  Eggert,  May  12,  1893  (M);  Webb  Q'liy,  Bush  1608, 
May  12,  1902  (M);  Palmer  298,  JMay  4,  1902  (M);  Gad's 
Hill,  Russell,  April  25,  1898  (M):  Silica,  Russell,  May  5, 
1898  (M);  no  locality  given,  Blanl-iuship,  1897  (N).  Illi-. 
NOis:  Mahaska,  collector  and  date  of  collection  not  given 
(N).  Kansas:  Cov^^ley  County,  Mark  W/nte,  April,  1898 
(M) .  Texas  :  Dallas,  Bush  578,  April  24,  1900  (M)  ;  Rever- 
chon  4049,  April,  1880  (M);  Fort  Worth,  Reverchon  2771, 
April  1,  1902  (M) ;  no  locality,  Ward,  without  date  of 
collection  (N). 

2.  Tradescantia  hirsutifloka  Bush  sp:  nov. 

Stems  short,  stout,  robust,  1-2  dm.  tall,  few-leaved, 
roughish-pubescent,  especially  above  the  upper  sheath,  pale 
yellowish-green;  leaf -blades  linear-lanceolate,  5-15  mm.  wide, 
straight  or  often  curved,  conduplicate,  roughish-pubescent 
and  ciliate,  mostly  basal.  Sheaths  much  overlapping,  pubes- 
cent, ciliate  with  long  hairs;  bracts  of  the  involucre  2, 
sometimes  only  1  long  one  and  several  short  ones,  densely 
pubescent,  the  long  one  resembling  the  leaves.  Cymes  about 
12-  to  15-flowered;  pedicels  2-3  cm.  long,  stout,  densely 
hirsute  with  tawny  hairs;  sepals  linear-lanceolate,  obtuse, 
12-18  mm.  long,  densely  hirsute  with  tawny  hairs;  corolla 
large,  bright  blue.  —  Sandy  soil.  Eastern  Texas.     Spring. 

Differs  conspicuously  from  the  preceding  species  in  being 
roughish-pubescent,  not  villous,  and  in  the  hirsute  pedicels 
and  sepals. 

Specimens  examined:  Texas:    The    only    specimens  seen 


Bush  —  TJie  Texas  Tradescantias.  185 

are  those  of  the  type,  collected  at  Grand  Saline,  Van  Zandt 
County,  by  J.  Reverchon  2480,  April,  1901  (M). 

3.  Tkadescaxtia  subacaulis  Bush  sp.  nov. 

Stems  short,  1-2  dm.  tall,  often  none,  sometimes  with  one 
or  two  leaves,  but  usually  much  branched  from  the  base  and 
leafless,  pale  yellowish-green,  appressed-pilose ;  leaf-blades 
linear-lanceolate,  5-15  cm.  long,  5-15  mm.  wide,  somewhat 
curved,  attenuate,  softly  appressed-pilose  below,  and  ciliate 
with  long  hairs.  Sheaths  large,  thin,  inflated,  the  upper 
very  short,  all  very  smooth,  except  the  uppermost;  bracts 
of  the  involucre  2,  very  broad  and  saccate  at  the  base, 
shorter,  or  sometimes  longer  than  the  leaf -blades,  pilose 
below  with  long  hairs,  above  with  short  hairs.  Cymes  about 
10- to  30-flowered;  pedicels  2-4  cm.  long,  densely  pilose  with 
whitish  hairs;  sepals  linear-lanceolate,  obtuse,  6-8  mm.  long, 
densely  pubescent;  corolla  small,  pale  blue.  —  Sandy  soil, 
Eastern  Texas.     Spring. 

Specimens  examined:  Texas:  The  only  specimens  seen 
are  those  of  the  type,  collected  at  Dawson,  Navarro  County, 
by  J.  Reverchon  4054,  April  16,  1903  (M). 

4.  Tradescantia  australis  Bush  sp.  nov. 

Stems  erect,  simple,  slender,  sometimes  branched,  2-4  dm. 
tall,  pilose  with  long  spreading  white  hairs;  leaf -blades  long- 
linear,  acuminate,  flat  or  rarely  conduplicate,  hairy  like  the 
stems;  bracts  of  the  involunce  2,  very  unequal,  hairy  like 
the  leaves,  and  resembling  them,  minutely  ciliate  on  the 
margins.  Cymes  about  10- to  15-flowered;  pedicels  2-3  cm. 
long,  densely  pilose  with  simple  white  hairs;  sepals  linear- 
lanceolate,  obtuse,  8-10  mm.  long,  densely  pilose  with  simple 
white  hairs;  corolla  small,  deep  blue  or  purple. — Low  rich 
woods,  Texas  to  Mississippi.     Spring. 

This  differs  very  much  from  T.  Virginiana  in  the  longer, 
narrower  leaves,  pilose  stems,  and  smaller  flowers. —  Probably 
is  the  Southern  representative  of   T.   Virginiana. 

Specimens  examined:  Texas:  Angelina  County »  Reverchon 
4052,    May    7,   1903,  type  (M);   4051,  May    5,  1903  (M). 


186  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

Mississirpi:   Coopolis,    Tracy    5126,   April    24,   1898    (M )  ; 
Ocean  Springs,  Shehan,  May  13,  1895  (M). 

5.  Tradescantia  occidentalts  Britton. 

Tradescantia  occidentalis  Britton,  Man.  Nor.  States  &  Can.  241.  (1901). 

Sandy  woods  and  barrens,  Western  Missouri  to  Texas, 
Colorado,  Utah  and  Montana,  east  to  Nebraska.  May  to 
July. 

Specimens  examined :  Missouri:  Sheffield,  Jackson  County, 
Busk  733,  June  10,  1900  (M).  Nebraska:  Anselmo,  Web- 
ber, July  6,  1889  (M).  Indian  Territory:  Catoosa,  Bush 
1265,  May  8,  1895  (M).  Oklahoma:  Huntsville,  Zawm  ^. 
Blankinship,  May  6,  1896  (M)  ;  no  locality,  Waiigh,  without 
date  of  collection  (M);  no  locality,  Waugh  204,  without 
date  of  collection  (M);  Texas:  Dallas,  Beverchon  2189, 
April  18,  1900  (M);  2482,  June  6,  1901  (M) ;  Corsicana, 
Beverchon  2768,  April  15,  1902  (M);  Gillespie  County, 
Jermy,  without  date  of  collection  (M);  Palo  Duro  Canyon, 
Beverchon  2769,  April  30,  1902  (M);  San  Angelo,  Bever- 
chon 4053,  May  20,   1903  (M);   San  Diego,  NeaUey,  May, 

1895  (N);  Llano,  Bray,  May  14,  1902  (N) ;  513,  May 
15,  1899  (N)  ;  Tom  Green  County,  Tweedy  203,  May,  1880 
(N);  Midland,  Tracy  8046,  May  9,  1902  (N);  Crab  Apple, 
Jermy,  without  date  of  collection  (N).  Colorado:  Denver, 
Bedjield  8481,  July  17,  1872  (M);  Fort  Collins,  Crandall, 
July  10,   1897   (M):  Fort  Morgan,  Pammel  300,  June  23, 

1896  (M);  Canon  City,  Brandegee '70,  1871  (M).  Utah: 
Silver  Eeef,  Jones  5154,  May  3,  1894  (M).  Wyoming: 
Fairbanks,  Aven  Nelson  492,  July  14,  1894  (M):  Ferris, 
Elias  Nelson  4904,  July  19,  1898  (M);  Halleck  Canon, 
Avni  Nelson  7455,  July  4,  1900  (M)  ;  New  Castle,  Bammel 
168,  June  24,  1897  (M).  Montana:  Custer,  Blankinship 
57,  June  12,  1890  (M). 

6.  Tradescantia  reflexa  Raf. 

Tradescantia  refiexa  Raf.  All.  Jonrn.  150.  (1832). 

Abundant    on    prairies  and    in  sandy    woods,    Virginia  to 


Bush — The  Texas  Trade's^cantias.  187 

Florida,  west  to  Texas,  north  to  Missouri,  Kansas,  Michigan 
and  Minnesota,  east  to  Illinois  and  Ohio.     May  to  July. 

This  species  may  be  readil}'  recognized  by  its  robust  stems 
and  leaves,  which  are  almost  always  very  glaucous,  and  by  its 
glabrous  umbels.  The  Indian  Territory  specimens  collected 
by  Bigelow  are  referred  by  Dr.  Rose  to  his  T.  scopulorum, 
but  they  appear  to  me  better  referable  to  7\  rejfexa,  as  they 
have  stouter  stems,  larger  leaves,  larger  umbels  and  much 
longer  sepals  than  T.  scopulorum,  and  exactl}'  match  Small's 
Oconee  and  Gwinnett  Counties,  Georgia,  specimens,  which 
are  labeled  T.  pilosa. 

/Specimens  examined:  Virginia:  Smyth  County,  Small, 
June  21,  1892  (M).  Noetji  Carolina:  Biltmore,  BiUmore 
Herbarium  5745A,  June  21,  1898  (M);  5745,  June  20, 
1897(M).  Georgia:  Oconee  and  Gwinnett  Counties,  iS'wia//, 
July  14,  1893  (N)  ;  no  locality  given,  W.  Jones  8478,  1847 
(M).  Florida:  Eustis,^27c//cocA-,Juneand July,  1894  (M). 
Louisiana:  New  Orleans,  Mellichamp ,  March,  1898  (M). 
Ohio:  Oberlin, //zcA;s,  June,  1894  (M).  Michigan:  Deca- 
tur, Dewey,  257,  June  22,  1895  (N).  Iowa:  Iowa  City, 
Hitchcock,  date  of  collection  not  given  (M).  Kansas:  Riley 
County,  Xorton  526,  May  25,  1895  (M) ;  526A,  1896  (M)  ; 
Manhattan,  Norton,  August  25,  1892  (M).  Missouri  :  Webb 
City,  Bush  1611,  May  12,  1902  (M);  Palmer  299,  May  18, 
1902  (M);  Independence,  Bush  2568,  June  25,  1892  (M); 
Monteer,  Bush  551,  May  15,  1894  (M) ;  Jefferson  Barracks, 
Norton,  November  17,  1900,  an  old  plant  (M) ;  Potosi, 
Dewart,  June  3,  1892  (M) ;  Jefferson  City,  Br.  O.  Krause, 
June,  1866  (M)  ;  Cass  County,  Broadhead,  May  26,  1864 
(M);  Saint  Louis,  Pammel,  May  18,  1887  (M).  Arkan- 
sas: Eureka  Springs,  Bush  1527,  May  8,  1902  (M).  Indian 
Territory:  Sapulpa,  Bush  472,  April  29,  1895  (M);  Banks 
of  the  Canadian  River,  near  the  35th  Parallel  of  Latitude, 
Bigelow,  1852-53  (N).  Texas:  Columbia,  Bush  135,  April 
12^  1899  (M) ;  Dallas,  Reverchon2im,  April  18,  1900  (M)  ; 
2483,  April  24,  1901  (M);  2767,  May  1,  1902  (M);  Swan, 
Beuerchon  4050,  June  3,  1903  (M);  Industry,  Wurzloio, 
1895,  1897  (N). 


188  Trans.  Acad.  ScL  of  St.  Louis. 

7.  Tradescantia  scopulorum  Rose. 

Tradescantia  scopulorum  Rose,  Contr.  U.  S.Nat.  Herb.  5  ;  205.   (1899). 

Much  lower  and  more  slender  than  T.  Virginiana,  to  which 
it  has  been  referred  as  an  extreme!}^  narrow-leaved  western 
form.  This  species  appears  to  me  to  be  more  nearly  related 
to  T.  occichnfalis,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  slender  branch- 
ing habit,  narrow  glaucous  leaves,  more  numerous  umbels, 
and  in  being  glabrous  throughout.  Its  range  appears  to  be 
from  Western  Texas  and  Arizona  to  Montana,  east  to  West- 
ern Nebraska.     May  to  August. 

/Specimens  examined:  Texas:  Marfa  Creek,  Presidio 
County,  Havard  80,  September,  1883  (N);  Valley  of  the 
Rio  Grande,  below  Dona  Ana,  New  Mexico,  Mexican  Boun- 
dary Survey  1498  (N).  New  Mexico:  Organ  Mountains, 
Donna  Ana  County,  Wooton  543,  September  1,  1897,  speci- 
mens with  the  umbels  glandular-pubescent,  sepals  twice  longer 
and  narrower,  approaches  T.  occidentalis,  but  otherwise  agrees 
with  the  type,  but  may  be  an  undescribed  species  (MN). 
Arizona:  Santa  Catalina  Mountains,  Pringle  13893,  May 
16,1881,  type  (M);  Snowflake,  Myrtle  Zuck,  August  4, 
1897  (M). 

8.  Tradescantia  Wrighth  Rose  &  Bush  sp.  no  v. 

Stems  short,  slender,  simple  and  unbranched,  5-15  cm.  tall, 
few-leaved,  glabrous  and  glaucous,  yellowish-green;  leaf- 
blades  narrowly  linear,  5-10  cm.  long,  1-3  mm.  wide,  straight, 
acuminate  at  apex,  glabrous.  Sheaths  short,  very  pale,  some- 
times leafless,  very  smooth;  bracts  of  the  involucre  2,  one 
long  and  one  very  short,  smooth.  Cymes  sessile,  small, 
single  on  the  stems,  few-flowered;  pedicels  short,  apparently 
much  flattened,  often  much  twisted,  glabrous,  5-15  mm.  lono- ; 
sepals  lanceolate,  obtuse,  3-5  mm.  long,  glabrous;  corolla 
apparently  very  small,  deep. blue.  —  Mountains  of  western 
Texas.     Summer. 

Remarkably  distinct  from  all  the  other  species  by  its  single, 
simple,  sessile  umbel,  and  its  simple  unbranched  stems. 
Related  very  closely  to  T.  pinetorum, *  fvom  which  it  is  easily 

*  Greeue,  Erythea.  1:247.  (Dec.  1893;. 


Bush  —  The  Texas  Tradescantias.  189 

distinsuished  by  its  extreme  smoothness.  The  precise  locality 
where  Wright  collected  his  No.  701  is  not  known,  but  I  pre- 
sume it  must  have  been  in  extreme  Western  Texas,  probably 
near  the  Guadalupe  Mountains,  where  Havard  secured  his 
specimens.  Mr.  C.  B.  Clarke  in  his  description  of  Tradescan- 
tia  linearis  *  in  De  Candolle's  Monographiae  Phanerogama- 
rum,t  refers  Wright's  No.  701  to  that  species,  in  which  he  is 
clearly  in  error,  for  that  part  of  his  description  of  T.  linearis, 
"  umhella  longe  peduncula/a,  terminali,  3-4-radiata,^^  can 
not  possibly  apply  to  Wright's  specimens  in  which  the  cymes 
are  sessile. 

Specimens  examined:  Texas:  From  Western  Texas  (San 
Antonio  ?)  to  El  Paso,  Wright  701,  May  to  October,  1849, 
type  (N)  ;  foot-hills  of  the  Guadalupe  Mountains,  Havard, 
date  of  collection  not  given  (N). 

9.  Tradescantia    vaginata    Bush   sp.    nov. 

Stems  erect,  stout  at  base,  3-5  dm.  tall,  much  branched  above , 
smooth  and  glaucous,  branches  very  slender,  ascending;  leaf- 
blades  long-linear,  acuminate-attenuate,  2-4  dm.  long,  2-6  mm. 
wide,  straight  or  a  little  curved,  conduplicate,  very  smooth. 
Sheaths  very  large  and  loose,  papery,  striking  in  appearance, 
smooth  and  glaucous;  bracts  of  the  involucre  2,  linear,  much 
shorter  than  the  leaves,  smooth.  Cymes  about  12-to  15- 
flowered ;  pedicels  1-3  cm.  long,  densely  glandular-pubescent ; 
sepals  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate,  10-15  mm.  long,  densely 
glandular-hirsute;  corolla  large,  apparently  pale  blue. — 
Northern  Texas.     Summer. 

Perhaps  to  be  compared  with  T.  occidentalism  from  which 
it  differs  in  the  large  papery  sheaths,  long  linear  leaves,  much 
branched  habit,  and  glandular-hirsute  sepals. 

Specimens  examined:  Texas:  Lipscomb, Lipscomb  County, 
Arthur  H.  Howell  78,  July,  1903,  type  (N);  24,  July  1, 
1903  (N). 


*  Benth.     Plantas  Hartwegianas.  27.  ("1839). 

t  Clarke,  Monograph.  Phanerogam.  3:298-299.  (1881). 


190  Trans.  Acad.  Set.  of  St.  Louis. 

10.    TrADESCANTIA  GIGANTEA    Rose.  • 

Tradescantia  gigantea  Rose,  Contr.  IJ.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  5:205.  (1899). 

Appears  to  be  more  nearly  related  to  T.  hractcata,  but  is 
abundantly  distinct  in  its  almost  velvety  bracts,  pedicels  and 
sepals.  —  Sand}'  soil,  Eastern  Texas.     Spring. 

Specimens  examined :  Texas:  New  Braunfels,  Otto  Locke, 
April  14,  ISyy,   type   (N)  ;   Shovel  Mount,  Burnet  County, 

F.  G.  Schaiqip,  May  22,  1897  (N) ;  Gillespie  County, 
Jermyy  without  date  of  collection  (M):  Big  Sandy,  Upshur 
County,  BevercJwn  2481,  May  28,  1901  (M). 

11.  Tradescantia  hirsuticaulis  Small. 

Tradescantia  hirsuticaulis  Small,  Bull.  Torr.  Bot.  Club.  24  :  233.  (1897). 

The  range  of  this  is  now  known  to  be  from  North  Carolina 
to  Texas,  near  the  coast.  It  is  readily  distinguished  from 
all  the  other  species  by  the  long  brownish-hirsute  pubescence 
of  the  stems  and  leaves. 

Sandy  soil,  North  Carolina  to  Florida,  west  to  Eastern 
Texas.     Spring. 

Specimens  examined:  North  Carolina  :   No  locality  given, 

G.  R.  Vasey,  1878  (N).  Alabama:  Tuscaloosa,  Ward, 
April,  1892  (N).  Louisiana:  Alexandria,  Ball  525,  May 
31,  1899  (M).  Texas:  Silver  Lake,  RevercJion  2190,  May 
21,  1900  (M):  Mineola,  Beverchon  2479.  April  24.  1901 
(M). 

12.  Tradescantia  Reverchoni  Bush  sp.  nov. 

Stems  solitary,  erect,  nearly  straight,  simple,  4-()  dm.  tall, 
yellowish-green,  densely  appressed-pilose ;  leaf -blades  linear, 
2-3  dm.  long,  straight  or  a  little  curved,  attenuate  at  tips, 
densely  short-pubescent  on  both  sides.  Sheaths  long-pilose ; 
bracts  of  the  involucre  2  or  3,  narrowly  linear,  shorter  than 
the  leaves,  densely  pubescent  like  the  leaves.  Cymes  %vith 
about  40  or  50  flowers:  pedicels  1-2  dm.  long,  densely  pilose 
with  gland-tipped  hairs:  sepals  lanceolate,  acute,  10-12  mm. 
long,  densel}^  pubescent  with  gland-tip})ed  hairs  like  the 
pedicels:  corolla  apparently  large,  blue. — Rocky  Woods, 
Eastern    Texas.     Summer. 


Bush —  The  Texas  Tradescantias.  191 

Specimens  examined:  Texas:  The  only  specimens  seen 
are  those  of  the  type  collected  at  Lindale,  Smith  County,  by 
J.  Reverchon  2110,  June  9,  1902  (M). 

13.  Tradescantia  intermedia  Bush  sp.  nov. 

Stems  erect,  2-4  dm.  ttdl,  simi)le  or  somewhat  branched, 
pale  yellowish-green,  minutely  roughish-pubescent  and 
glandular;  leaf-blades  linear-lanceolate,  1-2  dm.  long,  5-15 
mm.  wide,  straight  or  somewhat  curved,  minutely  pubescent 
beneath  and  ciliate  on  the  margins,  with  Ions:  hairs  on 
the  midrib  below.  Sheaths  large,  loosely  inflated,  thin, 
smooth  or  sometimes  minutely  pubescent  and  ciliate  on  the 
margins;  bracts  of  the  involucre  2,  unequal,  resembling  the 
leaves,  but  narrower.  Cymes  10-to  15-flowered ;  pedicels  2-4 
cm.  long,  thickly  glandular  pilose;  sepals  linear-lanceolate, 
obtuse,  6-9  mm.  long,  sparsely  pilose  with  gland-tipped  hairs, 
and  with  a  cluster  of  long  simple  hairs  at  each  apex ;  corolla 
small,  rose-colored.  —  Sandy  soil.  Southern  Texas.     Spring. 

This  appears  to  be  intermediate  between  T.  humilis  a.nd 
T.  rejlexa,  but  differs  in  numy  respects  from  either  of  these 
species.  I  have  referred  the  San  Antonio  specimens  to  this 
species,  although  they  lack  the  long  hairs  on  the  back 
of  the  midrib,  but  this  latter  character  may  not  be  permanent. 

Specimens  examined:  Texas:  Industry,  Austin  County, 
//.  Wurzloiv  1155,  of  Bosc  Collection,  April  6,  1897,  type 
(N);  San  Antonio,  //.  P.  Atiwater  1156,  Rose  Collection, 
April  12,  1897  (N). 

14.  Tradescantia  eglandui.osa  Bush  sp.  nov. 

Stems  short,  erect,  branched  at  the  base,  1-2  dm.  tall, 
roughish-pubescent,  yellowish-green;  leaf-blades  linear-lan- 
ceolate, 1-2  dm.  long,  flat,  thin,  smooth  above,  pubescent 
with  Ions:  hairs  beneath,  luinutelv  ciliate  on  the  margins. 
Sheaths  much  ove^-lappiug,  short  or  almost  none,  very  smooth, 
minutely  ciliate  on  the  margins;  bracts  of  the  involucre  2, 
somewhat  unequal,  shorter  than  the  leaves,  and  like  them. 
Cymes  10-to  15-flowered;  pedicels  2-4  cm.  long,  densely 
pilose  with  vellow-brown  hairs;  sepals  lanceolate,  obtuse,  fi-9 


192  Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 

mm.  long,  hairy  like  the  pedicels;  corolla  large,  rose- 
colored.  —  Southern  Texas. 

This  is  conspicuously  different  from  all  the  other  Texas 
species,  except  T.  aiistralis,  by  the  total  absence  of  glandular 
pubescence. 

Specimens  examined:  Texas:  The  only  specimens  seen  are 
those  of  the  type,  collected  in  Gillespie  County  by  G.  Jenny., 
date  of  collection  not  given  (M). 

15.  Tradescantia  humilis  Rose. 

Tradescantia  humilis  Rose,  Contr.  Nat.  Herb.  5  :  204.   (1899) . 

A  very  distinct  species,  probably  the  center  of  a  group 
formed  by  the  two  last  preceding  species,  and  the  two  next 
immediately  following.  —  Southern  Texas.     Spring. 

Specimens  examined :  Texas:  Industry,  Austin  County, 
Wurzlow,  1895,  type  (N)  ;  April  6,  1897  (N)  ;  San  Antonio, 
Reverchon  4055,  March  18,  1903  (M). 

16.  Tradescantia  Texana  Bush  sp.  nov. 

Stems  short,  slender,  weak,  1-2  dm.  long,  much  branched, 
decumbent,  appressed-pilose  with  ascending  hairs,  dark  yel- 
lowish-green;  leaf -blades  linear-lanceolate,  flat,  thin,  ap- 
pressed-hairy  on  both  sides,  5-10  cm.  long.  Sheaths  almost 
none,  hairy  like  the  leaves;  bracts  of  the  involucre  2,  broader 
than  the  leaves,  broadest  about  the  middle,  thin,  flat,  hairy 
like  the  leaves,  and  with  an  aristate  apex.  Cymes  5- to  15- 
flowered;  pedicels  1-3  cm.  long,  glandular-pubescent;  sepals 
lanceolate,  obtuse,  3-6  mm.  long,  densely  glandular-pubes- 
cent; corolla  small,  deep  blue  or  purple. — Sandhills,  Texas. 
Summer. 

I  have  been  constrained  to  consider  this  distinct  from  any 
other  species  seen,  by  the  peculiar  appressed-hairy  stems,  not- 
withstanding the  fact  that  Dr.  Rose  referred  the  specimens 
to  his  T.  humilis,  a  very  diiferent  species. 

Specimens  examined:  Texas:  The  only  specimens  seen  are 
those  of  the  type,  collected  at  Austin,  Travis  County,  by 
E.  Hall  669,  May  18,  1872  (MN). 


Bush  —  The  Texas  Tradescantias.  193 

17.  Tradescantia  diffusa  Bush  sp.  nov. 

Stems  diffusely  brauched,  spreading,  slender,  1-2  dm.  long, 
bearing  one  or  two  leaves,  roughish-pubescent  and  glandular 
throughout;  leaf  blades  linear,  1-2  dm.  long,  5-10  mm.  wide, 
minutely  pubescent  above,  long-hairy  beneath,  filiate  on  the 
margins,  flat,  or  a  little  curved,  conduplicate.  Sheaths  very 
short,  minutely  pubescent,  ciliate  on  the  margins;  bracts  of 
the  involucre  2,  nearly  equal,  as  long  as,  or  longer  than  the 
leaves,  and  resembling  them,  somewhat  saccate  at  the  bases, 
cymes  5-  to  10-flowered;  pedicels  2-4  cm.  long,  slender, 
softly  pubescent  with  gland-tipped  hairs ;  sepals  linear-lance- 
olate, obtuse,  4-6  mm,  long,  densely  softly  pubescent  with 
gland-tipped  hairs,  and  with  a  tuft  of  long  simple  white  hairs 
at  each  apex;  corolla  very  small,  purple,  blue  or  rose-col- 
ored. —  Rocky  ground.  Southern  Texas.     Spring. 

Specimens  examined :  Texas:  The  only  specimens  seen  are 
those  of  the  type,  collected  at  San  Antonio,  by  E .  H.  Wilkin- 
son 1<)8,  March  14,  year  not  given  (M). 

18.  Thadescantia  mickantha  Torr. 

Tradescantia  micranthaloTV.  Bot.  Mex.  Bound.  224.  (1859). 

This  i-emai'kable  s{)ecies  is  \evy  distinct  from  all  the  other 
species  ia  its  creeping  stems,  short,  wide,  flat  leaves  and  very 
snuiil  flowers.  — Sandy  soil.  Southern  Texas.     Spring. 

Specimens  examined:  Corpus  Christi  Bay,  Nueces  County, 
^e//er  1564,  April  9-12,  1894  (N). 

Issued  December  30,  1904. 


\  PUBLICATIONS. 

The  following  publicatior.s  of  the  Academy  are  offered  for  sale  at  the 
net  prices  indicated.  Applicacions  should  be  addressed  to  The  Librarian, 
The  Academy  of  Science  of  iSt.  Louis,  3817  Olive  St.,  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

TRANSACTIONS    (iUOCtaVO). 


Vol. 

Ifumber. 

Price  per 
uumber. 

Price  per  vol. 

Price  in  set. 

1* 

2t 

•6,i 

$7.60 
(Ncs.  2-4  only.) 

6.50 

1 

$4.00 
2.00  each. 

$7.00 
(Nos.  2-4  only.) 

2 

1  to  3 

2.00  each. 

6.00 

3 

1  to4 

2.00  each. 

7.50 

7.00 

4 

Ito  4 

2.00  each. 

4.00  each, 
(double  numbers) 

7.50 

7.00 

5 

1-2,3-4     { 

7.50 

7.00 

6J 

1,  2,  6,  8, 

10,  11>  16,  17 

4,  5,  7,  13, 

14,  15,  18 

3,9 

12 

i   25  cts.  each. 

>    50  cts.  each. 

75  cts.  each, 
f  1.00 

7.50 

7.00 

:: 

2,  3,  4,  6,  7,  8. 
13,  15,  IG, 

18,  19 

5,  9  to  12, 

14,20 

17 

1 

"1 

I  25  cts.  each. 

i    50  cts.  each. 

76  cts. 
#1.00 

7.60 

7,00 

8J 

1,  3  to  6 

8,  10,  12 

2,  7,9,  11 

1  25  cts.  each. 
50  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

OJ 

1,  3,  4,  7,  9 

2,  5,  8 
6 

25  cts.  each. 
50  cts.  each. 
$S1.25 

3.75 

3.60 

lOj 

9 

2,  4,  5,  10 

1 

3,  6;  7,8,11 

10  Cl9. 

25  cts.  each. 

40  cts. 
60  cts.  each. 

3.75 

3.50 

lit 

2,3 

5-8,  10,  11 

1 

4 

9 

15  cts.  each. 
25  cto.  each. 

45  cts. 

75  cts. 
1.00 

3.75 

3.50 

12: 

1,9,10 
5 

3,8 
2,  4,  6,  7 

25  cts.  each. 
*      35  cts. 
45  cts.  each. 
50  cts.  each.  <r 

3.75 

r' 

.^.50 

13t 

2,  3,  5-9 
4 
1 

25  cts.  each. 

75  cts. 

1.50 

3.75 

3.50 

MEMOiKS  (in  quarto). 

Contributions  to  the  archaeology  of  Missouri,  by  the  Archaeological  Section. 
Parti.     Pottery.     1880.     #2.00. 

The  total  eclipse  of  the  sun,  January  1,  1889.  A  report  of  the  observations 
made  by  the  Washington  University  Eclipse  Party,  at  Norman,  Califor- 
nia.    1891.     $2.00. 


*  Supply  exhausted. 

t  Can  be  sold  only  to  purchasers  of  the  entire  volume,—  so  far  as  this  can  ba 
supplied. 

+  Each  number  is  a  brochure  containing  one  complete  paper  (or  rarely  twoi. 


n^ 


Transactions  of  The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis. 


VOL..   XIV.      No,    8. 


TITLE-PAGE,   PREFATORY    MATTER    AND    INDEX. 
RECORD   FROM  JAN.  1  TO  DEC.  31,  1904. 


Issued  Fehruary  18,   1905. 


List  of  Authors.  195 


LIST  OF  AUTHORS. 

Baker,  Frank  C.  xxxi,  99,  107 
Barck,  C.  xxxviii 
Brennan,  Martin  S.  xxxii 
Bush,  B.  F.  xxxix,  xlii,  171,  181 

Casey,  Thos.  L.  123 
Coulter,  S.  M .  xxxix 

Eichenberry,  W.  L.  xxxvi 
Erwin,  J.  W.  xlili 

Harris,  J.  Arthur  xli 

Kirchner,  Walter  C.  G.  xliil 
Klem,  Mary  J,  xxxi,  1 

McGee,  WJ  xl 

Nipher,  F.  E.  xxxii,  xxxiii,  xxxvi,  xlii,  111 
Petavel,  J.  E.  xlii 

Siebert,  A.  xl 
Snodgrass,  C.  A.  xxxvi 

Wittmack,  L.  xxxix 


196 


Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis, 


GENERAL  INDEX. 


Air,  liquid  xlii 
Amendments  xvii,  xxiii 
Authority  xxiii 

Bacteria  xxxvi,  xliii 
By-Laws  xix 

California,  wonders  of  xliii 
Charter  xxiv 
Color  of  flowers,  xli 
Constitution  xv. 
Council  xvi,  xx 

Dues  xxii 

Ecology,  xxxxvi 
Elections  xx,  xxi 
Expulsion  xxii 

Flowers,  color  of  xli 

Gaseous  nebulae  xxxii 

History  xxiv 

Honorary  members  v 

Horse,  speed  of  trotting  xxxiii 

Librarian  xx,  xlv 
Library  xxvii 
Light,  liquid  xl 
Liquid  air  xlii 
light  xl 

Mankind,  types  of  xl 
Meetings  xvii,  xix,  xxvi 
Members  v,  xv,  xxi,  xxv 
Mollusks  123 

of  Wisconsin  xxxi,  99,  107 
Museum  xxviii 


Nebula,  gaseous  xxxii 

solar  xxxvi,  III 
Nebular  hopothesis  xxxii,  xlii 
Nominating  committee  xx 

Officers  xvl,  xx,  xxvi 
Order  of  business,  xvii 

Palaeechinoidea  xxxi,  1 
Patrons  v,  xxii 
Physics,  problems  in  xlii 
Plant  societies  xxxvi 
Plants  of  swamps  xxxix 
Pleurotoraidae  123 
Prehistoric  seeds  xxxix 
Problems  in  physics  xlii 
Publications  xxii,  xxvii 

Quorum  xix 

Radium  xxxii 
Real  estate  xxiii 
Resignations  xxi 

Secretary  xx 

Sections  xvii 

Seeds,  prehistoric  xxxix 

Societies  of  plants  xxxvi 

Solar  nebula  xxxvi,  HI 

Spectacles,  history  of  xxxviii 

Swamps  plants  xxxix 

Texas  Tradescantias  xlii,  181 
Treasurer  xx,  xliv 
Trotting  horse  xxxiii 
Types  of  mankind  xl 

"Vacancies  xxi 

Wisconsin  mollusks  xxxi,  99, 107 


Index  to  Genera. 


rj'i 


INDEX  TO  GENERA. 


Aforia  138,  139 
AgelaciinuH  73 
Agrioliraax  102,  105 
Amblyacrum  153,  154 
Ancistrosyriox  138 
Antiplanes  129,  138,  139 
Archatocidaris  7,  11,  19,  45-G8,  70, 

71 
Astbenotoma  148,  149 

Bathytoraa  138,  147,  148,  151 
Bela  160,  164 
Bellardiella  165 
Blfldaria  101,  102,  104 
Borsonia  158,  161 
Bothriocidaris  9,  10,  14,  15 
Buccinum  164 

Caudelabrum  138 

Chauventia  164 

Cidaris  52,  55.  59,  61,  G2,  67-71 

Cidarites  52,  55,  63,  64 

Clathurella  160,  165 

Clavatula  129,  152 

Clavu8  159,  160 

Ciinura  138,  139 

Cochlespira  133,  138,  139,  143,  144 

Cochlespirella  138,  144 

Cochlespiropsis  n.   gen.    138,  143, 

144 
Cochlicopa  101-103 
Corditra  158,  161 
Crassispira  159 
Cymatosyrinx  159 
Cystocidaris  13 
Cythara  165,  166 

Daphnella  165,  166 
Discocysiis  11,  73 
Dolichotoma  147 
Donovania  124,  163,  164 
Drillia  144,  153,  158,  150 


Echinocrinus  31,  45,  52,  53,  55,  58- 

63,  69,  70 
Echiuwysiis  9,  10,  12-14 
Echinodiscus  11,  73,  74 
Echinus  59,  71 
Endialoma  149 
Eocidaris  7,  11,  55,  67-72 
Eoclathurella  160 
Eodrillia  n.  geu.  159 
Eopleurotoma  127,  158 
Eo;<urcula  n.  gen.  138,  145-147 
Eotiaris  11,  74 
Epalxis  158 
Eucheilodon  138-140 
Eucithara  166 

Euclathurella  n.  gen.  166, 167 
Euconulus  101,  102,  105 
Eucyclotoma  165 

Florestina  173,  174 
Folinaea  164 

Fusitoraa  n.  gen.  161,  163 
Fusus  156,  161,  163 

Genmula  127,  133-137,  139,  144,  151 

Genota  129 

Glyptotoma  n.  gen.  138-141,  165 

Halia  123 

Helenella  n.  gen.  167,  1G8 
Helicodiscus  102,  104 
Hetnipleurotoma  127,  133 
Hernisurcula  n.  sen.  150 
Homotoechus  18,  19 
Hybochinus  24,  26 

Koninckocidaris  11,  74 

Lachesis  124,  163,  164 
Lampsilis  103 
Lepidechinus  9,  11,  20-22 
Lepidesthes  11,  24-27 


198 


Trans.  Acad.  Sci.  of  St.  Louis. 


Lepidocentrus  9^  11,  16-18,  22,  23, 

70 
Lepidocidarls  11,  72 
Leptechinus  11,  74 
Leptosurcula  n.  gen.  157 
Limnaea  103 

Lophiotoma  n.  gen.  130,  134 
Lyrasurcula  n.  gen.  156,  157 

Mangelia  165-167 

Megasurcula  n.  gen.  138,  139,    147, 

148,  151 
Melechinus  40 
Melouechinus  40 
Melonites  2-9,  11,  23,  37,  iO-ii  i)l. 

1-6 
Microdrillia  127,  138 
Microsurcula  n.  gen. 154-156 
Mitra  161 

Mitromorpha  224,  168-170 
Mouiiiopsis  138 
Murex  147 
Myriastiches  11,  74 

Nesaea  164 

Oligoporus  6, 9, 11,  37-40,  43pL  1  -2 
Oligotoma  148 

Orthosurcula  n.  gen  144,  151,  152 
Othake  xxxix  171-180 

Palaeohinus  9,  11,  17,  27-37,  41,  42 
Palaeocidaris  17,  31,  45,  52,  63,  55, 

63 
Palaeodiscus  10,  12,  13 
Palafoxia  173,  174,  176,  177 
Perischocidaris  9,  18,  19 
Perischodomus  9,  11,  18-20 
Permocidaris  11,  74 
Perrona  126 

Philoraycus  101,  102,  105 
Pholidocidiris  11,  22,  23 
Pbysa 103 

Planorbia  xxxi  107,  108 
Pleurofusia  127,  152,  153,  156 
Pleuroliria  128,  130-133,  138,  144 


Pleurotoma  123,  129,  130,  133,  137- 
139,  147,  148,  150,  151,  155-158. 
161,  163 

Pleurotomella  163,  165 

Polygyra  101,  102,  105,  107 

Polypteris  171-174,  176,  177,  179 

Proterocidaris  11,  74 

Protocidaris  11,  75 

Protoechinus  11,  76 

Protosurcula  n.  gen.  138,  144-146^ 
158 

Pseudotoma  161,  163 

Pyramidula  101,  102,  104 

Raphitoma  165 
Rhoechinus  11,  27-30 
Rouaultia  133 
Ruscula  n.  gen.  161,  162 

Scobinella  129,  138-141,  147 
Sinistrella  138,  139 
Spatangopsis  11,  75 
Stevia  171-174 
Strobilops  101,  102,  104 
Strombus  161,  162 
Surcula  129,  137-139,  148,   151,  152 
Surculoma  n.  gen.  153,  154 

Taranis  169 
Teres  165 
Tomella  126 
Tomopleura  n.  gen.  138 
Tradescantia  xlii  181-193 
Tretechinus  18,  20 
Tropisurcula  n.  gen.  153 
Trypauotoma  138,  139,  141,  142,  148 
Turricula  151 
Typhlechinus  31,  35 
Typblomangelia  160 

Varicobela  n.  gen.  161,  162 
Vitrea  102,  105 

Xenocidaris  11,  75,  76 

Zelia  138 
Zonitoides  102,  105 


PUBLICATIONS. 


The  foifoAsiiig  publications  of  tlie  Academy  are  offered  for  sale  at  tlie 
net  prices  iacUcaied.  Applications  should  be  addressed  to  The  Librariau, 
The  Academy  of  Science  of  St.  Louis,  3317  Olive  St.^  St.  Louis,  Mo. 

TRANSAC?riONS  (in  octavo). 


Vol. 

i>T  umber. 

Price  per 
iiumber. 

Price  per  vol. 

Price  in  set. 

1* 
2+ 

$7.50 

- 

1 

f4,00 

$7.00 

B,4 
i  to  3 

2.00  each. 

(Ncs.  2-4  only.) 

(Nos.  2-4  culy.) 

^^^    iT 

2.00  each. 

5.50 

5.00 

8. 

1  to  4 

2.00  each. 

7.60 

7.00 

4 

1  to  4 

2.00  each. 

7.50 

7.C0 

5 

i-.2,r>-4    { 

4.00  each, 
(flonble  r.nmbers) 

I   25  cts.  each. 

7.50 

7.00 

1;  2.  6,  8, 
10,  11.  16,  17 

«J 

4,5,7,13, 

U,  15,  18 

3,9 

i    CO  cts.  e<ich. 
75  cts.  eac'ii. 

7.50 

7.00 

12 

ei.oo 

2,  3,  4,  C,  7,  8, 
13,  15,  13, 

I   25  cts.  each. 

18,  19 

5,  9  to  12, 

14,20 

17 

I    f.O  cts.  each. 

75  cts. 

7.50 

7  00 

1 

$1.00 
1   25  cts.  each. 

8J 

1,  3  to  6 
8.  10,  12 

3.75 

3.50 

2,  7,9,  11 

60  cts.  each. 
25  cts.  each. 

1,  3,  4,  7,  9 

n 

2,  5,  8 

0 

50  cts.  each. 
.^1.25 

10  cts. 

3.75 

8.60 

9 

■ 

'lot 

2,  4,  5,  10 

1 

25  cts.  each. 
40  cts. 

3.75 

3.50 

3,  6;  7,  3, 11 

50  cts.  each. 

2,3 

1.'.  cts.  each. 

5-8,  10,  11 

25  ctr.  each. 

lit 

1 
4 

45  cts. 
75  cts. 

■     3.75 

3.50 

9 

1.00 

H 

1,9,10 

25  cts.  each. 

s.r.o 

m 

5 
3,8 

35  cts. 
45  ctsv  each. 

3.75 

2,4,6,7 

50  cts.  each. 

1 

_ 

2,  3,  5-9 

25  cts.  each. 

13: 

4 

75  cts. 

3.75 

3.50 

1 

1.50 

2,  3,  6,  7 

25  cts.  each. 

14t 

4,8 
5 

fO  cts. 

75  ds. 

3.75 

3.50 

1 

.$1.00 

' 

1 

MEMOIES  (in  quarto). 
Contribations  to  the  archaeology  of  Missouri,  by  the  Archaeological  Seciion.    Tart  I. 

Pottery.    1880.    $2.C0. 
The  total  eclipse  of  the  sun,  January  1, 1889.    A  report  of  the  Observations  made  by  the 

Washin^rton  University  Eclipse  Party,  at  Norman,  California.    1891.    $2.00. 

*  Supply  exhausted.  ,  ^  ^,  .  ,  „ 

t  Can  be  sold  only  to  purchasers  of  the  entire  volume,  — so  far  as  thi6  can  be 

f  Each  number  is  a  brochure  containing  one  complete  paper  (or  rarely  two). 


3  2044  093  291    326